V07A.txt

The 

Technical Bulletins 

of 

Dianetics and Scientology 

by 

L. Ron Hubbard 

FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY 

Volume VII 1970- 1971 

_____________________________________________________________________ 

I will not always be here on guard. The stars twinkle in the Milky Way And the wind sighs for songs 

Across the empty fields of a planet A Galaxy away. 

You won’t always be here. But before you go, Whisper this to your sons 

And their sons — “The work was free. 

Keep it so. “ 

L. RON HUBBARD 

L. Ron Hubbard 

Founder of Dianetics and Scientology 

EDITORS’ NOTE 

“A chronological study of materials is necessary for the complete training of a truly top grade expert in these lines. He can see how the subject progressed and so is able to see which are the highest levels of development. Not the least advantage in this is the defining of words and terms for each, when originally used, was defined, in most cases, with considerable exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods.” 

—L. Ron Hubbard

The first eight volumes of the Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology contain, exclusively, issues written by L. Ron Hubbard, thus providing a chronological time track of the development of Dianetics and Scientology. Volume IX, The Auditing Series, and Volume X, The Case Supervisor Series, contain Board Technical Bulletins that are part of the series. They are LRH data even though compiled or written by another. 

So that the time track of the subject may be studied in its entirety, all HCO Bs have been included, excluding only those upper level materials which will be found on courses to which they apply. If an issue has been revised, replaced, or cancelled, this has been indicated in the upper right- hand corner along with the page number of the issue which should be referred to. 

The points at which Ron gave tape recorded lectures have been indicated as they occurred. Where they were given as part of an event or course, information is given on that event or course on the page in the chronological volumes which corresponds to the date. The symbol “**” preceding a tape title means that copies are available from both Publications Organizations. A tape preceded by “*” means that it will soon be available. No asterisk (*) means that neither Publications Organization nor Flag has a master copy of that lecture. If you have, or know anyone who has, copies of these tapes, please contact the Flag Audio Chief, P. O. Box 23751, Tampa, Florida, 33623, U. S. A. The number in the tape title is a code for the date; example: 5505C07— 55 = year, 1955; 05 = month, May; C = copy; 07 = day, 7th; 7 May 1955. The abbreviation tells what group the tape is a part of. For an explanation of the abbreviations see Volume X, page 539. 

At the back of this volume is a Subject Index covering only the material in this volume. Use the index to locate the LRH source material in context, don’t just get data from the index. This index has been combined with indexes from other volumes to form the Cumulative Index which is in Volume X, starting on page 287. 

iv 

TECHNICAL BULLETINS 1970- 1971 

CONTENTS 

1970 

3 Jan. Triple Errors in Dianetics 

15 Jan. The Uses of Auditing 2 

15 Jan. Handling with Auditing 4 

19 Jan. Registrars’ Advice Form 7

21 Jan. Cancellation of Permissive TRs 8 

27 Jan. Narrative Items Explained 9 

27 Jan. E- Meter Drill Coaching 10

29 Jan. Null Lists in Dianetics 11 

31 Jan. Withholds, Other People’s 13

4 Feb. Pc Application for Major Actions 14 

4 Feb. R Pc Application Form for any Major Auditing Action (HCO PL) 

(revised 26 Oct. 1975) 16 

13 Feb. High TA, Full Handling of 18 

20 Feb. Floating Needles and End Phenomena 20

26 Feb. Standard Tech and Invalidation 23 

10 Mar. List of Perceptics— Dianetics Bulletin 25 

20 Mar. Ally, Definition of 26

22 Mar. Exteriorization and High TA (revised— see 168) 27

25 Mar. Tech Volume and 2 Way Comm (LRH ED 92 Int) see— 175 

27 Mar. Grade II Release (cancelled) 30 

27 Mar. Green Form 31

29 Mar. Auditing and Ethics 31

31 Mar. Dianetic TR Notes (cancelled) 32 

1 Apr. Ethics Program No. 1 Case Actions 33 

7 Apr. R Green Form (HCO PL) (revised 29 Sept. 1974) Vol. VIII— 321 

8 Apr. GF40 Handling— Clarification 35 

8 Apr. More on Prepchecks 35

11 Apr. Auditing Past Exterior 36

12 Apr. List L- l B (cancelled— see 203) 38 

17 Apr. An Auditor and “The Mind’s Protection” (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4— 580 

21 Apr. 2 Way Comm C/ Ses 40 

6 May Blows— Auditing Past Exterior 42 

6 May Dianetic Triples 43

10 May Single Declare (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4— 403, Vol. 5— 98 

21 May Fast Flow Grades Cancelled (LRH ED 103 Int) OEC Vol. 5— 99 

24 May Auditor’s Rights (C/ S Series 1 ) (revised— see 355) 44 v 

1970 (cont.) 

26 May New Preclears— The Workability of Scientology (reissue of 5 Apr. 1969) Vol. VI— 321 

27 May Unreading Questions and Items 49 

28 May Correction Lists, Use of 51 

30 May Interiorization Intensive— 2 Way Comm 5 2 

30 May Cutatives (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4— 102, Vol. 5— 52 

2 June Floating Needles 53 5 June Triple Grades 54 

8 June Low TA Handling 55

8 June R Student Auditing (HCO PL) (revised 17 May 1976) see OEC Vol. 4— 227 

12 June Programming of Cases (C/ S Series 2) 56

13 June Session Priorities— Repair Pgms and Their Priority (C/ S Series 3) 61 

13 June Hubbard Consultant Study Stress Analysis 66 

14 June The Return Program (C/ S Series 4) 69

15 June Repair Example (C/ S Series 5) 72 

15 June Keeping Scientology Working (HCO PL) 

(reissue of 7 Feb. 1965) Vol. VI— 4 

16 June What the C/ S is Doing (C/ S Series 6) (reissued & corrected 3 Oct. 1971 ) 76 

17 June Technical Degrades (HCO PL) 80 

19 June C/ S Q and A (C/ S Series 7) 82 

19 June Chart of Human Evaluation (C/ S Series 8) 85

21 June Superficial Actions (C/ S Series 9) 87

24 June Repairing a Repair (C/ S Series 10) 92 

25 June C/ S Series 11 94 

25 June Glossary of C/ S Terms (C/ S Series 12) 98 

30 June R VIII Actions (C/ S Series 13R) (revised 6 Mar. 1973) 100 

3 July C/ Sing 2 Way Comm (C/ S Series 14) 104 

4 July Classification, Gradation and Awareness Chart (HCO PL) 

(reissue of 5 May 1965) Vol. VI— 33 

14 July Solo Cans 106 

15 July Unresolved Pains (corrected & reissued 25 Nov. 1970) 110 

16 July The Psychiatrist at Work 112 

18 July Out Tech (HCO PL) (revised reissue of 22 Nov. 1967) 115

24 July Data Series 116

1 Aug. R F/ N and Erasure (revised 21 Oct. 1974) 117 

8 Aug. List L- 1B (cancelled— see 203) 118

8 Aug. L4B— For Assessment of All Listing Errors 

(amendment of 15 Dec. 1968) (revised— see Vol. VIII, 138) 119 

8 Aug. Green Form (HCO PL) (amendment of 7 Apr. 1970) Vol. VIII— 321 

16 Aug. Getting the F/ N to Examiner (C/ S Series 15) (corrected & reissued 3 Nov. 1970) 122 

20 Aug. Exteriorization Rundown Musts 125

vi 

1970 (cont.) 

21 Aug. Session Grading— Well Done, Definition of (C/ S Series 16) 127

26 Aug. Incomplete Cases (C/ S Series 17) 130 

28 Aug. R HC Out- Point Plus- Point Lists RA (revised 9 Oct. 1974) 132

8 Sept. R Examiner’s 24 Hour Rule (HCO PL) (revised 24 Oct. 1975) 138 

11 Sept. Chronic Somatic, Dianetic Handling of (C/ S Series 18) 139

21 Sept. Study Definitions (Study Series 1) 140

29 Sept. Clear Procedure Continued— Step One— Participation in Session 

by the Pc see footnote Vol. III— 161 

6 Oct. Folder Error Summaries (C/ S Series l9) 142

8 Oct. Persistent F/ N (C/ S Series 20) 144 

13 Oct. Course Supervisor Corrections 146

18 Oct. Auditor’s Stats on F/ N VGI 147 

26 Oct. Obnosis and the Tone Scale (reissued l9 Sept. 1974) 148 

Nov. Scientology 0- 8 151 

3 Nov. Getting the F/ N to Examiner (C/ S Series 15) (corrected reissue of 16 Aug. 1970) 122 

10 Nov. C/ S Responsibility for Training (C/ S Series 21 ) 152 

17 Nov. Flag Executive Briefing Course Lectures (17 Nov.— 3 Feb. 1971 ) 154 

25 Nov. Unresolved Pains (corrected reissue of 15 July 1970) 110 

28 Nov. Psychosis (C/ S Series 22) 155

2 Dec. Exteriorization Summary (C/ S Series 23)( revised— see Vol. VIII, 279) 159 

10 Dec. Clay Table Work in Training 162 

23 Dec. Fast Courses 165 

1971 

2 Jan. Illegal Auditing 167

4 Jan. Exteriorization and High TA (reissued & corrected 3 Oct. 1971) 168 

5 Jan. Training Drills Modernized (reissue of 17 Apr. 1961) 

(cancelled— see 348) Vol. IV— 249 

13 Jan. Exteriorization (reissued & corrected 23 Jan. 1971) 172

13 Jan. Exam 24 Hour Rule (HCO PL) 174

23 Jan. Exteriorization (corrected reissue of 13 Jan. 1971) 172 

10 Feb. Tech Volume and 2 Way Comm 175

28 Feb. Metering Reading Items (C/ S Series 24) 177 

3 Mar. L IX Hi- Lo TA List (cancelled— see Vol. VIII, 1) 179 

5 Mar. The Fantastic New HGC Line (C/ S Series 25) 180

6 Mar. New Uses for the Green Form (C/ S Series 26) 185 

6 Mar. Long C/ Ses (C/ S Series 27) 186

7 Mar. Use of Quadruple Dianetics (C/ S Series 28) 

(revised— see Vol. VIII, 284 & 374) 188 

8 Mar. Case Actions, Off Line (C/ S Series 29) 191 

vii 

1971 (cont.) 

8 Mar. Examiner’s Form (HCO PL) 193 

13 Mar. L IX Hi- Lo TA List (cancelled— see Vol. VIII, 1) 194 

14 Mar. R F/ N Everything (corrected & reissued 25 July 1973) 196

16 Mar. R What Is a Course? (HCO PL) (revised 29 Jan. 1975) 198

18 Mar. L4B— For Assessment of All Listing Errors (amendment 

of 15 Dec. 1968)( revised— see Vol. VIII, 138) 200 

19 Mar. List— 1— C 203

19 Mar. C/ Sing Auditor- C/ Ses (C/ S Series 30) 205

27 Mar. Dianetic Erasure 208 

31 Mar. Programming and Misprogramming (C/ S Series 31 ) 209

4 Apr. Use of Quad Dianetics (C/ S Series 32) 

(revised— see Vol. VIII, 2 74 & 3 77) 210 

5 Apr. Triple and Quad Reruns (C/ S Series 33) 

(revised— see Vol. VIII, 286 & 380) 212

5 Apr. R Summary of How to Write an Auditor’s Report and Worksheets 

for HQS Co- Audit (revised 21 Oct. 1974) 215

6 Apr. Non F/ N Cases (C/ S Series 34) 217

11 Apr. L3B— Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List (revised— see Vol. VIII, 265) 220

12 Apr. Exteriorization Errors (C/ S Series 35) (revised— see 456) 224 

21 Apr. Quadruple Dianetics— Dangers of (C/ S Series 36) 

(revised— see Vol. VIII, 289 & 383) 226

26 Apr. TRs and Cognitions 230

27 Apr. Education, Definition of 232 

28 Apr. Okays to Audit in HGCs 233

30 Apr. Auditing Comm Cycle 235 

11 May Dianetics and Scientology in Other Languages (HCO PL) see— 443 

13 May Student Grasp of Materials 236

19 May High TAs Are Overruns— Plus Int RD Handling (C/ S Series 37) 

(cancelled) see— 267 

21 May TA Rising While Listing O/ R List (C/ S Series 37 Addition) 

(cancelled) see— 267 

23 May R The Magic of the Communication Cycle (B/ A Series 1 R) (revised 4 Dec. 1974) 238 

23 May R The Two Parts of Auditing (B/ A Series 2R) (revised 6 Dec. 1974) 240

23 May The Three Important Communication Lines (B/ A Series 3) 

(reissued 1 Dec. 1974) 243

23 May R Communication Cycles Within the Auditing Cycle (B/ A Series 4R) 

(revised 4 Dec. 1974) 244

23 May R The Communication Cycle in Auditing (B/ A Series 5R) 

(revised 29 Nov. 1974) 248 

23 May Auditor Failure to Understand (B/ A Series 6) 250

23 May Premature Acknowledgements (B/ A Series 7) 252

23 May “Letting the Pc Itsa”— The Properly Trained Auditor 

(B/ A Series 8) (reissue of 5 Feb. 1966) 253

viii 

1971 (cont.) 

23 May Comm Cycle Additives (B/ A Series 9) 256 

23 May R Recognition of Rightness of the Being (B/ A Series 10R) 

(revised 4 Dec. 1974) 257 

23 May Metering (B/ A Series II ) 259 

26 May TRs Course and Auditing— Mixing Major Actions (C/ S Series 38) 260

31 May Best Advance Program (C/ S Series 39) (revised— see 419) 263

2 June Confronting (Study Series 2) (corrected & reissued 30 Dec. 1972) 264

2 June Overrun— Don’t Use 267

3 June High and Low TA Breakthrough (C/ S Series 37R) 268 

7 June Low TAs (C/ S Series 40) 272 

9 June C/ S Tips (C/ S Series 41 ) 273

9 June C/ S Rules (C/ S Series 42) 276

9 June C/ S Rules (C/ S Series 43) 278

10 June C/ S Rules— Programming from Prepared Lists (C/ S Series 44R) 280 

15 June Hi- Lo TA Assessment Rules (C/ S Series 37R Addition) 282 

16 June R Low TA Assessing (C/ S Series 37R Addition 2R) 283 

19 June C/ S Rules (C/ S Series 45) 284 

19 June Declares (C/ S Series 46) 285

19 June Study Definitions for the TR Course 286 

20 June The Supreme Test of a C/ S (C/ S Series 47) 289

21 June Affinity, Reality and Communication 291 

24 June Word Clearing (W/ C Series 2) 292

25 June R Barriers to Study (W/ C Series 3R) (revised 25 Nov. 1974) 293 

26 June C/ S Series 37R— Addition 3 296

26 June R Supervisor Two- Way Comm and the Misunderstood Word 

(W/ C Series 4R) (revised 30 Nov. 1974) 299 

27 June R Supervisor Two- Way Comm Explained (W/ C Series 5R) 

(revised 2 Dec. 1974) 302 

30 June R Expanded GF 40 RB (revised 1 Dec. 1974) 304

30 June Standard C/ S for Word Clearing (W/ C Series 8) 

(cancelled— see Vol. VIII, 131) 313 

2 July Word Clearing Clarification (W/ C Series 13) 315 

3 July Auditing by Lists Revised 316

4 July Drug Handling (C/ S Series 48) (revised— see 327) 319 

5 July R Assists (C/ S Series 49R) (revised & reissued 8 June 1974) 322 

15 July R Quads Cancelled (C/ S Series 28R, 32R, 33R, 36R, 49R) 

(revised 6 June 1974)( cancelled— see Vol. VIII, 373) 324

15 July C/ S Case Gain (C/ S Series 50) 326 

15 July Drug Handling (C/ S Series 48R) 327 

17 July Out of Valence (C/ S Series 51 ) 330 

19 July Internes (C/ S Series 52) 331

21 July R Word Clearing Correction List (revised 9 Aug. 1971) 333 

ix 

1971 (cont.) 

23 July Assists— A Flag Expertise Subject (corrected 4 May 1972) 335

25 July Short Hi TA Assessment C/ S (C/ S Series 53) 

(cancelled— see Vol. VIII, 398) 337

28 July Dianetics, Beginning a Pc on (C/ S Series 54) 339

2 Aug. TRs, Solo Course and Advanced Courses 341 

4 Aug. Purpose Clearing (revised— see Vol. VIII, 363) 342 

8 Aug. The Ivory Tower (C/ S Series 55) 344

9 Aug. Standard C/ S for Word Clearing in Session— Method l (W/ C Series 

8RR) (revision of 30 June 1971) (cancelled— see Vol. VIII, 131) 346

9 Aug. Word Clearing Correction List (revision of 21 July 1971) 

(revised— see Vol. IX, 455) 333 

11 Aug. Security of Data (HCO PL) (amended & reissued 28 Mar. 1974) Vol. VI— 105 

16 Aug. Training Drills Modernized 348 

20 Aug. HAS Specialist Auditing Program( revised— see Vol. VIII, 50) 354 

23 Aug. Auditor’s Rights (C/ S Series 1) 355 

24 Aug. Assists Addition 364 

25 Aug. How to Get Results in an HGC (C/ S Series 56, A/ A Series 2) 

(reissued 2 Nov. 1972) 365 

30 Aug. Student Completions (replaced) 369 

30 Aug. Pc Completions (revised— see Vol. VIII, 214) 371

31 Aug. R Confused Ideas (W/ C Series 16R) 373 

1 Sept. A C/ S as a Training Officer— A Program for Flubless Auditing 

(C/ S Series 57) 375

2 Sept. Words and Posts (W/ C Series 17) 381

4 Sept. Alterations (W/ C Series 19) 382

4 Sept. Simple Words (W/ C Series 20) 383 

6 Sept. Correct Sequence— Qualifications of Word Clearers (W/ C Series 21) 385

7 Sept. Programming Cases Backwards (C/ S Series 58) 387

8 Sept. Birth Control Pills 389

13 Sept. Trouble Shooting (W/ C Series 23) 390 

14 Sept. Dianetic List Errors (C/ S Series 59) 392 

14 Sept. Word Clearing C/ S No. 2 393 

14 Sept. Post Purpose Clearing C/ S Form 1 R (revised 1 Oct. 1971 ) 394

15 Sept. The Worst Tangle (C/ S Series 60) 396

17 Sept. Library (W/ C Series 24) 397

22 Sept. The Three Golden Rules of the C/ S— Handling Auditors 

(C/ S Series 61) 398 

24 Sept. Interiorization Rundown 400

25 Sept. R Tone Scale in Full (revised 4 Apr. 1974) 404

28 Sept. Know Before You Go (C/ S Series 62) 405 

28 Sept. Selling and Delivering Auditing (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4— 589 

30 Sept. CCHs 5, 6 & 7 (amended & reissued 19 Apr. 1974) 408 x 

1971 (cont.) 

1 Oct. Post Purpose Clearing C/ S Form 1 R (revision of 14 Sept. 1971) 394 

2 Oct. C/ Sing for New Auditors or Veterans (C/ S Series 63) 410

3 Oct. What the C/ S Is Doing (C/ S Series 6) (corrected reissue 

of 16 June 1970) 76 

3 Oct. Exteriorization and High TA (corrected reissue of 4 Jan. 1971) 168 

5 Oct. F/ Ning Auditors (C/ S Series 64) 412 

6 Oct. Intensives Added Points System for Pcs 413 

16 Oct. Forcing a Pc 414 

21 Oct. Assists in Scientology (reissued 21 Sept. 1974) 415

21 Oct. Standard 121/ 2 Hour Intensive Programs (C/ S Series 39R) 

(revision of 31 May 1971 ) 419 

22 Oct. Exteriorization (reissued 19 Sept. 1974) 420 

24 Oct. False TA 421

25 Oct. Drug Drying Out 425 

25 Oct. Auditor Failure to Understand 428

26 Oct. Tech Downgrades (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 5— 56 

29 Oct. R Int Rundown Correction List Revised (revised 14 May 1974) 429 

30 Oct. Triple Grades vs. Expanded 432

3 Nov. Auditor’s Worksheets (C/ S Series 66, A/ A Series 15) 

(reissued 6 Nov. 1972) 433 

10 Nov. R Tapes, How to Use (W/ C Series 25R, T/ C Series 6R) 

(revised 21 Sept. 1974) 434 

12 Nov. R False TA Addition (revised 6 Mar. 1973) 438

15 Nov. Tone Scale in Full (revision of 25 Sept. 1971) see— 404 

20 Nov. HAS Specialist Auditing Program (Revised) 439 

(revised— see Vol. VIII, 50) 

20 Nov. Course Translation to Tape (T/ C Series l) (reissued 23 Oct. 1974) 441

21 Nov. Dianetics and Scientology in Other Languages (T/ C Series 2) 443 

21 Nov. R Teaching a Tape Course (T/ C Series 3R) (revised 23 Oct. 1974) 446 

23 Nov. Tapes, How to Use (W/ C Series 25R, T/ C Series 6R) 

(reissue of 10 Nov. 1971 ) see— 434 

25 Nov. Resistive Cases— Former Therapy (reissued 21 Sept. 1974) 449 

5 Dec. End Phenomenas (reissued 21 Sept. 1974) 451 

9 Dec. PTS Rundown (revised— see Vol. VIII, 338) 452

16 Dec. R Interiorization Errors (C/ S Series 35RA) (revised 19 Sept. 1974) 456

17 Dec. Interiorization Summary (C/ S Series 23R) 

(revised— see Vol. VIII, 279) 459 

19 Dec. D of P Operates by OCAs (C/ S Series 71 ) 462 

20 Dec. Use of Correction Lists (C/ S Series 72) 464 

23 Dec. The No- Interference Area (C/ S Series 73, Solo C/ S Series 10) 466 

Subject Index 468 

Alphabetical List of Titles 501 

xi 

LONG CONTENTS

HCO B 3 Jan. 1970 TRIPLE ERRORS IN DIANETICS, 1 

When high TA after singles send pc to Review before triples, 

HCO B 15 Jan. 1970 THE USES OF AUDITING, 2 Auditing isn’t just Dianetics and Grades, 2 Auditing applied to specific things, 2 Auditing is not a limited action, 3 

HCO B 15 Jan. 1970 HANDLING WITH AUDITING, 4 Pc’s desire or complaint must be handled, 4 Examples of not handling, 4 Service and handling are the same thing, 4 Don’t allow a backlog of pcs, 5 Auditing “loses”, keep at it until it is a win, 5 Don’t promise instant miracles, 6 

HCO B 19 Jan. 1970 REGISTRARS’ ADVICE FORM, 7 Informs C/ S what pc wanted and expected, 7 

HCO B 21 Jan. 1970 CANCELLATION OF PERMISSIVE TRs, 8 Correct TRs and application listed on HCO B 17 April 1961, 8 

HCO B 27 Jan. 1970 NARRATIVE ITEMS EXPLAINED, 9 Narrative item may give no chain, 9 Narrative chains of excessive length, 9 Narratives vs. somatics, 9 

HCO B 27 Jan. 1970 E- METER DRILL COACHING, 10 List of observations made on coaching of E- Meter drills, 10 

HCO B 29 Jan. 1970 NULL LISTS IN DIANETICS, 11 List isn’t null; it is suppressed or invalidated, 11 How to use suppress and invalidate buttons, 11 

HCO B 31 Jan. 1970 WITHHOLDS, OTHER PEOPLE’S, 13 Pc “getting off” other people’s withholds must have a chain of similar overts and withholds 

that are his own, 13 

HCO B 4 Feb. 1970 PC APPLICATION FOR MAJOR ACTIONS, 14 Case must be set up before starting a major action, 14 Never run a pc on a major action whose case is giving trouble, 14 Auditing set- up actions, 14 

HCO PL 4 Feb. 1970R PC APPLICATION FORM FOR ANY MAJOR AUDITING ACTION, 16 

xii 

HCO B 13 Feb. 1970 HIGH TA, FULL HANDLING OF, 18 The cause of high TA is an engram chain in restimulation, 18 Remedy DDDA 400A for chronic high TA, 19 

HCO B 20 Feb. 1970 FLOATING NEEDLES AND END PHENOMENA, 20 Dianetics end phenomena, 20 Scientology Grade 0 to IV end phenomena, 21 How to indicate floating needle, 21 Waiting for F/ N to broaden to cognition, 22 

HCO B 26 Feb. 1970 STANDARD TECH AND INVALIDATION, 23 Standard Tech is not a process or a series of processes; it is following the rules of processing, 

23 A Class VIII can crash stats by invalidation, 23 Things that should happen when a Class VIII returns to an area, 23 

HCO B 10 Mar. 1970 LIST OF PERCEPTICS— DIANETICS BULLETIN, 25 55 human perceptions, 25 

HCO B 20 Mar. 1970 ALLY, DEFINITION OF, 26 Ally computation, 26 

HCO B 22 Mar. 1970 EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA, 27 [REVISED] 

Auditing trouble after exteriorization, 27 Engram behavior, 27 The missed beginning of an exteriorization, 28 The remedy is to audit out interiorizations, 28 Interiorization Rundown procedure, 29 

HCO B 27 Mar. 1970 GRADE II RELEASE, 30 [CANCELLED] 

Command of Grade II Single Flow, 30 

HCO B 27 Mar. 1970 GREEN FORM, 31 Do an L- 1A if pc was not fully satisfied that all has been handled, 31 

HCO B 29 Mar. 1970 AUDITING AND ETHICS, 31 Cases undergoing Ethics actions should not be audited until the Ethics matter is cleared up and 

complete, 31 

HCO B 31 Mar. 1970 DIANETIC TR NOTES, 32 [CANCELLED] 

How to avoid coach restim in doing TR 104 and TR 103, 32 

HCO B 1 Apr. 1970 ETHICS PROGRAM NO. 1 CASE ACTIONS, 33 Lack of case gain, 33 Poor study record, 33 TA too high or too low, 33 Poor post stats, 33 Current drug history or connections, 34 Psychiatric history, 34 Low aptitude, IQ and leadership test scores, 34 

xiii 

HCO B 8 Apr. 1970 GF- 40 HANDLING— CLARIFICATION, 35 All reading items on a GF- 40 are handled, 35 Order of handling items, 35 

HCO B 8 Apr. 1970 MORE ON PREPCHECKS, 35 When prepcheck uncovers ARC break and ARC break handled to EP, it is EP of that 

prepcheck, 35 

HCO B 11 Apr. 1970 AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR, 36 “Audited over exterior” symptoms, 36 Interiorization Rundown and two- way comm session, 36 

HCO B 12 Apr. 1970 LIST L- 1B, 38 [CANCELLED] 

How to use L- 1 B, 38 List- 1 B, 39 

HCO B 21 Apr. 1970 2 WAY COMM C/ Ses, 40 Four main reasons for two- way comm C/ Ses, 40 Q and A example, 40 Evaluation in auditing two- way comm is a deadly sin, 40 Two- way comm worksheets are more detailed, 40 C/ S maxim “when in doubt order a 2 way comm”, 41 Two- way comm is done on meter, 41 

HCO B 6 May 1970 BLOWS— AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR, 42 Blow as an effort to exteriorize, 42 

HCO B 6 May 1970 DIANETIC TRIPLES, 43 Flow No. 2 and 3 commands, 43 Triple Dianetics “earlier” commands, 43 

C/ S Series 1 

HCO B 24 May 1970 AUDITOR’S RIGHTS, 44 [REVISED] 

Auditor responsibility for C/ Ses, 44 Accepting the pc— rights of refusal, 44 Accepting a C/ S, 44 Ending the session— unworkable C/ S, 44 Inability to fly ruds, 45 Unreading items— checking for reads, 45 Questions must read to be listed, 45 List trouble— L4, 45 High TA at session start, 45 Ruds going out— why and what to do, 45 Case not handled, 46 Set up for major actions (defines repair, rudiments, set up, major action, grade, program), 46 Program and Grade violations, 47 Ability attained— completion of action, 48 Unnecessary repair when pc is running well, 48 What the auditor did wrong, 48 

HCO B 27 May 1970 UNREADING QUESTIONS AND ITEMS, 49 Never list a listing question that doesn’t read, 49 Never prepcheck an item that doesn’t read, 49 Listing errors, 49 Dianetic “list” is not a listing action, 49 Things that don’t read won’t run, 50 Suppress and invalidate buttons, 50 

xiv 

HCO B 28 May 1970 CORRECTION LISTS, USE OF, 51 Four ways to use prepared lists, 51 When to use which assessment method, 51 Setting up cases, 51 Error in using prepared lists, 51 

HCO B 30 May 1970 INTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE— 2 WAY COMM, 52 Interiorization Rundown is ALWAYS followed in the next session with “2 Way Comm on 

Interiorization- Exteriorization”, 52 Cognition on Int RD, 52 

HCO B 2 June 1970 FLOATING NEEDLES, 53 Dianetic end phenomena, 53 

HCO B 5 June 1970 TRIPLE GRADES, 54 Scientology Triples, 54 Dianetic Triples, 54 

HCO B 8 June 1970 LOW TA HANDLING, 55 Person whose TA is low is in a state of overwhelm, 55 Causes of false TA, 55 Actions for low TA cases, 55 

C/ S Series 2 

HCO B 12 June 1970 PROGRAMMING OF CASES, 56 Program definition, 56 The master program for every case is given on the Classification and Gradation Chart, 56 Quickie Grades, 56 Case supervision basic facts, 56 Three types of programs: Basic Program, Repair Program, Return Program, 57 Correct way to program, 57 Program dispersal, 58 Example of handling program outnesses, 59 Program necessity, 59 C/ S holds a steady course, 60 

C/ S Series 3 

HCO B 13 June 1970 SESSION PRIORITIES— REPAIR PGMS AND THEIR PRIORITY, 61 

Programming errors and delay in repair can cause pc illness, 61 Program errors, 61 Difference between self- auditing and solo auditing, 61 EP of repair, 62 Pc routinely complaining means need of Repair Program, 62 Repair Program sample, 62 Effect Scale, 63 BPC, 63 Overwhelm, 63 Two variables for C/ S decision, 63 Cause of pc overwhelm, 64 Ingenuity of C/ S, 64 Use of two- way comm, 65 Repair actions, 65 

HCO B 13 June 1970 HUBBARD CONSULTANT STUDY STRESS ANALYSIS, 66 Hubbard Consultant training, 66 Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis No. 1, 66 Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis No. 2, 67 Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis No. 3, 67 Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis No. 4, 67 

xv 

C/ S Series 4 

HCO B 14 June 1970 THE RETURN PROGRAM, 69 When a Repair Program is changed into a Return Program, 69 Difference between Repair and Return Programs, 69 Example of Return Program, 70 

C/ S Series 5 

HCO B 15 June 1970 REPAIR EXAMPLE, 72 Repair Program example, 72 Repair Program errors, 73 Note on VIII auditing, 73 Need of Life Repair before Dianetics, 74 Repair is a Tech Div action, 74 Repair of a Dianetic pc, 74 C/ S Q and A, 75 

C/ S Series 6 

HCO B 16 June 1970 WHAT THE C/ S IS DOING, 76 Apparent force of words and phrases in engrams, 76 Low TAs, 76 High TA, 76 Mental masses, forces, energy are what C/ S handles, 77 Pc search for significance, 77 The E- Meter and what it records, 77 Backwards C/ Sing, 77 Reliable indicators of completed Grade, 78 F/ N abuse and “quickies”, 78 Pc abilities, 79 C/ S purpose, 79 

HCO PL 17 June 1970 TECHNICAL DEGRADES, 80 Checksheets with degrading statements must be destroyed, 80 High Crimes concerning checksheets, 80 High Crimes concerning delivering auditing, 80 

C/ S Series 7 

HCO B 19 June 1970 C/ S Q AND A, 82 Example of Q and A, 82 Q and Aing with Exam statement of pc, 82 C/ Sing a win is Q and A, 83 C/ Sing in agreement with pc demands, 83 Caution— pc data is used to parallel what mind does, 84 

C/ S Series 8 

HCO B 19 June 1970 CHART OF HUMAN EVALUATION, 85 Use of Chart of Human Evaluation in C/ Sing, 85 Self- auditing— manifestation of overwhelm, 85 Mannerism changes in pc, 86 Changing the pc, 86 C/ S is changing the pc’s position upward on the Chart of Human Evaluation, 86 

C/ S Series 9 

HCO B 21 June 1970 SUPERFICIAL ACTIONS, 87 Cultural inclination to “quickie”, 87 Short programs are for the birds, 87 C/ S making long programs saves time, 87 Target is success stories and results, 88 Actions to be done on sick pcs, 89 Folly of short- cutting processes, 90 “Omitted time” is a basic insanity, 90 Speed liability and honest results, 90 

xvi 

C/ S Series 10 

HCO B 24 June 1970 REPAIRING A REPAIR, 92 There is a basic goof in a repair session for it to have gone wrong, 92 C/ S procedure for repairing a Repair Pgm session, 92 New auditor flubs, 93 Use light handling on pcs who need lots of repair, 93 

C/ S Series 11 

HCO B 25 June 1970 C/ S SERIES 11, 94 Case supervision instructions are always written, 94 Why it is a High Crime for C/ S not to write C/ S instructions, 94 Key points on case supervision, 94 Double folder danger, 95 Analyzing folders, 95 Reviewing folders, 95 Main question of a C/ S, 96 Auditing and Ethics actions, 96 Out admin— liability, 96 Gross case supervision errors, 97 

C/ S Series 12 

HCO B 25 June 1970 GLOSSARY OF C/ S TERMS, 98 Progress Program, 98 Advance Program, 98 Expanded Lower Grades, 98 Dianetic Clear, 98 Classification Chart, 99 Quickie Grades, 99 Dianetic pcs, 99 Training, 99 

C/ S Series 13R 

HCO B 30 June 1970R VIII ACTIONS, 100 “Old” processes are not cancelled by new ones, 100 Basics are not cancelled by later developments, 100 VIII auditing, 101 Resistive cases, 101 When to use GF 40, 101 Purpose and validity of OT IV Rundown, 102 Case Supervisor actions, 102 

C/ S Series 14 

HCO B 3 July 1970 C/ Sing 2 WAY COMM, 104 Reasons for C/ S errors in C/ Sing 2 way comm, 104 Rules of C/ Sing 2 way comm, 104 

HCO B 14 July 1970 SOLO CANS, 106 Basic trouble with a single- hand electrode, 106 Construction of single- hand electrode, 106 Standard electrodes, 107 Small hands, 107 How to prevent shorting, 107 Solo can illustration, 109 

HCO B 15 July 1970 UNRESOLVED PAINS, 110 Two reasons for pain not resolved on Dianetics, 110 Not enough auditing on enough chains, 110 Sympathetic nervous system pains, 110 Toothache, 111 

xvii 

HCO B 16 July 1970 THE PSYCHIATRIST AT WORK, 112 Pain association, 112 Psychiatric “cures” are implantings with compulsive ideas, 112 Skill level of psychiatrists, 113 Psychiatrists’ masters, 113 

HCO PL 22 Nov. 1967 OUT TECH, 115 The only ways you can fail to get results on a pc, 115 There is no hidden data line, 115 Never delete data from checksheets or assign part of it “background” data, 115 

HCO B 24 July 1970 DATA SERIES, 116 Hubbard Consultant Out- point— Plus- point List procedure, 116 

HCO B 1 Aug. 1970RA F/ N AND ERASURE, 117 Tone arm position, 117 Overrun, 117 Cognition, 117 

HCO B 8 Aug. 1970 LIST L- 1B, 118 [CANCELLED] 

HCO B 15 Dec. 1968 L4B— FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS, 119 

[REVISED] 

C/ S Series 15 

HCO B 16 Aug. 1970 GETTING THE F/ N TO EXAMINER, 122 Unflat engram chains and high TA, 122 Causes and solutions for high TA at Exam after F/ N in session, 122 How to program a pc who has a chronic somatic, 123 Dianetic pc pattern at Examiner, 123 High TA and illness, 124 Low TA at Exam, 124 

HCO B 20 Aug. 1970 EXTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN MUSTS, 125 One session rule, 125 Ext Rundown must be flubless, 125 Ext Rundown must be followed by a two- way comm session, 126 

C/ S Series 16 

HCO B 21 Aug. 1970 SESSION GRADING— WELL DONE, DEFINITION OF, 127 Well done, 127 Very well done, 127 No mention, 127 Flunks, 128 Flunk and retrain, 128 Two methods of invalidating an auditor’s auditing, 128 Auditor handling by C/ S, 129 Auditor’s stat is well done auditing hours, 129 

C/ S Series 17 

HCO B 26 Aug. 1970 INCOMPLETE CASES, 130 Overshooting and undershooting, 130 Quickie Grades and actions, 130 Complete cases, 131 

HCO B 28 Aug. 1970RA HC OUT- POINT PLUS- POINT LISTS RA, 132 Procedure, 132 Out- point List, 133 Plus- point List, 135 

xviii 

HCO PL 8 Sept. 1970RA EXAMINER’S 24 HOUR RULE, 138 Four manifestations in a pc at Exam indicating need for 24 hour repair, 138 Any goofed session must be repaired within 24 hours, 138 Examiner’s actions concerning 24 hour rule, 138 

C/ S Series 18 

HCO B 11 Sept. 1970 CHRONIC SOMATIC, DIANETIC HANDLING OF, 139 C/ S Series 15 contains rundown for full Dianetic handling of the pc who has a chronic 

somatic, 139 

Study Series 1 

HCO B 21 Sept. 1970 STUDY DEFINITIONS, 140 

C/ S Series 19 

HCO B 6 Oct. 1970 FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES, 142 Who does an FES, 142 Who pays for an FES, 142 Necessity for an FES, 142 Necessity for FES not halting delivery, 142 Blind repair, 143 

C/ S Series 20 

HCO B 8 Oct. 1970 PERSISTENT F/ N, 144 The bug behind “Quickie Grades”, 144 What to do with a persistent F/ N or big win, 144 Gradual widening of F/ N, 144 

HCO B 13 Oct. 1970 COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTIONS, 146 Supervisor uses two- way comm to handle students, 146 Supervisor must show that he is interested in the progress of his students, 146 Course Supervisor does not interrupt a student’s progress or correct when there is nothing to 

correct, 146 

HCO B 18 Oct. 1970 AUDITOR’S STATS ON F/ N VGI, 147 Auditor’s stat can include previous no- F/ N at Exam sessions, 147 FES credits on auditor’s stat, 147 

HCO B 26 Oct. 1970 OBNOSIS AND THE TONE SCALE, 148 Obnosis is “observing the obvious”, 148 Examples of obnosis, 148 How to spot people on the Tone Scale, 149 Spotting tone drill, 149 Student gain from these exercises, 149 

C/ S Series 21 

HCO B 10 Nov. 1970 C/ S RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING, 152 C/ S is responsible for auditors’ ability to audit, 152 Auditor training stages, 152 C/ S giving a daily auditors’ conference, 153 C/ Sing auditors— 1 flub, 1 retrain in Cramming on that point, 153 

C/ S Series 22 

HCO B 28 Nov. 1970 PSYCHOSIS, 155 About 15% to 20% of the human race apparently is insane, 155 Ways for a C/ S to detect insane, 155 Types of insanity, 156 Definition of insanity, 156 The nature of man, 156 Techniques to handle insane, 157 

xix 

C/ S Series 23 

HCO B 2 Dec. 1970 EXTERIORIZATION SUMMARY, 159 [REVISED] 

Use of HCO Bs covering Exteriorization Rundown, 159 Two- way comm step, 159 Ext is a remedy, 160 C/ Sing Ext, 160 End result of Ext Rundown, 160 C/ S wins, 161 

HCO B 10 Dec. 1970 CLAY TABLE WORK IN TRAINING, 162 Words misunderstood can cause blows, 162 Construction of clay table, 162 Use of clay table on courses, 163 

HCO B 23 Dec. 1970 FAST COURSES, 165 It is illegal to give a retread course away, 165 Reasons for slow courses, 165 

HCO B 2 Jan. 1971 ILLEGAL AUDITING, 167 Lists of withholds required of a staff member without proper sessioning are now illegal, 167 Challenging people out of session as “having withholds” is illegal, 167 

HCO B 4 Jan. 1971 EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA, 168 Auditing trouble after exteriorization, 168 Exteriorization defined, 168 Engram behavior, 169 The missed beginning of an exteriorization, 169 Remedy is to audit out interiorizations, 170 Interiorization Rundown procedure, 170 

HCO B 13 Jan. 1971 EXTERIORIZATION, 172 Interiorization Rundown errors, 172 Auditors must starrate on materials before application, 173 

HCO PL 13 Jan. 1971 EXAM 24 HOUR RULE, 174 Pc who has roller- coastered despite an F/ N at session end must be handled by Tech or Qual 

within 24 hours, 174 High Crimes, 174 

HCO B 10 Feb. 1971 TECH VOLUME AND 2 WAY COMM, 175 Supervisors must two- way comm students, 175 Qual Consultant service for pcs and students, 176 The process of two- way comm, 176 

C/ S Series 24 

HCO B 28 Feb. 1971 METERING READING ITEMS, 177 Gross auditing errors regarding metering, 177 Auditor’s vision, 178 Confusions on “reading item”, 178 No read, 178 

HCO B 3 Mar. 1971 L IX HI- LO TA LIST, 179 (CANCELLED] 

High TA Assessment, 179 

C/ S Series 25 

HCO B 5 Mar. 1971 THE FANTASTIC NEW HGC LINE, 180 Auditor admin actions, 180 

xx 

Auditor’s C/ S form, 180 C/ S grading of sessions, 180 The new line and its results, 181 New sequence of HGC actions, 181 Above 600 hours results in second HGC, 183 Seniors in HGC, 183 Cramming, 183 Dummy run the new HGC line, 184 Pc procurement, 184 

C/ S Series 26 

HCO B 6 Mar. 1971 NEW USES FOR THE GREEN FORM, 185 Method 5 assessment, 185 What to handle first on GF, 185 GF hidden standard handling, 185 GF on foreign language cases, 185 

C/ S Series 27 

HCO B 6 Mar. 1971 LONG C/ Ses, 186 Advantages of long C/ Ses, 186 Handling reduced by length of C/ S, 186 Dianetic C/ Ses, 186 Length of Pgms, 186 Progress Programs, 186 Advance Programs, 187 Thorough C/ Ses, 187 

C/ S Series 28 

HCO B 7 Mar. 1971 USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS, 188 [REVISED] 

How to C/ S a case for Quad Dianetics, 188 Dianetic full flow table, 188 Int Ext RD and full flow table, 189 Quad Dianetics checklist, 189 R3R flub, 189 Quad Dianetic requirements, 190 Dianetics is its own field of C/ Sing, 190 Results of Quad Dianetics, 190 

C/ S Series 29 

HCO B 8 Mar. 1971 CASE ACTIONS, OFF LINE, 191 Life knocking ruds out faster than they can be audited in, 191 Pc physically ill before next session, 191 Self- auditing, 191 Coffee shop auditing, 191 Touch and Contact Assists interrupting a general course of auditing, often to no F/ N, 191 Study rundowns, 192 Illegal patch- ups, 192 People talking about their cases, 192 Advanced Course material insecurity, 192 Illegal drug use, 192 

HCO PL 8 Mar. 1971 EXAMINER’S FORM, 193 

HCO B 13 Mar. 1971 L IX HI- LO TA LIST, 194 [CANCELLED] 

High- Low TA Assessment, 194 

HCO B 14 Mar. 1971R F/ N EVERYTHING, 196 Reading items not F/ Ned leave pc with by- passed charge, 196 Examples of F/ Ning everything, 196 When to indicate floating needle, 197 Never try to fly ruds or do L1B on a high or low TA, 197 Frequent errors in F/ Ning everything, 197 

xxi 

HCO PL 16 Mar. 1971R WHAT IS A COURSE?, 198 Course materials, 198 Supervisor actions, 198 Student blows follow misunderstoods, 198 Supervisor is tough, 198 Actions of Course Administrator, 199 

HCO B 15 Dec. 1968 L4B— FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS, 200 

[REVISED] 

HCO B 19 Mar. 1971 LIST— 1— C, 203 L1 C handles ARC broken, sad, hopeless or nattery pcs, 203 

C/ S Series 30 

HCO B 19 Mar. 1971 C/ Sing AUDITOR- C/ Ses, 205 Duty of Org C/ S, 205 Troubles C/ S is looking for, 205 Causes of contrary Exam report, 205 Dog cases, 206 Auditor errors, 206 Program errors, 206 C/ S errors, 207 Cramming, 207 

HCO B 27 Mar. 1971 DIANETIC ERASURE, 208 Dianetic errors preventing erasure, 208 Running non- reading item, 208 How to handle high TA at session start, 208 Running a narrative item, 208 No Exteriorization RD, 208 Failing to ask for ABCD again when the pc says “It’s erased” but TA is still high, 208 Failure to ask for the earlier beginning, 208 Not asking for an earlier incident, 208 Auditing a pc under protest will cause the TA to stay up and no F/ N, 208 

C/ S Series 31 

HCO B 31 Mar. 1971 PROGRAMMING AND MISPROGRAMMING, 209 Three important areas of technical application: auditing cases, case supervising cases, 

programming cases, 209 Routine basis of getting auditing into an org, 209 Six principal gross errors in programming, 209 

C/ S Series 32 

HCO B 4 Apr. 1971 USE OF QUAD DIANETICS, 210 [REVISED] 

Triple Dianetics, 210 Quad, 210 Ext RD, 210 Missing flows (that were not run) are still potential mass, 210 Full flow table, 210 The four flows, 211 R3 R commands, 211 When to triple or quad narrative items or multiple somatic items, 211 How to handle Full Flow Dianetic chains that did not F/ N when originally run, 211 Quadruple Dianetics on Clears and OTs, 211 

C/ S Series 33 

HCO B 5 Apr. 1971 TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS, 212 [REVISED] 

By- passed flows and mass, 212 Three principal sources of high TAs, 212 Liability of rehab, 212 Massy thetans, 212 Getting in all flows, 213 

xxii 

High TA, 213 Running Zero Flows, 214 Rehab or run, 214 Results of All Flows Rundown, 214 

HCO B 5 Apr. 1971R SUMMARY OF HOW TO WRITE AN AUDITOR’S REPORT AND WORKSHEETS FOR HQS CO- AUDIT, 215 

Auditor’s Report, 215 Worksheets, 215 Auditor’s Report Forms and worksheets are never re- copied, 215 

C/ S Series 34 

HCO B 6 Apr. 1971 NON F/ N CASES, 217 What an Exam non- F/ N indicates, 217 Answer to cases that don’t F/ N at Exams, 217 Twelve things that can foul up a case, 218 Stable datum on cases that run well, 219 

HCO B 11 Apr. 1971 L3B— DIANETICS AND EXT RD REPAIR LIST, 220 

[REVISED] 

C/ S Series 35 

HCO B 12 Apr. 1971 EXTERIORIZATION ERRORS, 224 [REVISED] 

Correct an Ext RD error as a first action, 224 Dianetic auditors can repair Int RDs, 224 Reasons for high TA, 224 Data on what ext in session means, 225 Dianetic C/ S 1, 225 

C/ S Series 36 

HCO B 21 Apr. 1971 QUADRUPLE DIANETICS— DANGERS OF, 226 [REVISED] 

Quad Dianetic errors, 226 Quad Dianetics requirements, 226 Reason for TRs, 226 Rehabbing chains, 227 Flubbed chains, 227 L3B, 227 Overruns are demonstrated by a rising TA, 227 Firefights, 228 Interiorization, 228 Safe actions, 228 C/ S responsibility, 228 FFD, Int- Ext Rundown and Power require flawless auditing and C/ Sing, 229 

HCO B 26 Apr. 1971 TRs AND COGNITIONS, 230 Cognitions are the milestones of case gain, 230 Reactive mind straightens out by as- ising its content, 230 Auditor plus the pc is greater than the pc’s bank, 230 A perfect session, 230 

HCO B 27 Apr. 1971 EDUCATION, DEFINITION OF, 232 Affinity, reality and communication together make up understanding and so play their role in 

education, 232 Minimum requirements of supervisor, 232 

HCO B 28 Apr. 1971 OKAYS TO AUDIT IN HGCs, 233 Cramming must exist in any org which sells auditing, 233 HGC requirement, 233 Intern program, 233 

xxiii 

HCO B 30 Apr. 1971 AUDITING COMM CYCLE, 235 Auditor runs the session, 235 The auditing comm cycle that is always in use, 235 

HCO B 13 May 1971 STUDENT GRASP OF MATERIALS, 236 How to handle new students asking technical questions, 236 Course Super is there to get the student’s confront up on the materials not to lessen it by 

“explaining”, 236 Student only fails by not confronting, duplicating, absorbing and using the materials before 

him exactly like it says, 237 

Basic Auditing Series 1R 

HCO B 23 May 1971R THE MAGIC OF THE COMMUNICATION CYCLE, 238 Auditor and pc as two pole system to as- is mass, 238 Difficulties of auditing are difficulties of the communication cycle, 238 Basic tool of auditing is the communication cycle of auditing, 238 Basic auditing is called basic auditing because it goes prior to the technique, 239 Auditing as reach and withdraw, 239 

Basic Auditing Series 2R 

HCO B 23 May 1971R THE TWO PARTS OF AUDITING, 240 Auditing goes in two stages: 1. Form a communication line; 2. Do something for the pc, 240 Aberrations are hard to keep, one has to work at it, 240 Process doesn’t work until auditor has a comm line to pc, 241 Pc justifying himself and trying to uphold status is not in comm with auditor, 241 Theory of overrun, 242 Auditor must keep in his communication line with pc, 242 

Basic Auditing Series 3 

HCO B 23 May 1971 THE THREE IMPORTANT COMMUNICATION LINES, 243 Itsa Maker line— the pc’s line to his bank, 243 Itsa line— pc’s line to the auditor, 243 What’s- it line— auditor’s line to the pc, 243 Itsa line is a report on what has been as- ised, 243 

Basic Auditing Series 4R 

HCO B 23 May 1971R COMMUNICATION CYCLES WITHIN THE AUDITING CYCLE, 244 

Basically two communication cycles between auditor and pc that make up auditing cycle, 244 Acknowledgement cycle, 244 Six communication cycles make up one auditing cycle, 246 Communication cycle consists of just cause, distance, effect with intention, attention, duplication and understanding, 246 Handling of pc origination, 246 

Basic Auditing Series 5R 

HCO B 23 May 1971R THE COMMUNICATION CYCLE IN AUDITING, 248 Obnosis (observation of the obvious), 248 Auditor watches pc’s comm cycle; auditor’s own is perfect, 248 Auditor must know when pc has finished answering the command, 248 Magic of acknowledgement, 249 

Basic Auditing Series 6 

HCO B 23 May 1971 AUDITOR FAILURE TO UNDERSTAND, 250 Auditor response when he doesn’t understand pc, 250 Invalidation— avoid use of “you” to pc, 250 Evaluation— auditor repeating what pc says, 250 Don’t tell the pc what the pc said and don’t gesture to find what the pc meant, 250 Don’t drive in anchor points by shoving things at or gesturing toward pc, 251 Rock slammer, 251 

xxiv 

Basic Auditing Series 7 

HCO B 23 May 1971 PREMATURE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, 252 Effects of premature acknowledgement, 252 What premature acknowledgement does to conversation, 252 Premature acknowledgement leads to inadvertent withholds, 252 

Basic Auditing Series 8 

HCO B 5 Feb. 1966 “LETTING THE PC ITSA”— THE PROPERLY TRAINED AUDITOR, 253 

What Itsa is, 253 Cure for auditor who is “letting the pc itsa”, 254 Tech savvy, 254 Cure for auditor who can’t control pc, 255 

Basic Auditing Series 9 

HCO B 23 May 1971 COMM CYCLE ADDITIVES, 256 There are no additives permitted on the auditing comm cycle, 256 Mannerism additives, 256 

Basic Auditing Series 10R 

HCO B 23 May 1971R RECOGNITION OF RIGHTNESS OF THE BEING, 257 Idea of the additive data to the thetan, 257 Auditing is the business of deleting wrongnesses from the individual, 257 Auditor must look at rightnesses of pc, not just wrongnesses, 257 Pc’s ability to as- is or erase in a session is directly proportional to the number of good indicators present in the session, 258 Good vs. bad indicators, 258 

Basic Auditing Series 11 

HCO B 23 May 1971 METERING, 259 Auditor does not tell the pc anything about the meter or its reads ever, except to indicate an 

F/ N, 259 Steering a pc, 259 

C/ S Series 38 

HCO B 26 May 1971 TRS COURSE AND AUDITING— MIXING MAJOR ACTIONS, 260 

Person on a TR Course or in progress on a TR cycle may not also be audited, 260 Rules regarding TR Course, 260 Points that bog a case, 260 TRs are a program, 261 Interjected programs, 261 Reason for auditing intensives, 261 Cross programming, 261 Visual idea of completing actions, 262 

C/ S Series 39 

HCO B 31 May 1971 BEST ADVANCE PROGRAM, 263 [REVISED] 

Sample Advance Program, 263 

Study Series 2 

HCO B 2 June 1971 CONFRONTING, 264 First requisite of any subject is the ability to confront the various components of the subject 

itself, 264 Student who learns rapidly has a high ability to confront that subject, 264 “Glib” students, 264 “Confronting” is actually the ability to be there comfortably and perceive, 265 Definitions of gradient scale, skipped gradient, flattening, overrunning, invalidation, 265 Gradient of confronting study, 265 

xxv 

HCO B 2 June 1971 OVERRUN— DON’T USE, 267 C/ S Series 37 and C/ S Series 37 Addition are both cancelled, 267 

C/ S Series 37R 

HCO B 3 June 1971 HIGH AND LOW TA BREAKTHROUGH, 268 Basic principle of overrun, 268 Overrun is full of mass and ARC breaks, 268 37R TA handling rundown, 269 Low TA, 270 End phenomena of TA Handling Rundown, 270 Flows note, 270 Auditor qualifications, 271 Interiorization Rundown, 271 

C/ S Series 40 

HCO B 7 June 1971 LOW TAs, 272 37R rundown on a low TA case, 272 Blow UP rule only applies to 37R, 272 

C/ S Series 41 

HCO B 9 June 1971 C/ S TIPS, 273 Out lists handled before ruds, 273 No read auditors, 273 Cramming on flubs, 273 Correct use of R factors, 273 Mixing starts of sessions, 274 High TA and ARC breaks, 274 Low TA quits, 274 Exam F/ Ns after flubs, 274 C/ S is handling cases on the via of an auditor, 274 Higher levels do not solve lower level failures, 275 C/ S expertise, 275 

C/ S Series 42 

HCO B 9 June 1971 C/ S RULES, 276 Complete cycles, 276 Double actions, 276 Set- ups, 277 Blaming the pc, 277 

C/ S Series 43 

HCO B 9 June 1971 C/ S RULES, 278 Trouble for the pc, 278 Overrepair, 278 Auditor can be invalidated by a C/ S, 278 C/ S correcting auditor must refer to HCO B or tape, 279 

C/ S Series 44R 

HCO B 10 June 1971 C/ S RULES — PROGRAMMING FROM PREPARED LISTS, 280 

Assessment of prepared lists, 280 Sequence of handling reads on prepared lists, 280 Rules by which you C/ S from assessed prepared lists, 281 

C/ S Series 37R Addition 

HCO B 15 June 1971 HI- LO TA ASSESSMENT RULES, 282 Clearing flows, 282 Repeated assessment, 282 Low TA, 282 Cramming, 282 

xxvi 

C/ S Series 37R Addition 2R 

HCO B 16 June 1971 R LOW TA ASSESSING, 283 Handling of 37R that shows incomplete after apparent EP, 283 

C/ S Series 45 

HCO B 19 June 1971 C/ S RULES, 284 Why C/ S C/ Ses for exact tech application and not exclusively for result, 284 Secret of how LRH as a C/ S makes star auditors, 284 

C/ S Series 46 

HCO B 19 June 1971 DECLARES, 285 It is the C/ S’s responsibility that a pc or pre- OT is sent to Declare, 285 Declare completes pc’s cycle of action and is a vital part of the action, 285 Sending pc to declare and attest, 285 

HCO B 19 June 1971 STUDY DEFINITIONS FOR THE TR COURSE, 286 

C/ S Series 47 

HCO B 20 June 1971 THE SUPREME TEST OF A C/ S, 289 Programming is simply an A to B action, 289 Auditing a process is a simple A to B action, 289 Supreme test of an auditor or C/ S is to begin at the A and arrive at the B in any process or 

program, 289 

HCO B 21 June 1971 AFFINITY, REALITY AND COMMUNICATION, 291 A- R- C triangle, 291 ARC of an angry man, 291 Interrelationship of A, R and C, 291 Affinity, reality and communication can be demonstrated to equate into understanding, 291 

Word Clearing Series 2 

HCO B 24 June 1971 WORD CLEARING, 292 Word Clearing Method One, 292 Word Clearing Method Two, 292 Word Clearing Method Three, 292 

Word Clearing Series 3R 

HCO B 25 June 1971R BARRIERS TO STUDY, 293 Absence of mass, 293 Too steep a study gradient, 293 By- passed definition, 294 Effects of misunderstood word, 294 Misunderstood word and doingness, 295 

C/ S Series 37R Addition 3 

HCO B 26 June 1971 C/ S SERIES 37R ADDITION 3, 296 Peculiarities of 37R listing, 296 Ruds and 37R, 296 Clearing of flows on 37R, 296 Assess 3 7 R slowly, 29 7 Additional flow to 3 7 R, 29 7 37R assessment form, 297 Steps of 37R, 297 37R don’ts, 297 Using L9S, 298 37R session form, 298 Special 37R, 298 

xxvii 

Word Clearing Series 4R 

HCO B 26 June 1971R SUPERVISOR TWO- WAY COMM AND THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD, 299 

Supervisor two- way comm vs. auditor two- way comm, 299 Total dialogue of a supervisor, 299 Two- way comm of a supervisor, 300 Effects of misunderstood words, 300 Supervisor actions, 301 

Word Clearing Series 5R 

HCO B 27 June 1971R SUPERVISOR TWO- WAY COMM EXPLAINED, 302 What supervisor two- way comm consists of, 302 Student’s stat down, check for misunderstood word, 302 Verbal advice or tech is deadly and will turn any Academy sour, 303 Misunderstood word tech is the sole course tech when course admin is in and materials are 

available, 303 

HCO B 30 June 1971R EXPANDED GF 40 RB, 304 

Word Clearing Series 8 

HCO B 30 June 1971 STANDARD C/ S FOR WORD CLEARING, 313 [CANCELLED] 

Word Clearing Series 13 

HCO B 2 July 1971 WORD CLEARING CLARIFICATION, 315 Word Clearing Method No. 1 is wholly unlimited, 315 Word Clearing Method No. 1 can be done with no folder, 315 Word Clearing Method No. 1 EP is a persistent F/ N on whole list, 315 

HCO B 3 July 1971 AUDITING BY LISTS REVISED, 316 Auditing by Lists, Method 3, 316 Going earlier similar in Auditing by Lists, 317 Auditing by Lists procedure, 317 Big win, 317 GF and Method 3, 318 GF is best done by Method 5 (once through for reads, then the reads handled), 318 

C/ S Series 48 

HCO B 4 July 1971 DRUG HANDLING, 319 [REVISED] 

Person who has been on drugs is one of the “seven types of resistive cases”, 319 Effects of drugs, 319 Those on drugs, 319 Drug engrams, 320 Drug Rundown, 320 Drugs are done first because drugs make a resistive case, 320 Dianetic Drug Rundown, 321 

C/ S Series 49R 

HCO B 5 July 1971 R ASSISTS, 322 Three types of assists, 322 Contact Assist, 322 Dianetic Assist, 322 Touch Assist, 323 How to audit an unconscious pc, 323 Assist rules, 323 

C/ S Series 28R, 32R, 33R, 36R, 49R 

HCO B 15 July 1971R QUADS CANCELLED, 324 [CANCELLED] 

Repair, 324 xxviii 

C/ S Series 50 

HCO B 15 July 1971 C/ S CASE GAIN, 326 How to handle C/ Ses and auditors who have PTP of how to get case gain for their pcs, 326 

C/ S Series 48R 

HCO B 15 July 1971 DRUG HANDLING, 327 Person who has been on drugs is one of the “seven types of resistive cases”, 327 Effects of drugs, 327 Those on drugs, 328 Drug engrams, 328 Drug Rundown, 3 28 Drugs are done first, 328 Dianetic Drug Rundown, 3 29 

C/ S Series 51 

HCO B 17 July 1971 OUT OF VALENCE, 330 OCA/ APA graph drops explained, 330 How to handle out of valence pc, 330 

C/ S Series 52 

HCO B 19 July 1971 INTERNES, 331 Interne defined, 331 Interneship defined, 331 Course graduate becomes an auditor by auditing, 331 Importance of interneship, 331 “OK to audit” system, 332 Auditors must take interneship after each course, 332 

HCO B 21 July 1971R WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST, 333 [REVISED] 

HCO B 23 July 1971 ASSISTS— A FLAG EXPERTISE SUBJECT, 335 Assist EP, 335 Injury rundown, 33 5 Pc running a temperature, 335 Temperature Assist: Version A, 335 Temperature Assist: Version B, 336 

C/ S Series 53 

HCO B 25 July 1971 SHORT HI TA ASSESSMENT C/ S, 337 [CANCELLED] 

C/ S Series 54 

HCO B 28 July 1971 DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON, 339 Begin Dianetics with a Pc Assessment Sheet, 339 How to handle drugs, accidents, illness, mental treatment, operations, medicine, deaths, family 

insanity, perception, 339- 40 Program from Pc Assessment Form, 340 Health Form, 340 

HCO B 2 Aug. 1971 TRs, SOLO COURSE AND ADVANCED COURSES, 341 Solo students and any Ad Course: do not mix TRs with Solo or Advanced Courses, 341 

HCO B 4 Aug. 1971 PURPOSE CLEARING, 342 [REVISED] 

Instant purpose clearing, 342 Full post clearing, 342 Auditor qualifications for Post Purpose Clearing, 342 Admin, 342 Post Purpose Clearing steps, 343 

xxix 

C/ S Series 55 

HCO B 8 Aug. 1971 THE IVORY TOWER, 344 Ivory tower rule, 344 Value of auditor opinion, 345 

Word Clearing Series 8RR 

HCO B 30 June 1971R STANDARD C/ S FOR WORD CLEARING IN SESSION —METHOD 1, 346 [CANCELLED] 

HCO B 16 Aug. 1971 TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED, 348 Importance of TRs, 348 OT TR 0, Operating Thetan Confronting, 348 TR 0, Confronting Preclear, 349 TR 0 Bullbait, Confronting Bullbaited, 349 TR 1, Dear Alice, 350 TR 2, Acknowledgements, 351 TR 3, Duplicative Question, 351 TR 4, Preclear Originations, 352 

HCO B 20 Aug. 1971 HAS SPECIALIST AUDITING PROGRAM, 354 [REVISED] 

Handling of executives or staff members who show signs of obsessive transfer of staff, 354 HAS Specialist Program, 354 

C/ S Series 1 

HCO B 23 Aug. 1971 AUDITOR’S RIGHTS, 355 Auditor responsibility for C/ Ses, 355 Accepting the pc— rights of refusal, 355 Accepting a C/ S, 356 C/ Sing in the chair, 356 Stale dated C/ S, 356 Ending the session— unworkable C/ S, 356 Auditing over out ruds, 356 Inability to fly ruds, 357 Sessions far apart— out ruds, 357 Unreading items— checking for reads, 357 Questions must read to be listed, 357 List trouble— L4, 357 High TA at session start, 358 Hopeful C/ Sing and auditing, 358 Things done twice, 359 Don’t copy Dianetic lists or worksheets, 359 Ruds going out— why and what to do, 359 Case not handled, 360 Set up for major actions— defines repair, rudiments, set up, major action, grade, program, 360 Program and Grade violations, 361 Ability attained— completion of action, 361 Unnecessary repair when pc is running well, 362 False reports, 3 62 Auditor overts on pcs, 362 Auditors don’t have cases, 362 What the auditor did wrong, 363 Never take a verbal or written correction that is not in an HCO B or tape, 363 

HCO B 24 Aug. 1971 ASSISTS ADDITION, 364 Pc is often ill because his ruds in life are out, 364 Flying ruds added to Temperature Assist, 364 

C/ S Series 56, Auditor Admin Series 2 

HCO B 25 Aug. 1971 HOW TO GET RESULTS IN AN HGC, 365 Auditing is a team activity, 365 To improve tech results you must improve administration, 365 Auditing requires administration, 365 C/ S and auditor attitude, 365 

xxx 

Organize to improve results, 366 Org wins and stats, 367 How to get on policy with tech organization, 367 

HCO B 30 Aug. 1971 STUDENT COMPLETIONS, 369 [REPLACED] 

Student completion points, 369 

HCO B 30 Aug. 1971 PC COMPLETIONS, 371 [REVISED] 

Pc completion points, 371 

Word Clearing Series 16R 

HCO B 31 Aug. 1971R CONFUSED IDEAS, 373 Misunderstood word exists at the bottom of a confusion, 373 Word Clearing Method 2 example, 373 Picture of a student’s mind, 374 

C/ S Series 57 

HCO B 1 Sept. 1971 A C/ S AS A TRAINING OFFICER— A PROGRAM FOR FLUBLESS AUDITING, 375 

Responsibility of C/ S to produce flubless auditors, 375 C/ S is trying to obtain volume, quality and viability, 375 Sequence of actions a C/ S should take to attain flubless auditing, 376 The way to get out of cope is to organize, 380 

Word Clearing Series 17 

HCO B 2 Sept. 1971 WORDS AND POSTS, 381 Failed posts and duties trace back to misunderstood words, 381 Psychosis and misunderstood words are the only reasons for post failure, 381 

Word Clearing Series 19 

HCO B 4 Sept. 1971 ALTERATIONS, 382 At the bottom of all alteration of meaning or action is a misunderstood word, 382 Just before or with the point a person begins to alter will be found a misunderstood word, 

382 

Word Clearing Series 20 

HCO B 4 Sept. 1971 SIMPLE WORDS, 383 It takes a big dictionary to define simple words, 383 Stupidity is the effect of misunderstood words, 383 The earliest misunderstood word in a subject is a key to later misunderstood words in that 

subject, 383 

Word Clearing Series 21 

HCO B 6 Sept. 1971 CORRECT SEQUENCE— QUALIFICATIONS OF WORD CLEARERS, 385 

Use of Word Clearing Methods 1, 2 and 3, 385 Purpose clearing, 385 Word Clearing program, 385 Word clearing Word Clearers, 386 

C/ S Series 58 

HCO B 7 Sept. 1971 PROGRAMMING CASES BACKWARDS, 387 Tools of auditing are the Grade Chart Processes and the numerous correction lists, 387 Examples of programming backwards, 387 C/ S gets data on case, 388 C/ S knowledge, 388 The tools of a C/ S, 388 

xxxi 

HCO B 8 Sept. 1971 BIRTH CONTROL PILLS, 389 Cause of side effects of birth control pills, 389 There’s no rule regarding auditing and birth control pills, 389 

Word Clearing Series 23 

HCO B 13 Sept. 1971 TROUBLE SHOOTING, 390 Word Clearing troubles, 390 Use of Word Clearing Correction List, 390 What is learned on a TR Course, 390 Word Clearer training, 391 Auditor training is not only for professional auditors, 391 

C/ S Series 59 

HCO B 14 Sept. 1971 DIANETIC LIST ERRORS, 392 Dianetic list of somatics, pains, emotions and attitudes can act as a list under the meaning of 

the Laws of Listing and Nulling, 392 List errors are corrected by L4, 392 Points a C/ S must be alert to regarding listing, 392 

HCO B 14 Sept. 1971 WORD CLEARING C/ S NO. 2, 393 Word Clearing Method No. 2— commands used, 393 

HCO B 14 Sept. 1971 POST PURPOSE CLEARING C/ S FORM 1R, 394 

C/ S Series 60 

HCO B 15 Sept. 1971 THE WORST TANGLE, 396 Int RD trouble is worse than list trouble is worse than out ruds, 396 How Int, lists and ruds are handled when out, 396 

Word Clearing Series 24 

HCO B 17 Sept. 1971 LIBRARY, 397 Word Clearing library, 397 Use of the local library, 397 

C/ S Series 61 

HCO B 22 Sept. 1971 THE THREE GOLDEN RULES OF THE C/ S —HANDLING AUDITORS, 398 

The handling of auditors with these rules, 398 Finding the goof and sending the auditor to Cramming, 398 Never invalidate the auditor when no goof has occurred, 398 Recognize and acknowledge a technically perfect session, 398 Indicators regarding application of these rules, 398 

HCO B 24 Sept. 1971 INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN, 400 Int Rundown errors, 400 “Went in” and “Go in” must read in order to run Int Rundown, 400 Overrun Int Rundown, 400 Reason for errors on Int Rundown, 400 Headaches and Int Rundown, 401 Auditor requirements to do Int RD Correction, 401 Failed Int/ Ext RD repair, date to blow— locate to blow procedure, 401 

HCO B 25 Sept. 1971RA TONE SCALE IN FULL, 404 Tone Scale expanded, 404 Know to Mystery Scale, 404 

C/ S Series 62 

HCO B 28 Sept. 1971 KNOW BEFORE YOU GO, 405 xxxii 

A C/ S should know exactly what is wrong with a case, 405 How the C/ S gets data on the case, 405 Combined action of prepared lists, 406 Broad shooting C/ Ses, 406 To abruptly C/ S everything the pc has just said is a Q and A; but worse, it can lead to 

evaluation, 406 Use of pc remarks in C/ Sing, 406 Tagging cases, 406 Case does not run well means (a) resistive, (b) errors have been made in 

auditing, 407 

HCO B 30 Sept. 1971 CCHs 5, 6 & 7, 408 CCH 5, Location by Contact, 408 CCH 6, Body- Room Contact, 408 CCH 7, Contact by Duplication, 409 

C/ S Series 63 

HCO B 2 Oct. 1971 C/ SING FOR NEW AUDITORS OR VETERANS, 410 C/ Sing prepared lists for new auditors, 410 Where most of a C/ S’s troubles come from, 410 How to C/ S for new auditors, 411 

C/ S Series 64 

HCO B 5 Oct. 1971 F/ Ning AUDITORS, 412 Non- F/ Ning auditor should be sent to Cramming, 412 Every auditor leaving Cramming should go through the Examiner, 412 

HCO B 6 Oct. 1971 INTENSIVES ADDED POINTS SYSTEM FOR PCS, 413 What is achieved during the 1 wk 12 1 / 2 hour intensive is added to points for the intensive, 

413 

HCO B 16 Oct. 1971 FORCING A PC, 414 Why auditor mustn’t force pc, 414 

HCO B 21 Oct. 1971 ASSISTS IN SCIENTOLOGY, 415 Assist is different to auditing at large, 415 Techniques which comprise an assist, 415 Be professional and definite in assists, 416 How to help in an emergency, 416 How to handle confusion, 417 Example of an assist on an accident, 418 

C/ S Series 39R 

HCO B 31 May 1971R STANDARD 12 1 / 2 HOUR INTENSIVE PROGRAMS, 419 Sample Progress Program, 419 Advance Program, 419 

HCO B 22 Oct. 1971 EXTERIORIZATION, 420 Exteriorization defined, 420 Exteriorization proves man is a spiritual being, timeless and deathless, 420 

HCO B 24 Oct. 1971 FALSE TA, 421 Consequences of false TA, 421 E- Meter improperly trimmed gives a false TA position, 421 E- Meter discharged gives false TA, 422 One- hand electrode, 422 Moist hands give low TA, 422 Dry hands give high TA, 423 Arthritic hands give high TA, 423 

xxxiii 

Slack grip, 423 Can size, 423 Cold pc, 424 Late at night a pc’s TA may be very high, 424 Rings on the pc’s hands must always be removed, 424 Floating TA, 424 Rusty corroded cans, 424 Tight shoes, 424 

HCO B 25 Oct. 1971 DRUG DRYING OUT, 425 Drugs prevent any case gain, 425 Two approaches to withdrawal problem, 425 Vitamin therapy, 425 Drug bomb formula, 426 Drub bomb administration, 426 People who have been on drugs do not make case gain until the drugs are handled in 

processing, 427 

HCO B 25 Oct. 1971 AUDITOR FAILURE TO UNDERSTAND, 428 Auditor response when he doesn’t understand pc, 428 Invalidation— avoid use of “you” to pc, 428 Evaluation— auditor repeating what pc says, 428 

HCO B 29 Oct. 1971R INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST REVISED, 429 

HCO B 30 Oct. 1971 TRIPLE GRADES vs. EXPANDED, 432 Triple Grades had 3 F/ Ns per grade, 432 Expanded Lower Grades have dozens of F/ Ns, 432 

C/ S Series 66, Auditor Admin Series 15 

HCO B 3 Nov. 1971 AUDITOR’S WORKSHEETS, 433 C/ S must insist on good legible handwriting of auditors, 433 C/ S misunderstoods from worksheets, 433 Solutions to illegible auditor handwriting, 433 

Word Clearing Series 25R, Tape Course Series 6R 

HCO B 10 Nov. 1971R TAPES, HOW TO USE, 434 Types of tapes, 434 Course study tapes, 435 Public lecture tapes, 435 Briefing tapes, 436 Model performance tapes, 437 

HCO B 12 Nov. 1971R FALSE TA ADDITION, 438 Cold cans, 438 Footplates, 438 Pcs who falsify TA, 438 

HCO B 20 Nov. 1971 HAS SPECIALIST AUDITING PROGRAM (Revised), 439 

[REVISED] 

Sequence of actions on HAS Specialist Pgm, 439 

Tape Course Series 1 

HCO B 20 Nov. 1971 COURSE TRANSLATION TO TAPE, 441 How to translate a course, 441 Primary targets, 441 Operating targets, 442 

Tape Course Series 2 

HCO B 21 Nov. 1971 DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY IN OTHER LANGUAGES, 443 

xxxiv 

Minimum translated materials an org needs, 443 Printed material, 443 Recorded tapes, 444 Minimum list of translated tapes, 444 Keep Dianetics and Scientology “on source”, 445 

Tape Course Series 3R 

HCO B 21 Nov. 1971R TEACHING A TAPE COURSE, 446 Rules and description, 446 Enrollment, 446 Files, 447 Checksheet, 447 Notebooks, 447 Checkout, 447 Practical, 447 Clay table, 447 Definitions, 447 Checksheet sequence, 448 Slow students, 448 

HCO B 25 Nov. 1971 RESISTIVE CASES— FORMER THERAPY, 449 The seven types of resistive cases, 449 Former therapy case is apt to be the roughest, 449 Trouble with former therapy or electric shock, 450 

HCO B 5 Dec. 1971 END PHENOMENAS, 451 Feeding the pc the end phenomena of a process or action is illegal and very out- tech, 451 Correct way to check to see if a pc has made an EP, 451 

HCO B 9 Dec. 1971 PTS RUNDOWN, 452 [REVISED] 

Cause of roller- coaster is PTS, 452 Who does PTS Rundown, 452 The only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause a roller- coaster comes from 

having known the person before this life, 452 Four points of breakdown of PTS Rundown, 452 Behavior of PTS Rundown, 453 PTS Rundown end phenomena, 453 The four parts of PTS Rundown, 453 Description of flows on PTS Rundown, 454 Re- dos on PTS Rundown, 454 The commands of PTS Rundown, 454 

C/ S Series 35RA 

HCO B 16 Dec. 1971RA INTERIORIZATION ERRORS, 456 Correct Int RD error as a first action, 456 Int Rundown errors, 456 Int Rundown auditor requirements, 456 Repair of Int RD, 457 Ext in session, 457 Dianetic C/ S 1, 458 

C/ S Series 23R 

HCO B 17 Dec. 1971 INTERIORIZATION SUMMARY, 459 [REVISED] 

HCO Bs covering Interiorization Rundown, 459 Quads cancelled, 459 Int RD can be unnecessary, 459 Int RD overrun, 460 Repair of Int RD, 460 Two- way comm step of Int RD, 460 C/ Sing Int RD, 460 Int RD is a remedy, 460 C/ S wins, 461 

xxxv 

C/ S Series 71 

HCO B 19 Dec. 1971 D OF P OPERATES BY OCAs, 462 Director of Processing is a director of processing of cases, 462 What D of P must know to do his job, 462 D of P can consider his job as “To raise OCAs with paid for processing and to be sure the pc 

is happier”, 462 Any “field ARC breaks” is a direct reflection on the D of P, 463 D of P is directing processing and raising OCAs in paid volume, 463 

C/ S Series 72 

HCO B 20 Dec. 1971 USE OF CORRECTION LISTS, 464 There is nothing in Dianetics and Scientology as miraculously workable as correction lists, 

464 Auditor’s metering, 464 Standard Cramming action when correction list said to be blank, 464 TRs and correction lists, 464 Number of correction lists, 465 Method of assessment of correction lists, 465 

C/ S Series 73, Solo C/ S Series 10 

HCO B 23 Dec. 1971 THE NO- INTERFERENCE AREA, 466 From R6 Solo to OT III one does not do anything except keep the pc winning for R6 Solo to 

OT III, 466 Exception to No- Interference Area, 466 Repairs of Grades not made or failed, 466 TRs should be done before or during Solo auditing study, 466 Major actions, 467 Set up, 467 Auditing skill, 467 Sources of failure on Solo, 467 

xxxvi 



Type = 11
iDate=3/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

TRIPLE ERRORS IN DIANETICS

Type = 11
iDate=6/10/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

Remimeo
Dn Auditors
Dn Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo
Dn Auditors
Dn Checksheet		     (Amends and Replaces
			 HCOB OF 6 OCT 69, same title)

			   TRIPLE ERRORS IN DIANETICS

    In running triples after running single flow on several items, IT CAN BE
DIFFICULT IF THE TA IS HIGH AT SESSION START.

    The correct thing to do when an auditor starts a session to run flows 2
and 3 on a single item already run AND FINDS THE PC's TA IS HIGH (3.5 up) is
to send the pc to Review to have his ruds put in.

    The TA may not be high on the 2nd or 3rd flow about to be run at session
start but on some other chain.

    The rule is simple:

    WHEN STARTING A SESSION TO RUN FLOWS 2 OR 3 OF A SINGLE ITEM PREVIOUSLY
RUN IN AN EARLIER SESSION, AND THE TA IS HIGH (3.5 UP) AT SESSION START, SEND
THE PC TO REVIEW FOR RUDIMENTS.

    In actual practice one can sometimes muddle through and the TA will come
down and the needle F/N on the Flow 2 or 3 anyway. BUT THE AUDITOR WILL HAVE
TO BE VERY ALERT TO BLOWDOWNS, which indicate a basic has been reached,
not overrun it beyond F/N and generally run a flawless session.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:rs.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1969, 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[The amendment is the addition of the phrase, "AND THE TA IS HIGH (3.5 UP) AT
SESSION START", in the fifth paragraph. This HCO B is changed by BTB 1
December 1970R, Revised and Reissued 27 July 1974, Dianetics -- Triple Flow
Action, which gives the rule: "DIANETICS IS RUN BY TRIPLE FLOWS ONLY. DIANETIC
SINGLES IS FORBIDDEN AND IF DONE WILL BE CONSIDERED GROSS OUT TECH AND A TECH
AND QUAL HIGH CRIME." LRH]

				       1





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=15/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

THE USES OF AUDITING


Remimeo
Registrar's Hat
Ltr Reg Hat
Dn C/S Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo
Registrar's Hat
Ltr Reg Hat
Dn C/S Checksheet
			      THE USES OF AUDITING

    Case Supervisors, Registrars and Letter Registrars particularly should know
something of the enormous number of uses to which auditing can be put.

    The idea of selling and applying "Dianetic Triples" and "Scientology
Grades" as all one knows about is an approach that is both lazy and ignorant.

    It is doubtful if one could count the number of uses to which auditing can
be placed to help livingness and improve the health, ability and outlook of a
person.

    The trend now is to apply auditing to special requirements. But this is
not a new trend -- it is merely unknown. Emphasis on completed grades tended
to drive out of sight the real uses of auditing.

    Naturally one wants his Dianetic Triples and his Scientology Triples. But
to say this is the end of auditing is silly.

    In the pursuit of the "new" one forgets the successful old. In Class VI
auditing, there are thousands of processes, all valid, if run only to F/N.

    Dianetic Auditing particularly lends itself to specific situations. For
instance, a pregnant woman should be audited on emotions and somatics relating
to birth or babies before delivery. We used to simply audit the girl's own
birth and any past births (R3R). Then immediately after delivery the engram is
run out. Handling pregnancy in this fashion has the woman up and about in 3
days and in fine condition. This prevents utterly the extreme of "post-partum
psychosis", as mental upset due to delivery is called. It prevents any upset
with the husband or child. It prevents physical aftereffects. In short, it
should be done.

    People who have been ill for some time often only get well because they are
audited.

    After any illness the person should be audited.

    After accidents and medical care people should be audited.

    Almost any human situation containing pain or misemotion should be handled
by auditing.

    In the field of ability auditing is king. The inability to study or to
work or even to live can be handled in many ways. The simple action of
listing the somatics, emotions and attitudes of the unwanted condition and
running them R3R Triples relieves them.

    A Registrar can sign up "Intensives" on these subjects and get them
relayed to the Case Supervisor.

    Auditing is for use.

    Auditing is the answer to human disability and travail. It can make life
worth living.

				       2



    Auditing is not a limited action, "He's had his triples so you can't do
anything" is about as limited a view as you can get.

    The public should be given lists of things they may want handled. The use
of auditing should be known, particularly in lower orgs.

    A Case Supervisor should be fully aware of what auditing can do and insist
that it get done.

    There is no limit to what good auditing can do. That is the first thing
one should learn about it.

						    L. RON HUBBARD
						    Founder

LRH:jz.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       3





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=15/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

HANDLING WITH AUDITING


Remimeo
Registrar's Hat
Ltr Reg Hat
OES Hat
Tech Sec Hat
Qual Sec Hat
Dir Success Hat
Dn C/S Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo 			    Issue II
Registrar's Hat
Ltr Reg Hat
OES Hat
Tech Sec Hat
Qual Sec Hat
Dir Success Hat 	     HANDLING WITH AUDITING
Dn C/S Checksheet

    There is no reason or excuse not to actually HANDLE a pc's desire or
complaint with auditing.

    By handle is meant finish off, complete, end cycle on.

    To give you an idea of the reverse -- in admin we sometimes find terminals
that refer despatches to others, let them drift, give excuses why not. This
all adds up to NOT HANDLING. This is the basic reason for DEV T (Developed,
meaning excessive, traffic). Like the stationery company writes somebody in
the org to please specify the number of sheets wanted. So whoever's hat it is
refers it to somebody else who refers it to another who fails to answer. In
this way, the org can look industrious while accomplishing nothing. Nobody
HANDLES it.

    You can get a similar situation going with pcs. Nobody HANDLES the pc. And
if you keep this up, your whole area fills up with unhandled pcs, the org's
repute goes down and stats eventually crash.

    The org is being paid to HANDLE pcs. It is not being paid to put them off
or explain or let them drift away.

    Here is an example from the early 1960s. An org had it going that anybody
who was feeling bad and demanding help got a review. The review consisted of a
Green Form to F/N. While this would clean up an ARC Brk or PTP or a poor prior
session, it sure wasn't about to remedy a feeling of nausea. So a pc would
come in with a feeling of nausea. He would be sent to Review, get a Green Form
and F/N on an ARC Break. Then Review would shrug off the fact that the pc was
still nauseated by saying all it could do was a GF! In short, it wouldn't
handle the pc.

    Another recent case -- pc with migraine headaches. Got some (evidently
poor) Dianetic Auditing. No change. When the pc's friend complained, he was
told it was "the illegal life she was living" and no action was taken. So the
pc went to another org and there they refused auditing due to painkillers
(instead of waiting 2 or 3 days until it wore off).

    These are cases of NOT HANDLING.

    The idea of non-handling can also go into fees. A pc once paid a Franchise
for auditing to be done in an org. The Franchise did not forward the fee so
the org sent the pc back home.

    Service and HANDLING are the same thing. When you give service you handle.

    There are thousands of ways of not handling. Letting backlogs occur in
Tech and Qual is probably the most serious to org income and to field repute.
Also if a person is goofed up in Tech he probably is suffering and to be put
off in Qual for any reason at all is a severe blow to the org. A 3 hour Qual
backlog is too long.

    So, part of HANDLING cases is HANDLE N - O - W!

				       4



    I recall a Qual backlog I once found of 10 pcs. They were of all varieties
-- but the main fault was just nobody had the idea except the pcs that they
should be handled NOW. And HANDLED. I sat down and did four of them in the
next four hours and grabbed off auditors from Admin and Exec areas and handled
the rest. Within 6 hours of finding this backlog, they were all HANDLED,
happily, finally and wholly satisfied.

    What was required was (a) a determination to handle cases, (b) a surety
they could be handled and (c) the actual handling. All three points are
needful.

    Only two things prevent the above. When the help factor is low in the org
or its auditors, there is no real determination to handle cases. A
commercialism enters where the payment of the money is more interesting than
the delivery of the service. This is self-defeative. One has to have the money
but one won't continue to get money unless one is vitally interested in
actually delivering service -- which means actually handling the cases.

    The certainty that one can handle cases depends in the main upon good
training and exact application of the technology. There can be an awful lot of
tech to apply but the point is to apply the tech that is applied with
exactness. "Squirreling" is not really different processes -- it is careless,
incomplete, messed up auditing procedure. An auditor auditing a process that
reads with excellent TRs to an F/N with good indicators seldom has any loses.
But even given good procedure, one occasionally gets a lose. This tends to
reduce one's certainty that he can get a result on a pc. Usually it isn't
one's own pcs that cause this -- it's hearing about some pc who didn't get a
result, but not hearing the whole story.

    If one's command of the subject of auditing is poor he doesn't recognize
why there was a lose. A pc lies about having eaten or slept or is being
audited on someone else's determination or some such thing and because of
these, the pc gets a lose. This causes the auditor to have a lose.

    Some auditors can get 20 wins and 1 lose and then mourn only about the 1
lose.

    What is missed here -- with pc loses -- is that it is almost always a
short-term lose. They lost in this one but nobody thinks to KEEP AT IT WITH
DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY UNTIL IT'S A WIN.

    I've seen somebody audited for years before he finally and forever lost
his chronic trouble. He would get better and then relapse, never quite so bad.
And finally he recovered totally.

    So there must be some idea extant amongst auditors that all "wins" in
auditing must be fast, total and appreciated volubly. This isn't always the
case. In fact, it is in the minority.

    So an auditor's and an org's certainty should depend only on being certain
of eventual permanent result and to be very extra happy when it is fast, total
and appreciated.

    To handle a case one keeps at it. So the pc got an intensive. So the pc
wasn't handled in that intensive. Well, one doesn't just dust it off and say
that's it forever. The Case Supervisor looks harder and gets the Registrar to
get more auditing bought.

    If Dianetics didn't handle, Scientology will. If this process didn't handle
completely, that process may.

    This is the winning attitude. I know one case that's still goofed up after
a decade. The medics put a steel pipe in his leg bone. He won't get it taken
out and insists on auditing only. So every few months somebody tries again.
Sooner or later this case will be handled. The point is to keep trying to
handle, not dream up reasons it can't be.

				       5



    Auditors brought up with the idea that 5 hours of auditing should always
resurrect a decayed corpse haven't been brought up right. Some SP around them
has been making demands of the subject and auditing that BUILD IN LOSES.

    Girl with migraine, 15 hours of Dianetics, still has migraine. Okay. So we
don't brush her off. We get her to buy a good long Scientology intensive and
do a full "GF 40". Still has migraine. So we now do another Dianetic Intensive.

    We don't mislead her. We say, "Okay, you want to get rid of your migraine.
So we'll stay with you if you'll work along with us as long as it takes. It
might happen fast, it might happen slow. You might have to go all the way to
OT Grades. But we'll try all the way."

    A Registrar that promises instant miracles is cutting the Tech Sec's
throat and the GI as well!

    The condition can be handled. The whole point is, for the good of the pc
and the org it eventually must be handled.

    There are literally thousands of processes and approaches available for
use.

    The pc expects the condition to be handled. So one way or another one gets
the pc handled. To do otherwise is to court disaster for the org.

    Now and then a pc gets away, nearly always because of errors that get the
pc upset with the subject of auditing, never when the org wasn't still trying
to handle. A session was goofed and not repaired, somebody in the org inferred
the condition couldn't be handled, that's the sort of thing that loses pcs.

    Keep on trying to handle and you will succeed.

    Auditing is remarkable enough already not to cripple it by leading pcs to
expect instant results every time.

    But the main point is, you audit a pc with Dianetics and Scientology until
the pc's case is handled.

    And sooner or later, it will be.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:jz.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       6





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=19/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

REGISTRARS' ADVICE FORM


Remimeo
Registrar Form

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo
Registrar Form
			    REGISTRARS' ADVICE FORM

     Although no Registrar may give tech advice to a pc, what the pc wanted and
expected and bought is made a matter of interest to the Case Supervisor.

     Routing:

1.   Registrar's Desk.

     PC complained of _________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     PC hoped to achieve ______________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     PC was sold ______________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     Any data from pc CF folder _______________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

2.   To Examiner or Tech Director for Interview.

     PC's TA __________________________ NEEDLE ________________________________

     PC's appearance __________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

				       7



     Prior Auditing ___________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     PC hopes _________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

3.   To Tech Services.

     Include in PC folder and send folder to the C/S. Be sure to send any old
     tech folder the pc may have on file or may have had sent in or brought in.

4.   C/S noted the above.		  _____________________________________
							 Initial

     Note:  This Advice Form in no way relieves the C/S of any responsibility
     in handling the pc's case. It is advice only. The C/S may require other
     actions be done first. Insofar as possible, the pc's desires are achieved
     but not necessarily in this one intensive and the pc should be so
     informed by the Registrar.

						     L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jz.rd					     Founder
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=21/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

CANCELLATION OF PERMISSIVE TRs

Type = 11
iDate=29/4/63
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

Remimeo
HDGs

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo
HDGs
			 CANCELLATION OF PERMISSIVE TRs

     HCO B 29 April 1963, MODERNIZED TRAINING DRILLS USING PERMISSIVE
COACHING, is cancelled and is not to be used on any checksheet.

     The correct TRs and application are as listed on HCO B 17 April 1961,
TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED.

     The 1963 revision was not done by me and has been found to be not
workable. The best method is the original 1961 way of doing TRs.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jz.rd						 Founder
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       8





L. RON HUBBARD


Type = 11
iDate=27/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

NARRATIVE ITEMS EXPLAINED


Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Tech Personnel

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Tech Personnel
			   NARRATIVE ITEMS EXPLAINED

     A Narrative Item is one which will land the pc in a single incident for
which there is no chain.

     Flagrant example: "The time the horse Baldy dumped me in the Potomac."

     Obviously there was only one such incident. If it doesn't F/N, where are
you going to go with R3R? No chain.

     Example: "When my mother spanked me." One incident. No chain.

     Example: "A feeling like catching my hand in a 322 IBM computer on March 3
last year." Only one incident. No chain.

     Example: "Like being bitten by a dog." Several examples on a chain but the
SOMATIC he is trying to get rid of has a basic on it of being tortured.

		      NARRATIVE CHAINS OF EXCESSIVE LENGTH

     These are by repeating story. By incident description.

     There may be 40 billion times his shoe pinched.

     Example: "Feeling like a shoe pinching me." The chain is endless. On the
same somatic list was "A painful foot." This, being a somatic, permits you to
get to a basic.

     Example: "Feeling like my parents were cross with me." There may be seven
thousand such incidents. You never get to basic.

				    SOMATICS

     In old Dianetics, we often ran narratives. They can be run. But now and
then there is only one incident and it never arrives at any basic.

     Or there are so many similar incidents you go on for days!

     The breakthrough came in assessing only somatics, sensations, emotions,
attitudes.

     There are two types of chains -- (1) story or narrative (2) feelings.

     The feeling chains (pain, soreness, physical sensation) are the ones that
relieve what's wrong with the pc. You can audit for a long time on narrative
or story incidents without relieving any somatics.

     Narrative items can give you trouble in R3R.

     Somatics, sensations, emotions, attitudes as R3R items not only give you
no trouble to audit but deliver the goods.

     A sore arm chain can include incidents such as:

     1.  Being hit by a tree.

     2.  Run over by a carriage.

     3.  Being wounded in a duel.

     4.  Being hit by a stone axe.

     If "sore arm" is the item assessed (a somatic) then you get all four
incidents listed.

				       9



    Suppose you assess 3 "Being wounded in a duel" as the item. It's a
narrative item because it describes the incident. So you run 3 only, never get
to 4 and leave the pc with a sore arm.

    He's trying to get rid of a sore arm, not a duel.

    Get it?

LRH:jz.rd
Copyright $c 1970					     L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard					     Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED



L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=27/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

E-METER DRILL COACHING


HDG C/sheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JANUARY 1970
		       (HCO Bulletin of 10 December 1965
				Revised for HDG)
HDG C/sheet
			     E-METER DRILL COACHING

    The following was submitted by Malcolm Cheminais Supervisor on the Saint
Hill Special Briefing Course.

    Here are some observations I have made on the coaching of E-Meter drills,
which I feel could be of use:

    1.	 The coach's needle is dirty. The student's out comm cycle has cut his
	 comm in some way, but PRIOR to that the coach failed to flunk the
	 part of the comm cycle that went out. Correct flunking by coaches
	 equals students with no dirty needles.

    2.	 If a coach's TA starts climbing on a drill and the needle gets
	 sticky, it means that the student's comm cycle has dispersed him and
	 pushed him out of PT. The coach is either (1) not flunking at all (2)
	 flunking the incorrect thing.

    3.	 The correct flunking by the coach of an out comm cycle, which has
	 dispersed him and pushed his TA up, will always result in a TA blow
	 down. If there is no blow down, the coach has flunked the wrong thing.

    4.	 Needle not responding well and sensitively on assessment drills,
	 although the needle clean. Coach has failed to flunk TR 1 (or TR 0)
	 for lack of impingement and reach.

    5.	 Coach reaching forward and leaning on the table, means TR 1 is out
	 with the student.

    6.	 Students shouting or talking very loudly on assessment drills to try
	 and get the Meter to read by overwhelm. The reason for this is
	 invariably -- "but I'm assessing the bank!" They haven't realized
	 that banks don't read, only thetans impinged upon by the bank --
	 therefore the TR 1 must be addressed to the thetan. The meter
	 responds proportionately to the amount of ARC in the Session. (See
	 HCO B 29 Jan 70 for lists that don't read.)

LRH:emp.kjm.rd
Copyright $c 1965, 1970 				    L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard					    Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       10





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=29/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

NULL LISTS IN DIANETICS


Remimeo
Staff Auditors
Dn Cse Supers
C/Ses
Dn Checksheets
Class VIIIs

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo
Staff Auditors
Dn Cse Supers
C/Ses
Dn Checksheets
Class VIIIs
			    NULL LISTS IN DIANETICS

    It happens all too often in Dianetic auditing that:

    (a)  No further items on the assessment list read but

    (b)  The pc still has these somatics.

    This is quite a problem. It cuts short the number of hours that can be
delivered and leaves an unhappy pc.

    But what do you know, the list isn't null. It is suppressed or invalidated.

    Here is where the Dianetic Auditor bridges over into Scientology, to which
this action properly belongs.

    There are many many such Scientology actions which the Dianetic Auditor
will learn how to do when he studies to become a Scientology class auditor.

    However, the great importance of the problem of a null or apparently dead
list makes it necessary to teach the Dianetic Auditor this technique.

    SITUATION:	NO ITEM ON THE Health Form or List NOW READS, ONE OR MORE HAVE
BEEN RUN, THE PC STILL HAS SYMPTOMS THAT ARE ON THE LIST. BUT THEY WON'T
READ.

    SOLUTION:  THE DN AUDITOR NULLS BY SUPPRESS "BUTTON" AND IF NEEDED, THE
INVALIDATE BUTTON.

    This is normally called "getting in the suppress button" or "getting in the
invalidate button".

    It is called BUTTON because when you push it (say it) you can get a meter
reaction.

    In Scientology, this is called "Nulling by suppress".

    All right, the list comes out all X -- nothing reading.

    The auditor, watching the needle out of the corner of his eye and also
looking at the list (a trick you must be able to do so as never to miss a read
on the meter), nulls down the list on all unrun items.

    "On the item 'dizzy feeling' has anything been suppressed?"

    "On the item 'painful head' has anything been suppressed? That reads."

    PC:  "Yes, I suppress it all the time."

    Auditor:  "Painful head. That reads. Are you interested in running that
item?"

    PC:  "Yes! I kept wondering why it never read."

				       11



     The auditor then runs R3R.

     In the case of Invalidate, if suppress doesn't read, one "puts in the
invalidate button".

     Auditor, reading an apparently null list:

     "On the item 'dizzy feeling' has anything been invalidated?"

     "On the item 'sore feet' has anything been invalidated? That reads."

     PC:  "Yes, because it didn't read in the first place."

     "Sore feet. That reads. Are you interested in running that item?"

     PC:  "Yes!"

     So the auditor runs R3R.

     As you will learn in Scientology, when the pc suppresses or invalidates
something, the read transfers to suppress or invalidate, whichever they did.
Suppress or invalidate now read, the item itself doesn't until one puts the
button (suppress or invalidate) in.

     DON'T LET A DIANETIC PC OFF AUDITING JUST BECAUSE HIS UNRUN LIST ITEMS
WON'T READ ON THE METER.

     Get in Suppress and Invalidate on the items as above.

     It is a rapid action, not two way comm between items. You ask the meter,
not the pc.

     Hope this helps.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:jz.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       12





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=31/1/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

WITHHOLDS, OTHER PEOPLE'S


Remimeo
SHSBC Checksheet
Academy Checksheet
Level II

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo 		HCO BULLETIN OF 31 JANUARY 1970
SHSBC Checksheet
Academy Checksheet
Level II
			   WITHHOLDS, OTHER PEOPLE'S

     Now and then, quite rarely, you find an auditor who in being audited
"gets off" other people's withholds.

     Example: "Yes, I have a withhold from you. Charley said you were insane."

     Example: "Yes, I have a withhold. Mary Agnes has been in prison."

     One also finds public pcs trying to do this occasionally.

     The facts of the case are that it doesn't do anybody any good casewise to
"get off" other people's withholds.

     Essentially, a withhold by definition is something the pc did that was an
overt act, which the pc is withholding and thus keeping secret.

     Thus, getting off things that somebody else did is not helpful to a case
as such things aren't aberrative to the pc.

     But now let's look at this more closely.

     If a pc is "getting off" other people's withholds HE HIMSELF MUST HAVE A
CHAIN OF SIMILAR OVERTS AND WITHHOLDS that are his own.

     Getting off other people's withholds is then seen as a symptom of the pc
withholding similar actions of his own.

     Let us then complete the two examples above.

     Auditor:  "Do you have a withhold?"

     Pc:  "Charley said you were insane."

     Auditor, correctly:  "Do you have a similar withhold of your own?"

     Pc:  "Er -- uh -- well actually I told the class you were crazy last
	  month."

     Auditor:  "Do you have a withhold?"

     Pc:  "Mary Agnes has been in prison."

     Auditor:  "Ok. Do you have a similar withhold of your own?"

     Pc:  "Er -- uh -- well -- I spent two years in a reform school and I've
	  never told anybody."

     You can assume that any pc who is trying to get off withholds someone
else had is making a sort of out-of-valence effort to avoid giving his own
withholds.

     This applies, of course, to all overts as well. Somebody giving other
people's overts (which aren't aberrative to him) is actually failing to give
overts of his own which are aberrative to him.

     This is the mechanism behind the fact that if a pc is nattering about
somebody the pc has overts on that somebody. The natter is "other people's
overts". Getting these off does not help the pc. Getting the pc's off does.

     Never be misled by a nattering pc. Never be hooked into letting him get
off other people's overts and withholds.

LRH:jz.rd
Copyright $c 1970					   L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard					   Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       13





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=4/2/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

PC APPLICATION FOR MAJOR ACTIONS


URGENT -- IMPORTANT
Remimeo
Div 2
Div 4
Registrars
Case Supervisors
Class VIIIs
All orgs
SHs

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 4 FEBRUARY 1970

Remimeo
Div 2
Div 4
Registrars
Case Supervisors
Class VIIIs
All orgs		      URGENT -- IMPORTANT
SHs

			PC APPLICATION FOR MAJOR ACTIONS

     It is vital that HCO Policy Letter of 4 February 70, "PC Application Form
for Any Major Auditing Action", be filled out by any pc applying for major
auditing actions.

     Major actions are:

	 Dianetic Singles

	 Dianetic Triples

	 Scientology Singles

	 Scientology Triples

	 POWER

	 R6EW

	 CLEAR

	 OT GRADES

     Other actions, such as Student Rescue Intensives, Assists, handling
chronic somatics, regaining specific abilities, as desired by the pc, are not
major actions.

     THE BIG POINT OF CLASS VIII IS THAT A PC'S CASE -- OR A PRE-OT'S -- IS
PREPARED AND SET UP FOR ANY MAJOR ACTION.

     This applies to all levels of pcs and applies to ALL AUDITORS whether
VIII or not.

     NEVER RUN A PC ON A MAJOR ACTION WHOSE CASE IS GIVING TROUBLE.

     Get that trouble handled first. This is done IN TECH DIV 4, not in
Review. Pcs shy off reviews. Reviews are for cases flubbed IN AUDITING.
Ordinary Dianetic Intensives or Class VI Scientology processes to handle case
trouble are run in the Tech Division.

     The lowest level of handling is to get the pc to a medical doctor for
treatment of any purely medical trouble. This can be accompanied by Dianetic
assists. We do not advocate severe operations and particularly do not advocate
"exploratory operations". We will not refuse auditing on the grounds of
medical illness. We do advocate that known physical illnesses that respond to
medical treatment be given it.

     Assists are the next level.

     Flying life ruds, S & Ds and other such Scientology actions, including
"GF 40 Complete", more Dianetics and Class VI processes are all preparatory
actions. There are literally hundreds of these.

     It takes, it is reported, 25 hours of Dianetics for a field pc to get
into past lives. On the PL Form No. 6, these are noted. If the pc has not
contacted past lives yet, he must have more Dianetic Auditing until he does
so. Using Suppress and Invalidate on old lists gives you lots of items to run
triple.

				       14



     If a needle is dirty the pc needs to be smoothed out by good auditing.

     If the TA is high (4 or above) the pc needs more engrams run.

     Dianetics and Class VI actions can and do handle chronic somatics. Use
such processes until there are no more chronic somatics.

     Test results should be available to a Case Supervisor. Until these are
better, it is folly to engage in Scn triples or Power or above as the gains
won't hold.

     EXAMPLE OF WRONGNESS:  Pc has had Scn singles. TA tends high. Registrar
signs up for triples and without further ado they are delivered. Flunk. The pc
should have had a lot of Dianetics before anyone ran triples.

     EXAMPLE OF WRONGNESS:  Pc with migraine signs up for Power, is given
Power, asks for refund. Flunk. The pc should have been required to get all
Dianetic auditing necessary to get rid of the migraine and the whole case
smoothed before Power was begun.

     It is very serious not to prepare a case for a major step. The cycle of
sign up, give major action, refund is a very very sour way to deliver auditing.

     The org and the Case Supervisor and the auditor must care what happens to
the pc. An org and a Case Supervisor and an auditor must have a reality on
what auditing can do.

     By using HCO PL 4 Feb 70, you get around the sticky bit of the pc
thinking he is just being persuaded to have more auditing. He is made to
apply. He is looked over in Tech as well as the form and told what needs to be
done first.

     If you are really interested in the pc, you will have no trouble.

     The pc or PreOT makes out HCO PL 4 Feb 70 for every major step in
auditing. Studying these the Case Supervisor will know what to do.

     Do not use HCO PL 4 Feb 70 to prevent auditing from occurring. On the
contrary, use it to increase gains on the pc.

     This PL is also a major promotion opportunity. But don't promote by
mailing it broadly unless you actually have auditors auditing in your org and
the large number of auditing actions which can be done on a pc comprehended by
the org and Case Supervisor.

     Handled right, this HCO PL 4 Feb 70 can bring success and great
prosperity to your org and make a very happy field.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:jz.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       15





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 21
iDate=4/2/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=26/10/75
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

PC APPLICATION FORM
FOR ANY MAJOR AUDITING ACTION


Remimeo
Div 2
Div 4
Registrar
C/S
All Orgs
All SHs

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo 	     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 FEBRUARY 1970R
Div 2			    REVISED 26 OCTOBER 1975
Div 4			 (Revision in this type style)
Registrar
C/S
All Orgs
All SHs 		      PC APPLICATION FORM
			 FOR ANY MAJOR AUDITING ACTION

    This form is to be made out by the Preclear and mailed or handed in to the
Registrar who will forward it to the Case Supervisor. It is an addition to any
other sign-up papers.

_____________________________________________________  _______________________
	     PRECLEAR NAME (BLOCK CAPS) 			 DATE

______________________________________________________________________________
	     CURRENT ADDRESS

_____________________________________________________
	     CITY

I __________________________________________ (name) hereby apply for auditing:

	    _______ Life Repair, any Org

	    _______ Drug Rundown, any Org

	    _______ Dianetic Case Completion, any Org

	    _______ Expanded Grades, Scientology, any Org
		    (Triple or Quad)

	    _______ Expanded Dianetics, Continental Orgs,
		    Saint Hill Orgs, Orgs where authorized

	    _______ POWER, in a Saint Hill Org

	    _______ R6EW, in an Advanced Org

	    _______ CLEAR, in an Advanced Org

	    _______ OT LEVELS, in an Advanced Org

1.   I realize it may be necessary to prepare my case for a major action, such
     as above or to handle medical actions or to get auditing for chronic
     somatics or particular difficulties.

2.   I have the following physical disabilities: _____________________________

     _________________________________________________________________________

3.   I have had auditing on the following: ___________________________________

     _________________________________________________________________________

4.   I have had case gains on: _______________________________________________

     _________________________________________________________________________

5.   I have been trying to get the following chronic condition handled: ______

     _________________________________________________________________________

     _________________________________________________________________________

				       16



6.   I have, have not (circle one or the other) contacted past lives in
     running engrams.

     __________________________________________________________________________

7.   The following close relatives or family are favorable/unfavorable to

     Dianetics and Scientology: _______________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

8.   I have, do not have a drug history. (Circle one or the other)

     (By drugs is meant -- to mention a few -- tranquilizers, aspirin,
     amphetamine, medical drugs, marijuana, LSD, opium, and including alcohol.)

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

8a.  I am, am not presently taking drugs. (Circle one)

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

9.   I have, have not been treated by psychiatrists. (Circle one) Give any

     details. _________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

10.  I am a fast, slow student. (Circle one) __________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

11.  I have already had the following auditing actions:

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

12.  My training level in Dianetics or Scientology is (include have read books

     or not, if no formal training): __________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

13.  I object, do not object to medical treatment (circle one), if I am

     physically ill. __________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

14.  I plan the following auditing actions after the above major grade is

     attained: ________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

     __________________________________________________________________________

I hereby swear and attest the above to be true.

					   ____________________________________
							  SIGNED

     Fill out, sign and return to the Registrar, who will include it in your
folder for Case Supervisor use.

LRH:mg.rd						     L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1970, 1975 				     Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       17





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=13/2/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

HIGH TA, FULL HANDLING OF


Remimeo
All Class VIIIs
Case Supervisors
Class VIII
Checksheet
Case Super
Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 13 FEBRUARY 1970
Remimeo
All Class VIIIs
Case Supervisors
Class VIII
Checksheet
Case Super
Checksheet
			   HIGH TA, FULL HANDLING OF

		(Refers to HCO B 17 Sept 68, "Overrun Process",
			 Case Supervision No. DDD 400)

     The problem that "bugs" a great many auditors and gets in the way of a
lot of pcs is HIGH TA.

     Since the issue of Class VIII materials over a year and a half ago, I
have been studying this problem and have additional observation and remedy on
it. Whereas earlier materials handle it, it sometimes crops up again on the
same pc. To handle it fully and forever on a pc was the principal target in my
further research.

     The following develops:

     THE CAUSE OF HIGH TA IS AN ENGRAM CHAIN IN RESTIMULATION.

     There is no other cause or reason for it than that.

     Engram chains go into restimulation on OVERRUN IN LIFE.

     Thus Overrun results in a high TA, but THE REASON OVERRUN RESULTS IN A
HIGH TA IS THAT IT THROWS AN ENGRAM CHAIN INTO RESTIMULATION.

     One sees this in running R3R when:

     (a) The original chain is erased and the pc jumps chains.

     (b) When the auditor insists on a rerun of an erased chain.

     One sees this in Scientology when a floating needle is by-passed. The
underlying engram chain is then restimulated instead of keyed out and the
resulting mass (of engrams) sends the TA high.

     Rehab keys out the mass again.

     An auditor should understand this Scn cycle -- Auditing Commands = key-
out of mass in engrams = F/N. Overrun is Auditing Commands = key-out of mass
in engrams = F/N + more Auditing Commands = key-in of mass in engrams =
overrun = high TA. Rehab gets back the point of key-out = F/N again as the
mass drops away out of restim.

     In Dianetics an erased chain removes the mass. Overrun = disrelated chain
being restimulated. Rehab can occur with F/N when the disrelated chain drops
away.

     The only real fault Symptom No. DDD, Direction 400, pigeonhole 8 of Class
VIII C/S Booklet, has is an auditor's failure to get a BD item on his list. If
he just listed to BD item on the question "What has been overrun?" he would
usually get his F/N.

     However, with the above discoveries, there is a new way of handling a
chronic high TA which follows:

				       18



    CHRONIC HIGH TA is defined as one which is found high two sessions running
(consecutive). "High" means around 4.0 or above. But 3.8 can also be called
"high" if it occurs at session beginning too often.

    To simplify -- if a pc at session start has a 4.0 TA two or more sessions
in a row, you can call it a chronic high TA.

    The C/S CONCLUSION seeing this is that something has been overrun, usually
in life but possibly in auditing. The same remedy applies to both.

    One does not try to fly a rud or handle something else. One applies this
remedy DDDA 400A:

    1.	List "What has been overrun?" Get a BD Item.

    2.	Rehab if feasible with "How many times have you been released on that?"
	Get the number of times and you will get an F/N.

    3.	Using that item, as expressed by the pc, narrative item or not, run 3
	way flows R3R.

    This will knock out the high TA tendency.

    This Remedy DDDA 400A replaces DDD 400.

    It does not matter how high a TA goes during session so long as it
eventually F/Ns. Dianetic auditors jump chains, miss basic or they don't get
down to basic. This gives a high TA or a low one. The remedy here is to rehab
the point of erasure or to continue the chain to erasure.

    Sometimes a pc goes exterior in session. The TA flies up after session at
the Examiner. In this case, rehab the exteriorization point. This is sometimes
detectable usually when pc leaves a session with F/N and has 4.0 at Examiner!

    The principle of mass = high TA is the same except in this case the mass
is the body.

    I trust this will help.

						    L. RON HUBBARD
						    Founder
LRH:jz.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       19





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=20/2/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

FLOATING NEEDLES AND END PHENOMENA


Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 20 FEBRUARY 1970

Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet
		       FLOATING NEEDLES AND END PHENOMENA

     Now and then you will get a protest from preclears about "floating
needles".

     The preclear feels there is more to be done yet the auditor says, "Your
needle is floating."

     This is sometimes so bad that in Scientology Reviews one has to Prepcheck
the subject of "Floating Needles".

     A lot of by-passed charge can be stirred up which ARC Breaks (upsets) the
preclear.

     The reason this subject of floating needles gets into trouble is that the
auditor has not understood a subject called END PHENOMENA.

     END PHENOMENA is defined as "those indicators in the pc and meter which
show that a chain or process is ended". It shows in Dianetics that basic on
that chain and flow has been erased, and in Scientology that the pc has been
released on that process being run. A new flow or a new process can be
embarked upon, of course, when the END PHENOMENA of the previous process is
attained.

				   DIANETICS

     Floating needles are only ONE FOURTH OF THE END PHENOMENA in all
Dianetic auditing.

     Any Dianetic auditing below Power has FOUR DEFINITE REACTIONS IN THE
PC WHICH SHOW THE PROCESS IS ENDED.

     1.  Floating needle.

     2.  Cognition.

     3.  Very good indicators (pc happy).

     4.  Erasure of the final picture audited.

     Auditors get panicky about overrun. If you go past the End Phenomena the
F/N will pack up (cease) and the TA will rise.

     BUT that's if you go past all four parts of the end phenomena, not past a
floating needle.

     If you watch a needle with care and say nothing but your R3R commands, as
it begins to float you will find:

     1.  It starts to float narrowly.

     2.  The pc cognites (What do you know -- so that's...) and the float
	 widens.

     3.  Very good indicators come in. And the float gets almost full dial, and

     4.  The picture, if you inquired, has erased and the needle goes full dial.

     That is the full End Phenomena of Dianetics.

				       20



     If the auditor sees a float start, as in 1, and says, "I would like to
indicate to you your needle is floating," he can upset the pc's bank.

     There is still charge. The pc has not been permitted to cognite. VGIs
surely won't appear and a piece of the picture is left.

     By being impetuous and fearful of overrun, or just being in a hurry, the
auditor's premature (too soon) indication to the pc suppresses three quarters
of the pc's end phenomena.

				  SCIENTOLOGY

     All this also applies to Scientology auditing.

     And all Scientology processes below Power have the same end phenomena.

     The 0 to IV Scientology End Phenomena are:

     A.  Floating needle.

     B.  Cognition.

     C.  Very good indicators.

     D.  Release.

     The pc goes through these four steps without fail IF PERMITTED TO DO SO.

     As Scientology auditing is more delicate than Dianetic auditing, an
overrun (F/N vanished and TA rising, requiring "rehab") can occur more
rapidly. Thus the auditor has to be more alert. But this is no excuse to chop
off three of the steps of end phenomena.

     The same cycle of F/N will occur if the pc is given a chance. On A you
get a beginning F/N, on B slightly wider, on C wider still and on D the needle
really is floating and widely.

     "I would like to indicate to you your needle is floating" can be a chop.
Also it's a false report if it isn't widely floating and will keep floating.

     Pcs who leave session F/N and arrive at Examiner without F/N, or who
eventually do not come to session with an F/N have been misaudited. The least
visible way is the F/N chop, as described in this session. The most obvious
way is to overrun the process. (Running a pc after he has exteriorized will
also give a high TA at Examiner.)

     In Dianetics, one more pass through is often required to get 1, 2, 3, 4
End Phenomena above.

     I know it said in the Auditor's Code not to by-pass an F/N. Perhaps it
should be changed to read "A real wide F/N". Here it's a question of how wide
is an F/N? However, the problem is NOT difficult.

    I follow this rule -- I never jolt or interrupt a pc who is still looking
inward. In other words, I don't ever yank his attention over to the auditor.
After all, it's his case we are handling, not my actions as an auditor.

     When I see an F/N begin I listen for the pc's cognition. If it isn't
there, I give the next command due. If it still isn't there, I give the 2nd
command, etc. Then I get the cognition and shut up. The needle floats more
widely, VGIs come in, the F/N goes dial wide. The real skill is involved in
knowing when to say nothing more.

     Then with the pc all bright, all end phenomena in sight (F/N, Cog, VGIs,
Erasure or Release, depending on whether it's Dn or Scn), I say, as though
agreeing with the pc, "Your needle is floating."

				       21



				DIANETIC ODDITY

    Did you know that you could go through a picture half a dozen times, the
F/N getting wider and wider without the pc cogniting? This is rare but it can
happen once in a hundred. The picture hasn't been erased yet. Bits of it seem
to keep popping in. Then it erases fully and wow, 2, 3 and 4 occur. This isn't
grinding. It's waiting for the F/N to broaden to cognition.

    The pc who complains about F/Ns is really stating the wrong problem. The
actual problem was the auditor distracting the pc from cognition by calling
attention to himself and the meter a moment too soon.

    The pc who is still looking inward gets upset when his attention is jerked
outward. Charge is then left in the area. A pc who has been denied his full
end phenomena too often will begin to refuse auditing.

    Despite all this, one still must not overrun and get the TA up. But in
Dianetics an erasure leaves nothing to get the TA up with!

    The Scientology auditor has a harder problem with this, as he can overrun
more easily. There is a chance of pulling the bank back in. So the problem is
more applicable to Scientology as a problem than to Dianetics.

    But ALL auditors must realize that the END PHENOMENA of successful auditing
is not just an F/N but has 3 more requisites. And an auditor can chop these
off.

    The mark of the real VIRTUOSO (master) in auditing is his skilled handling
of the floating needle.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:jz.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This HCO B is referred to in HCO B 21 March 1974, End Phenomena, Volume VIII,
page 272.]

				      22





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=26/2/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

STANDARD TECH AND INVALIDATION


Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Class VIII
Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 26 FEBRUARY 1970
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Class VIII
Checksheet
			 STANDARD TECH AND INVALIDATION

     Invalidation is a serious button.

     When a Class VIII goes home, he is, of course, a better auditor.

     He can and will crash all stats in the area if he charges around
invalidating all auditors not so fortunate as to be an VIII.

				 STANDARD TECH

     Clarifying what Standard Tech is:

     An Auditor correctly auditing the materials of his class is performing
Standard Tech.

     Standard Tech is not a process or a series of processes. It is following
the rules of processing.

     For example, one runs a process to its end phenomena. One lists by L & N
laws. One sees that a question reads before auditing it. One audits with TRs
in. One follows the Auditor's Code. One repairs any ARC Break or gets it
repaired. One doesn't kid around and coffee shop with processes. One gets
trained for the grade he is auditing. One uses study tech. One checks out HCO
Bs correctly. That sort of thing is Standard Tech.

     Any process ever taught on the SHSBC or ever released in ANY book can be
audited and be Standard Tech.

     Standard Tech cancelled no certs or classes or processes.

     If you check a process question to see if it reads and run it to its F/N
and other end phenomena following the rules of auditing, that's Standard Tech.

     Basically, Standard Tech was a way of auditing -- following the rules of
auditing as listed above.

     There are ways to C/S for maximum case gain but these vary and advance.

     Remember, stats of an area can be crashed if an VIII begins to invalidate
every auditor junior to him or the C/Sing.

     The stats of an area can be made to soar by an VIII who helpfully guides
others into respecting the basic rules of auditing.

     When an VIII returns to an area these things should happen:

     1.  Enthusiasm of auditors for auditing pcs should increase.

     2.  Volume of auditing hours delivered should soar.

				       23



     3.  New people should be clamoring to become auditors.

     4.  Training speed per student should quicken.

     5.  Respect for correct auditing as noted above should increase.

     6.  People not getting results should be guided into correct application
	 for their grade.

     7.  Auditing results should increase per session.

     8.  Auditing and training should boom in popularity.

     Now review what you know of auditing as an HDG and VIII and you will find
you have been taught how to do all the above.

     In studying VIII keep your eye on how to get the above eight things going
in your area with what you now know. You won't be able to make VIIIs out of
HDCs or Class IVs or VIs but you sure can make terrific HDCs, IVs and VIs out
of them.

     That's why you're an VIII.

							     L. RON HUBBARD
							     Founder

LRH:jz.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       24





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=10/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

LIST OF PERCEPTICS
DIANETICS BULLETIN



			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
			 HCO BULLETIN OF 10 MARCH 1970

			       LIST OF PERCEPTICS
			       DIANETICS BULLETIN

   This was researched and dates of 1951.

   It's the 55 Human Perceptions.

1.   Time.

2.   Sight.

3.   Taste.

4.   Color.

5.   Solidity (Barriers).

6.   Relative sizes (External).

7.   Sound.

8.   Pitch.

9.   Tone.

10.  Volume.

11.  Rhythm.

12.  Smell (4 subdivisions).

13.  Touch (4 subdivisions).

14.  Personal Emotion.

15.  Endocrine States.

16.  Awareness of Awareness.

17.  Personal Size.

18.  Organic Sensation (Including Hunger).

19.  Heartbeat.

20.  Blood Circulation.

21.  Cellular & Bacterial Position.

22.  Gravitic (Self and other Weights).

23.  Motion of Self.

24.  Motion (Exterior).

25.  Body Position.

26.  Joint Position.

27.  Internal Temperature.

28.  External Temperature.

29.  Balance.

30.  Muscular Tension.

31.  Saline Content of Self (Body).

32.  Fields/ Magnetic.

33.  Time Track Motion.

34.  Physical Energy (Personal weariness, etc).

35.  Self-Determinism (Relative on each Dynamic).

36.  Moisture (Self).

37.  Sound Direction.

38.  Emotional State of other Organs.

39.  Personal Position on the Tone Scale.

40.  Affinity (Self and Others).

41.  Communication (Self and Others).

42.  Reality (Self and Others).

43.  Emotional State of Groups.

44.  Compass Direction.

45.  Level of Consciousness.

46.  Pain.

47.  Perception of Conclusions (Past and Present).

48.  Perception of Computation (Past and Present).

49.  Perception of Imagination (Past and Present).

50.  Perception of Having Perceived (Past and Present).

51.  Awareness of Not-Knowing.

52.  Awareness of Importance, Unimportance.

53.  Awareness of Others.

54.  Awareness of Location and Placement.

     (a) Masses.

     (b) Spaces.

     (c) Location Itself.

55.  Perception of Appetite (Problem covered under 18).

LRH:nt.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder

[See Aug. 51 issue, The "26" Perceptics Volume 1, page 145.]

				       25





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=20/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

ALLY, DEFINITION OF


Dianetic
Course
Auditors

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 20 MARCH 1970
Dianetic
Course
Auditors
			      ALLY, DEFINITION OF

    To clear up any confusion on the word "Ally" it is defined here.

       By "Ally", in Scientology, we mean "a person from whom sympathy came
when the preclear was ill or injured. If the Ally came to the preclear's
defense or his words and/or actions were aligned with the individual's
survival, the reactive mind gives that Ally the status of always being right --
 especially if this Ally was obtained during a highly painful engram."

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder

LRH:dr.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       26





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=22/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA


Remimeo
HGC Auditors
Scn Checksheets
AOs
Class VIII
Checksheets

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 22 MARCH 1970

	       (REVISED -- see HCO B 4 Jan 71 Volume VII -- 168)

Remimeo
HGC Auditors
Scn Checksheets
AOs
Class VIII
Checksheets
			  EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA

    For a long while we have known that if you audit a person after he or she
has exteriorized, you often get a high Tone Arm, somatics and an upset case.

    The answer has been to cease to audit a person after exteriorization has
occurred.

    This is so much a fact that five out of five "in trouble" cases I recently
examined had every one of them been audited for some time after they
exteriorized. The TA had or had not gone high but the cases were bogged. They
revived at once when the fact of exteriorization was located. F/N, VGIs and
when rehabbed (by counting number of times) somatics ceased.

    The rule has been -- don't audit after a pc has exteriorized.

    This is one of those very fundamental things that seems to defy research
and yet if not solved will keep things messed up. Persons who exteriorize on
lower grades need their upper grades and yet if audited further may mess up.
This places a limit on auditing and yet the person may still have aberrations
and somatics. But the fact of having exteriorized bars the road.

    So I got to work and made a breakthrough on it. Hurrah!

    It has now been fully vindicated by long tests and is now released for
general use.

				EXTERIORIZATION

    Exteriorization is defined as the act of moving out of the body with or
without full perception.

    It is the fact of this act which proves that the individual is not a body
but an individual. This discovery in 1952 proved beyond any question the
existence of a thetan, that the individual was a thetan, not a body, and
disproved that man was an animal, and that he was a spiritual being timeless
and deathless.

    Techniques have existed since 1952 that exteriorize a person. These are
not now used because the person (a) still being aberrated and not Clear, soon
returns to his body and (b) when audited thereafter has trouble.

    This is a major problem a thetan sometimes has at death. How to
exteriorize? He makes it eventually of course but he should be able to do so
at once.

    But, in my research, I found it unreasonable that a person would be hard
to audit just because he had exteriorized and had reinteriorized. For he has
obviously done just that at every death and birth and must have done so
hundreds of billions of times. So why should a recent exteriorization then
make him hard to audit? Yet it did.

    My asking of that question was the first breakthrough. The rest soon
followed.

				ENGRAM BEHAVIOR

    We know in Dianetics that if you continue to run the last part of an
engram which has in fact an earlier beginning which isn't being run and is
ignored the TA will go up.

				       27



     The reason for this is that the first of a chain or the first part of an
experience or a first experience (basic on a chain of incidents) has to be run
for the chain or incident to erase.

     If you only ran the end of incidents you would get a high TA and no
erasure.

     If you only ran incidents late on the chain you would get a high TA.

     Pcs are uncomfortable, feel under pressure, when their TA is high (above
3.5 or up).

     If you don't erase incidents or chains of incidents when auditing (or key
them out as in release) you get a perpetually high TA.

     High TA cases have been "overrun" on something. That however is a very
oversimplified explanation. The truth is that they have been run on something
that didn't erase. The something has an earlier beginning than was detected or
an earlier incident. In life one, having engrams about it, adds new incidents
in living until something is "overrun" or done too often. The TA is therefore
high.

     A TA records MASS. Mental mass has a higher electrical resistance and so
measures more "ohms" of resistance, an electrical term for the trouble
electricity has in passing through something. The more resistance the more
units of resistance are recorded on the meter. The TA actually measures
resistance.

     Thus, the end of an incident can be restimulated. If the beginning of it
is never touched then one will just accumulate more and more mass.

			      THE MISSED BEGINNING

     What has happened here, as regards exteriorization is that we have
concentrated on EXTERIORIZATION.

     If one is IN something, he must have gotten into it.

     Therefore the beginning of an exteriorization is the INTERIORIZATION.

     The being went into something before he went out of it.

     Exteriorization occurs at death. That's an engram. Interiorization occurs
at birth, that's an engram.

     So when somebody goes Exterior he is actually liable to key in having gone
interior in the first place.

     Get it?

     So when you exteriorize somebody or he exteriorizes during auditing he
gets keyed in a bit and without having audited earlier INTERIORIZATIONS, he
has been put in the last part (exteriorization) of an incident which began
with Interiorization.

     Not only are you touching on something (exteriorization) late on a chain
(which has hundreds of billions of like incidents ahead of it), you are also
touching something which is late in the incident (which began with
interiorization).

     On both counts then, the TA may go high.

				   THE REMEDY

     The remedy is to audit out Interiorizations.

     If this is done, then the pc can be audited all you want after
Exteriorization.

				       28



     Auditing the Interiorizations by recall, secondaries, engrams, triple
flow on each, restores the possibility of auditing a pc after an
exteriorization has occurred in auditing.

				  THE PROCESS

     The Case Supervision directions for Interiorization are to be done by a
Scientology Auditor. They can be done purely in Dianetics by using only steps
5, 7 and 8. It is more effective when done by an Scn Auditor who is also HDC.

     1.  Omit ruds but assess a form L1A if pc upset.

     2.  Clear EXTERIORIZATION with pc.

     3.  Check for having been audited after exteriorization. (TA should come
	 down and F/N, Cog and VGIs.)

     4.  Rehab (rehabilitate) condition by getting or counting number of times
	 exteriorized. You should get F/N, Cog and VGIs.

     5.  Clear INTERIORIZATION carefully so pc knows what you mean. (Can flub
	 if this step omitted.)

     6.  Run 3-way Recall on Interiorization:

	 RF 1 -- Recall a time you interiorized. (To F/N.)

	 RF 2 -- Recall a time you interiorized another. (To F/N.)

	 RF 3 -- Recall a time others (or another) interiorized others. (To
	 F/N.)

     7.  Run 3-way Secondaries:

	 SF 1 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when you interiorized.
	 (R3R to basic.)

	 SF 2 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when you interiorized
	 another. (R3R to basic.)

	 SF 3 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when others interiorized
	 others. (R3R to basic.)

     8.  Run 3-way Engrams:

	 EF 1 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when
	 you interiorized. (R3R to basic.)

	 EF 2 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when
	 you interiorized another. (R3R to basic.)

	 EF 3 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when
	 others interiorized others. (R3R to basic.)

     Note: All steps and flows as above given to end with F/N, Cog and VGIs.
Don't chop the F/N by indicating until pc has had his cognition and VGIs.

     (It will be seen that Recall and R3R steps and procedure are standard
except they address the subject "Interiorization".)

				FUTURE AUDITING

     One should now be able to audit the pc even after exteriorization.

				       29



				  FURTHER USE

     Pcs worried about not being able to exteriorize should be run on this
process.

				    WARNING

     This is a major case action and should only be run when the pc is rested
and in good physical shape.

				    SUMMARY

     If a pc goes exterior on Dianetics, Scientology lower grades or at OT
levels, one at once audits out the chain of Interiorizations, using the above
C/S. With this done the pc or pre-OT can go on being audited.

     The way is open to more powerful OTs.

     All fundamental discoveries are essentially simple ones.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder

LRH:nt.ei.rd
Copyright$c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Referred to in HCO B 11 April 70, Auditing Past Exterior, page 36,
HCO B 6 May 70, Blows, Auditing Past Exterior, page 42, HCO B
30 May 70, Interiorization Intensive, 2 Way Comm, page 52, and
HCO B 20 August 70, Exteriorization Rundown Musts, page 125.]



L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=27/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

GRADE II RELEASE


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1970

		       (CANCELLED by BTB 10 Dec 74 VIII)

Remimeo
				GRADE II RELEASE

     When Grade II Single Flow is C/Sed to be run on a pc, the command is

     "What have you done" run repetitively to F/N, Cog, VGIs, Release.

     On Triple Grades Flows 2 and 3 are run as per HCOB 24-1-69 "Triple
Grades".

							  L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.ei.rd						  Founder
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This HCO B was cancelled by HCO B 17 June 1970, Cancellation of HCO Bs that
Conflict with Full Lower Grades which is cancelled by BTB 10 December 1974,
Issue VII, Cancellation of Bulletins -- 1970 which also confirms the above HCO
B as cancelled.]

				       30





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=27/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

GREEN FORM


Remimeo
Class VIII
Class VI
Class IV

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1970
				    Issue II
Remimeo
Class VIII
Class VI
Class IV
				   GREEN FORM

    HCO B 5 November 1969, Issue III, "GF to F/N", applies fully, but if one
got an F/N and the pc was not fully satisfied that all had been handled, the
auditor's next step is to do an L-1A using "In this session has _______ " to
F/N, VGIs.

    Each line that is handled on the L-1A can be handled "itsa, earlier
similar itsa" until the line is clean on the meter.

							     L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.jh						     Founder
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=29/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

AUDITING AND ETHICS


Remimeo
HCO Sec Hat
E/O Hat
Tech Sec
Qual Sec
C/Ss
C/S Checksheets

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 29 MARCH 1970

Remimeo
HCO Sec Hat
E/O Hat
Tech Sec
Qual Sec
C/Ss			      AUDITING AND ETHICS
C/S Checksheets

    Cases undergoing Ethics actions, Comm Evs, amends projects or low
conditions should not be audited until the Ethics matter is cleared up and
complete. It only louses up their cases to audit them when under such stress.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:dr.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       31





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=31/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

DIANETIC TR NOTES

Type = 11
iDate=15/1/70
Issue=3
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

URGENT
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MARCH 1970

			  (CANCELLED by BTB 20 May 70)

Remimeo
Dn Checksheet

				     URGENT

			       DIANETIC TR NOTES

			(Cancels HCO B 15 January 1970,
		    Issue III, "TR 104", written by another)

     To avoid coach restim in doing TR 104 and TR 103 please note the
following:

1.   In TR 103 the "session" is between STUDENT and DOLL. TRs are done on the
     DOLL not the coach.

2.   In TR 103 the coach is not obliged to answer all of the commands -- he
     may or may not. If he doesn't, the student assumes the DOLL has answered
     and proceeds accordingly.

3.   In TR 103 and TR 104 NEVER give dates and durations, as a coach, in actual
     units of TIME -- use something else. "4 Figs", "2 potatoes",
     "horsefeathers" are all perfectly good "dates" for coaching purposes or
     in bull-baiting.

4.   Likewise never use real somatics in coaching or bull-baiting TR 103 and
     TR 104 -- use nonsense terms or harmless ones.

5.   In TR 103 the coach occupies the position of a bull-baiter who interjects
     distractions, bull-baiting and disruptive remarks into the "session"
     between student and doll. He can throw in answers on behalf of the doll
     which the student must abide by; but the coach does not play the part of
     "pc". Don't go playing the role of "pc" on a real set of process commands!

     Also, please note that the POSITION of the coach in TR 104 and TR 103 is
beside the student, not across from him.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:kjm.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       32





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=1/4/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

ETHICS PROGRAM NO. 1 CASE ACTIONS


Remimeo
Tech Secs
Qual Secs
All C/Ses
All Auditors

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 1 APRIL 1970
Remimeo
Tech Secs
Qual Secs
All C/Ses
All Auditors	       ETHICS PROGRAM NO. 1 CASE ACTIONS

    I have developed the following C/Ses to make every staff member an Ethics
Upstat.

    One or more of the following C/Ses for each category (as applicable) can
be given so that each staff member achieves Ethics Upstat status. Each session
commences with "Fly a rud."

1.  LACK OF CASE GAIN:

	 1.  (a) Medical Exam and any treatment.

	     (b) Review to straighten up all out ruds.

		 When pc has markedly recovered:

	     (c) Fly a rud, GF40 and handle every item that reads fully. Run LX
		 lists 3, 2 and 1 and each item that reads twice run three way
		 recall, 3 way secondary or engram to end phenomena.

	     (d) CCHs.

	 2.  Dianetic Triples -- at least 25 items run triple.

	 3.  Scientology Triples.

2.  POOR STUDY RECORD:

	 1.  Any needful Review.

	 2.  Student Rescue Intensive.

3.  TA TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW (above 4.0 or below 2.0):

	 Too high:

	 1.  Do procedure in HCOB 13 Feb 70, "High TA, Full Handling of" as
	     follows:

	     (a) List "What has been overrun?" Get a BD item.

	     (b) Rehab if feasible with "How many times have you been released
		 on that?" Get the number of times and you will get an F/N.

	     (c) Using that item, as expressed by the pc, narrative or not, run
		 3-way flows by R3R.

	 Note: If the above doesn't work well, TA still high, do this:

	 1.  Check if Exterior in Auditing.

	 2.  Rehab.

	 3.  Run Interiorization HCOB 22 March 1970.

	 Too low:

	 1.  Look for any bad sessions and use List 1A on that session (as per
	     HCOB 2 March 1970, "List L-1A").

	 2.  Clean up any ARC Break of long duration.

	 3.  Prepcheck "Invalidation".

	 4.  Do GF 40 and handle.

	 5.  Class VIII to do LX Lists as needed. Proceed with general case
	     advance by grades.

4.  POOR POST STATS:

	 1.  Two-way comm on the purposes of the post, as follows:

	     Take the stated purposes for ....... (applicable post).

	     Clear each one with him/her by 2-way comm on a meter until (each

				       33



	     purpose) doubts, conflicts, problems and misunderstoods are
	     handled. (Maybe one will F/N, maybe not.)

	 2.  Run "Who have you failed to help?"

		 "Who has failed to help you?"

		 "Who has failed to help another?"

		 "Who have you helped?"

		 "Who has helped you?"

		 "Who has helped another?"

	     Run each of the six legs to F/N and end phenomena.

	 3.  Run Reach and Withdraw on key object in pc working area. "Reach
	     for the ....... " "Withdraw from the ....... " to VGIs and
	     cognition or 3 commands with no change or equal comm lag.

	 4.  Run overts on post or on the org or on any org or group.

	 5.  Run Overts -- Justifications: "What overt have you committed?"
	     "How have you justified that?"

	 6.  Case handling as per HCOB 4 February 1970, "Pc Application for
	     Major Actions".

	 7.  General auditing as required up the grades.

5.   CURRENT DRUG HISTORY OR CONNECTIONS:

	 1.  Person off drugs for required amount of time.

	 2.  GF 40 section on drug handling (Class VIII action).

	 3.  Dianetic Prior Assessment of drugs and run all reading items on
	     Dianetics three flows.

6.   PSYCHIATRIC HISTORY:

	 1.  Run out past psychiatric treatment.

	 2.  Run "What somatics, sensations, feelings or emotions did you have
	     prior to mental treatment?" Do a nice list. Run R3R three flows
	     on all reading items. If no reading items, apply Suppress and
	     Invalidate on the list as per HCOB 29 January 1970 "Null Lists in
	     Dianetics". If still no reading items, do a new revised Health
	     Form.

	 3.  Person may be PTS and an S & D may be needed.

7.   LOW APTITUDE, IQ AND LEADERSHIP TEST SCORES:

	 1.  CCHs.

	 2.  Op Pro by Dup.

	 3.  Run "What purpose has failed?" This should be to a BD item. It
	     will F/N and the pc cognite and GIs. Then run three way R3R on
	     the item.

     All the above actions are run as per HCO Bulletin "Floating Needles and
End Phenomena" 20 February 1970.

8.   Where the same process occurs in 2 of the above remedies do not repeat it
     in the 2nd one run.

     It is noted here that the above actions utilize the skills of just about
every level of Auditor training, so there should be many auditors in the org
who can assist on the above auditing actions and so speed up the program.

     The goal -- every person on staff an Ethics Upstat.

     Good case gain!

							     L. RON HUBBARD
							     Founder
LRH:ek.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       34





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=8/4/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

GF-40 HANDLING -- CLARIFICATION

Type = 11
iDate=19/11/69
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

Class VIII

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 8 APRIL 1970
			(Cancels HCO B 19 November 1969,
			"GF 40 -- Out of Valence Case")
Class VIII
			GF-40 HANDLING -- CLARIFICATION

1.  All reading items on a GF-40 are handled. The rule of handling all items
    that read twice or more as in prepcheck and LX list assessments does not
    apply to GF-40.

2.  If "Audited over out Ruds" reads, it is handled first regardless of how
    many times it read.

3.  If "out of Valence" assesses out with the greatest number of reads it is
    handled last (after all other reading GF-40 items have been handled).

4.  In all other cases the GF-40 items are handled in order of greatest number
    of reads.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder

LRH:kjm.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=8/4/70
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

MORE ON PREPCHECKS


Remimeo
Class VIII

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 8 APRIL 1970
				    Issue II
Remimeo
Class VIII
			       MORE ON PREPCHECKS

    When a prepcheck uncovers an ARC Break and the ARC Break is handled to F/N,
Cog, VGIs do not then continue with the prepcheck. You have obtained the end
phenomena of the action.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder

LRH:kjm.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       35





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=11/4/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR


Remimeo
Class VIIIs
C/Ses
Tech Secs
Qual Secs
Letter Regs
Registrars

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1970
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
C/Ses
Tech Secs
Qual Secs		     AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR
Letter Regs
Registrars		 (Reference HCO B 22 Mar. 1970,
			 "Exteriorization and High TA")

    On Flag where we do a lot of auditing on pcs when I took over C/Sing after
8 months off C/S lines, I found a very high percentage of cases had been
audited past Exterior. It was a very high percentage.

    Many of these pcs (most of them VAs or on OT levels) had various symptoms:

	Headaches

	Body aches and pains

	Effort

	Pressures from environment.

    The common denominator was "audited over Exterior".

    The main symptom of this was high TA at session start or TA up at Examiner
after F/Ns, Cog, VGIs at session end. Not all however suffered from high TA
but all who had high TA after lots of auditing had been audited past Exterior.

    The above reference HCO B re Exteriorization and Interiorization was
tested and written as the breakthrough which permits auditing after
Exteriorization and going on up the grades.

    The check even after this showed such a high percent of cases had been
audited past Exterior on Dianetics, Scn, Power, Clearing or OT grades that I
wish to bring the point home emphatically to C/Ses that it is of major
importance to handle this situation by checking for it and running
Interiorization.

    The C/S is:

    Has High TA, headaches, body aches, heavy pressures or discomfort (any one
of these). Therefore

    1.	Check for Exteriorization during auditing. If so do the remaining steps:

    2.	Rehab Ext by counting number of times.

    3.	Clear Interiorization fully.

    4.	Run Interiorization

	     3 way recall

	     3 way secondaries

	     3 way engrams.

    These steps all go to F/N, Cog and VGIs of course.

    If after session during the next few days, pc shows again a tendency to
high TA, give this C/S:

    1.	Two-way comm on Interiorization and on Exteriorization.

				       36



     This pushes the cognition further. The pc may not have added it all up
yet. Don't evaluate. Just question and listen with no Q and A.

     Pcs or Pre-OTs can go on up to higher grades after Exteriorization if
Interiorization is run. This is even true of "Dianetic Clears" (which does not
cancel the need of doing the Clearing Course but is a special grade).

     We are far more successful in early auditing (such as Dianetics and lower
grades) than we think!

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:nt.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       37





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=12/4/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

LIST L-1B

Type = 11
iDate=2/3/70
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

Class VIIIs
Class VI
Class IVs
Class IIIs
Level III
Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 12 APRIL 1970

	      (CANCELLED -- see HCO B 19 Mar 71 Volume VII -- 203)

		     (Cancels HCO B 2 March 1970, Issue II,
		      "List L-1A" which was compiled by
		      another and changed the original
		      order of items.)
Class VIIIs
Class VI
Class IVs
Class IIIs
Level III
Checksheet

				   LIST L-1B

    When a pc gets upset in session or when an ARC Break has occurred, and the
session tends to bog down, use this list; assess the line for a read, using
the prefix "In this session, has _______ ". Where the line reads, indicate to
the pc, let him examine it and itsa. Call the line again for another read,
repeat your action as above until the line is clean.

    Where the line is clean, indicate to the pc that the line is clean, and
continue down the list.

    This list is handled until the by-passed charge has been located,
indicated, blown, with an F/N and VGIs,

    Where an upset has occurred in earlier sessions, and these wag a failure
to use L-1B, the C/S should instruct to have the pc assessed on L-1B, using
the prefix "In an earlier session, has _______ " as per this rundown.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:dz.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[List L-1B was modified on 8 August 70, page 118, and cancelled by HCO B 19
March 71, List L-1C, page 203.]

				       38



				   LIST L-1B

1.  A withhold been missed?

2.  Some emotion been rejected?

3.  Some affinity been rejected?

4.  A reality been refused?

5.  A communication been cut short?

6.  A communication been ignored?

7.  An earlier rejection of emotion been restimulated?

8.  An earlier rejection of affinity been restimulated?

9.  An earlier refusal of reality been restimulated?

10. An earlier ignored communication been restimulated?

11. A wrong reason for an upset been given?

12. A similar incident occurred before?

13. Something been done other than what was said?

14. A goal been disappointed?

15. Some help been rejected?

16. A decision been made?

17. An engram been restimulated?

18. An earlier incident been restimulated?

19. There been a sudden shift of attention?

20. Something startled you?

21. A perception been prevented?

22. A willingness not been acknowledged?

23. There been no auditing?

24. Went Exterior?

25. Interrupted actions?

26. Actions continued too long?

27. Data invalidated?

28. Someone evaluated?

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:kjm.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       39





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=21/4/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

2 WAY COMM C/Ses


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
			 HCO BULLETIN OF 21 APRIL 1970
Remimeo
				2 WAY COMM C/Ses

    There are four main reasons why a Case Supervisor or an auditor gives a "2
way comm" C/S.

1.  WHEN NOT ENOUGH DATA TO C/S. "2 way comm to obtain data about case
    progress and status."

2.  WHEN PC INFERS SOMETHING IN CASE THAT'S NOT BEEN HANDLED. "2
    way comm to find what pc thinks should be handled on case."

3.  WHEN PC HASN'T COGGED ON END RESULT. "2 way comm on (process just
    run) to see what thoughts pc had regarding it."

4.  WHEN PC'S POST PURPOSE IS BEING CLEANED UP. "2 way comm on how
    his post purpose fits into org -- or if he can do it."

    In all these instances the C/S may be as specific as he likes about what
he wants asked or cleared up. In other words the quoted C/Ses above are only
examples. Each of the above four general types can have a great number of
different questions. The C/S must be very familiar with the four types given
in capitals above.

    On his part the auditor can vary the C/S's question around to get
different slants on it. The auditor doesn't have to get an F/N on the 2 way
comm session but often does.

    The auditor can introduce a curve, an alter-is, by Q and A with the pc and
by evaluation.

    The Drill on 2 way comm is the old ask and listen.

    A Q and A is of course echoing the pc's statement. Example: Pc: "I never
liked my father." Auditor: "What about your father?" Pc: "He was cruel."
Auditor: "What about cruel people?" Pc: "I don't like them." Auditor: "What
else don't you like?" And so on and on.

    A correct session is for the auditor to hold to the C/S's main line of
questioning no matter how he phrases it and listen to and write down what the
pc says.

    Evaluation in auditing 2 way comm is the other deadly sin. The auditor
asks and listens. He doesn't explain anything to the pc. Example: Pc: "I
didn't dig the process." Auditor: "Well you see that process was intended to
....... " and here we go on Evaluation. Even an auditor's facial expression
can be evaluation.

    Ask and listen and ack. Prompt only by varying the original question now
and then, that's what the good 2 way comm auditor does.

				      W/S

    The 2 way comm worksheet is rather more detailed as to what the pc says
than process worksheets.

    The C/S needs the data.

				       40



    Or in looking it over the auditor himself, if he's his own C/S, will need
the data.

    The questions the auditor asks should be noted on the worksheet as a guide.

				     MAXIM

    It is a C/S maxim "when in doubt order a 2 way comm".

			       2 WAY COMM AUDITOR

    Any auditor can 2 way comm. Saint Hillers were best at it. Academy Level
Auditors can be used in this, even Dianetic Auditors.

    The only reservation is not to assign an auditor whose grade is lower than
the pc's. The auditor's class is not as important as his grade. The reason for
this is that the OT pre-OT, in being 2 way commed by a Grade V, can blow the
poor auditor apart or can be stuck with a data withhold.

				     METER

    All 2 way comm is of course done on a meter. It is, however, not a Sec-
check or Prepcheck. TA position and needle reaction and F/Ns are important to
the C/S.

    One doesn't 2 way comm past an F/N, cog and VGIs.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder

LRH:dz.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[The fourth paragraph on this page is modified by BTB 10 July 1970, Reissued
28 June 1974, 2-Way Comm -- A Class III Action, which classifies 2-Way Comm as
a Class III action.]

				       41





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=6/5/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

BLOWS
AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			   HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MAY 1970
Remimeo
			(Reference HCO B 22 March 1970,
			 "Exteriorization and High TA")

				     BLOWS
			     AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR

    I have found a major cause of blows from classes, orgs and Scientology.

    Overts are of course a primary cause but many have overts and don't blow,
so why do such people blow?

    A case audited past Exterior, particularly if it is not acked, tends to
get stuck on Exteriorizing. This can (but doesn't always by any means) cause
the person to take himself away!

    Three recent "blows" all fell in this category. One who was trying to
blow, when audited on Interiorization, changed his mind.

    An amazing number of pcs go exterior on modern auditing. Modern processes,
Dianetics and Scientology are very fast.

    Some haven't even realized it, didn't know what it was.

    When they go exterior and you keep on auditing them without running
Interiorization as per HCO B 22 March 1970, Exteriorization and High TA, they
become stronger as thetans while being reinteriorized and they get odd
somatics, particularly in the head.

    Uncomfortable they want OUT. Trying and falling to get out (since
Interiorization has not been run) in desperation they leave an org or class,
body and all, without being Exterior as a thetan.

    If you rehab Exterior and run an Interiorization Intensive the
dramatization ceases.

    The excuses such "blows" give you would fill a large book. Yet it is only
that they are seeking to exteriorize, can't, so they "exteriorize" by leaving,
body and all.

    The Interiorization Intensive as given in the earlier HCO B handles.

    A person couldn't be audited past Exterior, you know.

    But if given an Interiorization Intensive he or she can be.

    When they have been audited past exterior without an Interiorization
Intensive you will have trouble with the case, the TA and with blows. So use
the Interiorization Tech.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:nt.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       42





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=6/5/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

DIANETIC TRIPLES


Remimeo
Dianetics
Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			   HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MAY 1970
Remimeo
Dianetics	       (HCO B 5 October 1969 Issue II --
Checksheet	      with addition of "Earlier" Commands)

				DIANETIC TRIPLES

    The additional 2 flows are:

    Flow No. 2	   Locate an incident of your causing another (item).

    Flow No. 3	   Locate an incident of others causing others (item).

    Item can be preceded by "a" or "an".

    When singles have been run already, take the earliest single item always.
Proceed in order of sequence run doing Flows No. 2 and No. 3 on each. Don't
skip any. Don't start later in list. Interest, etc has nothing to do with it.
Just do it.

    The remaining R-3-R Commands are used without variation.

		       Triple Dianetics Earlier Commands

    When running Flows 2 and 3 on Standard Dianetics, the following are the
"earlier" commands:

    F-2 "Is there an earlier incident of your causing another ....... (item)?"

    F-3 "Is there an earlier incident of others causing others ....... (item)?"

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:dz.ei.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       43





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=24/5/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 1
AUDITOR'S RIGHTS
AUDITOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR C/Ses


Remimeo
All Auditors
C/Ses
SHSBC
Academy Level IV
Class VIIIs
HGCs
Class VIII Checksheet
Class VI Checksheet
Class III Checksheet
C/S Course Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MAY 1970

	       (REVISED -- see HCO B 23 Aug 71 Volume VII -- 355)

Remimeo
All Auditors
C/Ses
SHSBC
Academy Level IV		 C/S Series 1
Class VIIIs
HGCs
Class VIII Checksheet	       AUDITOR'S RIGHTS
Class VI Checksheet
Class III Checksheet
C/S Course Checksheet

			AUDITOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR C/Ses

     An auditor who receives a Case Supervisor direction (C/S) of what to
audit on a pc is NOT discharged of his responsibility as an auditor.

     THE AUDITOR HAS A SERIES OF RESPONSIBILITIES THAT ARE PART OF EVERY C/S
HE GETS TO AUDIT.

				ACCEPTING THE PC

     No auditor is required to accept a specific pc just because the pc is
assigned to him.

     If an auditor does not believe he can help that particular pc or if he
dislikes auditing that particular pc the auditor has a right to refuse to
audit that pc.

     The auditor must state why.

     The Case Supervisor, Director of Processing or Director of Review, nor
any of their seniors, may not discipline the auditor for refusing to audit a
particular pc.

     An auditor who refuses to audit his quota of hours or sessions is of
course subject to action.

     Thus refusing to audit a particular pc, so long as one is not refusing to
audit other pcs, is not actionable.

     "I do not wish to audit this pc because ....... I am willing to audit
other pcs", is the legal auditor statement in the matter.

     Some pcs get a bad name with some auditors, some don't appreciate the
auditing, some conflict with a particular auditor's own personality. There
are such instances. It does not mean certain pcs cannot be helped by others.

     It is also true that an auditor who dislikes a pc may not do a good job
so the rule also has a practical side to it.

     One auditor disliked young men and did a bad job on them. Another
disliked old ladies and chopped them up in session. One pc had messed up
several Scientologists and couldn't find anyone to audit him at all.

     We are not auditing people to make amends to the world.

     Thus an auditor has a right to reject or accept the pcs he is given.

				ACCEPTING A C/S

     When the auditor gets a C/S to do on a case and if he thinks it is not
the correct thing to do he has the right to reject the C/S for that pc and
require another one he can agree to.

     The auditor does not have the right to start doing a C/S and change it
during the session except as noted below.

			       ENDING THE SESSION

     When the C/S he has is proving unworkable during the session, the auditor
has a right to end the session and send the folder to the C/S.

     Ending the session is totally up to the auditor.

				       44



     If the auditor just doesn't complete an action that was producing TA and
could be completed it is of course a flunk. Such a case is just not running a
basic engram the one more time through that would bring the TA down and give a
proper end phenomena. This and similar actions would be an auditor error.

     The judgement here is whether or not the auditor's action is justified in
ending the session.

     Even though he may have made an error, the auditor cannot be blamed for
the ending off of the session as that is totally up to him. He can be given a
flunk for the error.

			     INABILITY TO FLY RUDS

     If an auditor cannot get a rud to F/N, cannot get any rud to F/N, he is
justified in starting a Green Form.

     The auditor solution to no F/N on ruds is to do a GF whether the C/S said
to or not.

     This is an expected action.

     It is understood the auditor would use Suppress and False in trying to
fly ruds.

				UNREADING ITEMS

     When an item the auditor has been told to run doesn't read on the meter,
even when the auditor puts in Suppress and Invalidate on it, the auditor MUST
NOT do anything with the item no matter what the C/S said.

     It is expected he will see if it reads and use Suppress and Invalidate on
it. And if it still doesn't read he will be expected NOT to run it.

				     LISTS

     When an auditor whose C/S told him to list "Who or what ....... " or any
list question finds that the list question does not read, the auditor MUST NOT
list it.

     When doing a list ordered by the C/S it is assumed that the auditor will
test it for read before listing and that he will NOT list an unreading
question. (A read is an actual fall, not a tick or a stop.)

				  LIST TROUBLE

     When an auditor has trouble doing a list and getting an item it is
expected he will use a Prepared List like L4B to locate the trouble and handle
it.

     As it is very hard on a pc to mess up a list it is expected the auditor
will handle the situation then and there with no further C/S directions.

				    HIGH TA

     When the auditor sees the TA is high at session start yet the C/S says to
"Fly a rud" or run a chain, the AUDITOR MUST NOT TRY TO FLY A RUD and he must
not start on a chain.

     Trying to bring a TA down with ARC Brks or ruds is very hard on a pc as
ARC Breaks aren't the reason TAs go up.

     Seeing a high TA at start the Dianetic auditor or Scn auditor up to Class
II does not start the session but sends the folder back to the C/S and for a
higher class auditor to do.

     Seeing a high TA at start the Scientology auditor (Class III or above)
(a) checks for exteriorization in a recent session and if so the session is
ended and the C/S is asked for an "Interiorization Rundown"; (b) if the pc has
had an Interiorization Rundown the auditor lists to BD F/N Item "What has been
overrun?"

     These actions are expected of the auditor even when not stated in the C/S.

				 RUDS GOING OUT

     When the ruds go out during the session the auditor recognizes the
following.

     Pc Critical = W/H from auditor

				       45



     PC Antagonistic = BPC in session

     No TA = Problem

     Tired = Failed Purpose or no sleep

     Sad = ARC Break

     Soaring TA = Overrun or Protest

     Dope Off = By passed F/N or not enough sleep

     No Interest = Out Ruds or no interest in the first place.

     An auditor who isn't sure what it is but runs into trouble with the pc
(except on lists which he handles at once always) is smart to end off the
session quickly, write down the full observation and get it to the C/S.

     The auditor who is an old hand and knows what he is looking at as per
above scale (and the C/S the C/S would give) handles it promptly.

     PC critical = W/H = pull the W/H.

     PC antagonistic = BPC = assess proper list (such as L1 B) and handle.

     No TA (or case gain) = Problem = locate the problem.

     Tired = no sleep or Failed Purpose = check which it is and handle.

     Sad = ARC Brk = locate and handle, Itsa earlier Itsa.

     Soaring TA = O/R or Protest = find which and handle. Such an O/R is
     usually by rehab.

     Dope off = lack of sleep or BP F/N = check on sleep, or Rehab F/N.

     No interest = no interest in first place or out ruds = check for interest
     or put in ruds.

     List goes wrong = BPC = handle or do L4A or any L4 at once.

     Ruds won't fly = some other error = assess GF and handle.

     The auditor has no business trying to do the C/S given when it collides
with and isn't designed to handle any of the above.

     If the previous session disclosed such an error and this session C/S was
designed to handle and doesn't, the auditor should end off and the next C/S
should be "2 way comm for data".

				CASE NOT HANDLED

     When the auditor or the Examiner collides with a pc who is asserting his
case has not been handled, there should not be a new set of actions based on
little data but the auditor should end off and the C/S should order a "2 way
comm on what hasn't been handled".

     The auditor should not at once take this up as part of any other C/S.

     In other words an auditor doesn't change the C/S to a 2 way comm on
something not called for by C/S.

				 MAJOR ACTIONS

     An auditor should never begin a major action on a case that is not "set
up" for it.

     As this can occur during a session it is vital to understand the rule and
follow it. Otherwise a case can be bogged right down and will be hard to
salvage as now a new action to repair has been added to an unrepaired action.
Now, if the auditor starts a major action on a case not "set up" we get 2
things to repair where we only had 1 as the major action won't work either.

     Repair = patching up past auditing or recent life errors. This is done by
prepared lists or completing the chain or correcting lists or even 2 way comm
or prepchecks on auditors, sessions, etc.

     Rudiments = setting the case up for the session action. This includes ARC
Brks, PTPs, W/Hs, GF or O/R listing or any prepared list (such as L1 B, etc).

				       46



     Set up = getting an F/N showing and VGIs before starting any major
action. It means just that -- an F/N and VGIs before starting any major
action. Such may require a repair action and rudiments as well.

     Major Action = any -- but any -- action designed to change a case or
general considerations or handle continual illness or improve ability. This
means a Process or even a series of processes like 3 flows. It doesn't mean a
grade. It is any process the case hasn't had.

     Grade = a series of processes culminating in an exact ability attained,
examined and attested to by the pc.

     Program = any series of actions designed by a C/S to bring about definite
results in a pc. A program usually includes several sessions.

     The vast bulk of auditing errors come about because C/Ses and auditors
seek to use a Major Action to repair a case.

     It is a responsibility of an auditor to reject a C/S which seeks to use
one or more major actions to repair a case that isn't running well.

     The auditor must understand this completely. He can be made to accept a
wrong C/S for the pc and even more importantly can in his own session make the
error and mess up the case.

     Example: Pc has not been running well (no real TA or had a grumpy Exam
report). Auditor sees C/S has ordered a major action, not a repair by prepared
lists, ruds, etc. The auditor must reject the C/S as he will be made to fail
in session by it.

     Example: Auditor gets a C/S, "(1) Fly a rud; (2) Assess LX3; (3) Run 3 way
recall, 3 way secondaries, 3 way engrams on all // X items." The auditor can't
get a rud to fly. Does the LX3. In other words he flunks by failing to SET UP
the case. It could also go this way. Auditor can't get a rud to fly, does a
GF, gets no F/N. He MUST NOT begin a major action but MUST end off right there.

     It is fatal to begin any new process on the case designed to change the
case if the case is not F/N VGIs.

     The pc who starts processing for the first time and is surely not F/N
VGIs must be set up by repair actions! Simple rudiments, Life ruds, O/R list
on life, even assessing prepared lists on life, these are repair actions. The
pc will sooner or later begin to fly. Now at session start you put in a rud,
get F/N VGIs and CAN start major actions.

     So the auditor has a responsibility not to be led up a garden path by a
C/S which orders a major action on a pc who isn't repaired or by not being
able in session to get an F/N VGIs by repair.

     The only exceptions are a touch assist or life ruds or the Dianetic
assist all on a temporarily sick pc. But that's repair isn't it?

			       PROGRAM VIOLATIONS

     When an auditor receives a C/S and sees that it violates the pc's program
he should reject it.

     The pc, let us say, is supposed to finish his Dianetic Triples but is
suddenly being given a Group Engram Intensive. That violates the program and
also the grade.

     If the pc is running badly, a repair should be ordered. If not, the
program should be completed.

     Example: An effort is being made to get the pc to go backtrack. This is a
program containing several major actions which probably consists of several
sessions. Before this program is complete and before the pc has gone
backtrack, the C/S orders "(1) Fly a rud, (2) 3 S & Ds". The auditor should
recognize in 3 S & Ds a major action being run into the middle of a program
and reject it. The correct action is of course the next backtrack process.

				GRADE VIOLATIONS

     A pc who is on a grade and hasn't attained it yet must not be given major
actions not part of that grade.

     Example: Pc is on Grade I. C/S orders a list having to do with drinking.
It is not a process on that Grade. It could be done after Grade I is attained
and before Grade II is begun. The C/S is incorrect and should not be accepted.

				       47



				ABILITY ATTAINED

     Now and then before the full major action is complete or before all the
grade processes are run, the pc will attain the ability of the grade or the
end phenomena of the action.

     This is particularly true of valence shifters or Interiorization Rundowns
and can happen in grades.

     The auditor should recognize it and, with the F/N VGIs always present at
such moments, end off.

     I know of one case who had a huge cog about Interiorization on Flow 1
Engrams and was pushed by both C/S and auditor to do Flows 2 and 3 who bogged
so badly that it took a long while -- weeks -- to straighten the case out.

     The ability itself gets invalidated by pushing on.

     On the other hand this should never be taken as an excuse. "I think he
cogged to himself so we ended off." It must be a real "What do you know!" sort
of out-loud cog with a big F/N and VVGIs and directly on the subject to end
off a major action or a program or a grade before its actions are all audited.

			       REVIEWING REVIEWS

     An auditor who gets a C/S or an order to repair a case that is running
well should reject doing the action.

     I have seen a case ordered to repair who had Ext Full Perception Doing
Great. The repair bogged the case. The case then got running well again but a
second C/S ordered a new repair which of course bogged it. Then major actions
were done. The case was again repaired and rehabbed and became ok. Three times
the auditor should have said NO.

			      "WHAT HE DID WRONG"

     An auditor has a right to know what he did wrong in the session that went
wrong.

     Most often a sour session occurs only when the rules and data in this HCO
B have been violated.

     But an auditor's TRs can go out or his listing and nulling is in error.

     After a session that went wrong somebody else (not the auditor) should
ask the pc what the auditor did. This sometimes spots a false auditing report.
But it also sometimes is a false report by the pc.

     In any event, the auditor has a right to know. Then he can either correct
his auditing or his know-how or he can advise the C/S the pc's report is
untrue and better repair can be done on the pc.

     Savage action against an auditor is almost never called for. He was
trying to help. Some people are hard to help.

     These are the rights of the auditor with relation to a C/S. They are all
technical rights based on sound principles.

     An auditor should know them and use them.

     If an auditor stands on these rights and gets beaten down he should put
all the facts before his nearest OTL or SO ship as something would be very
wrong somewhere.

     Auditing is a happy business -- when it is done right.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder
LRH:dz.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[OTL means Operation-Transport Liaison which was a Sea Organization office
that managed orgs or an area and was a forerunner of the Flag Operations
Liaison Office (FOLO).]

				       48





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=27/5/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

UNREADING QUESTIONS AND ITEMS


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MAY 1970

Remimeo
			 UNREADING QUESTIONS AND ITEMS

		      (With particular reference to doing
			   a Group Engram Intensive)

    Never list a listing question that doesn't read.

    Never prepcheck an item that doesn't read.

    These rules hold good for all lists, all items, even DIANETICS.

    A "tick" or a "stop" is not a read. Reads are small falls or falls or long
falls or long fall blowdown (of TA).

    A preclear's case can be gotten into serious trouble by listing a list
that doesn't read or prepchecking or running an item that doesn't read.

    On a list, this is the sort of thing that happens:

    The List is "Who or what would fly kites?" The C/S has said to "List this
to a BD F/N Item". So the auditor does list it without checking the read at
all. The list can go on 99 pages with the pc protesting, getting upset. This
is called a "Dead horse list" because it gave no item. The reason it didn't
was that the list question itself didn't read. One does an L4 on the pc to
correct the situation and gets "Unnecessary action".

    On a list that is getting no item you don't extend. You correctly use L4
or any subsequent issue of it. If you extend a "dead horse list" you just make
things worse. Use an L4 and it will set it right.

    This weird thing can also happen. C/S says to list "Who or what would kill
buffaloes?" The auditor does, gets a BD F/N Item "A Hunter". The C/S also says
to list as a second action "Who or what would feel tough?" The auditor fails
to test the Question for read and lists it. Had he tested it, the list would
not have read. But the list comes up with an item, "A mean hunter". It has
stirred up charge from the first question and the item "A mean hunter" is a
wrong item as it is a misworded variation of the first list's item! Now we
have an unnecessary action and a wrong item. We do an L4 and the pc is still
upset as maybe only one or the other of the two errors read.

    In a Dianetic "list" one is not doing a listing action. One is only trying
to find a somatic or sensation, etc that will run. The item must read well. Or
it won't produce a chain to run. In actual fact the Dn list Q does usually
read but one doesn't bother to test it.

    But an item that doesn't read will produce no chain, no basic and the pc
will jump around the track trying but just jamming up his bank.

    The moral of this story is:

    ALWAYS TEST A LISTING QUESTION BEFORE LETTING THE PC LIST.

				       49



     ALWAYS MARK THE READ IT GAVE (sF, F, LF, LFBD) ON THE WORKSHEET.

     ALWAYS TEST AN ITEM FOR READ BEFORE PREPCHECKING OR RUNNING RECALL OR
     ENGRAMS.

     ALWAYS MARK THE READ AN ITEM GAVE (sF, F, LF, LFBD) ON THE WORKSHEET.

				     CHARGE

     The whole subject of "charge" is based on this. "Charge" is the electrical
impulse on the case that activates the meter.

     "Charge" shows not only that an area has something in it. It also shows
that the pc has possible reality on it.

     A pc can have a broken leg, yet it might not read on a meter. It would be
charged but below the pc's reality. So it won't read.

     THINGS THAT DON'T READ WON'T RUN.

     The Case Supervisor always counts on the AUDITOR to test Questions and
Items for read before running them.

     The auditor, when a Question or Item doesn't read, can and should always
put in "Suppress" and "Invalidate".  "On this (Question) (Item), has anything
been Suppressed?" "On this (Question) (Item), has anything been Invalidated?"
If either one read, the question or item will also read. The Case Supervisor
also counts on the AUDITOR to use Suppress and Invalidate on a Question or
Item. If after this there is still no read on the Question or Item, that's it.
Don't use it, don't list it. Go to the next action on the C/S or end off.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:dz.ka.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       50





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=28/5/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

CORRECTION LISTS, USE OF


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
			  HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MAY 1970
Remimeo
			    CORRECTION LISTS, USE OF

     The various lists designed to find by-passed charge and repair a faulty
auditing action or life situation should be used heavily and thoroughly.

     There are many such lists -- Green Form, L1 B, L4, etc.

     They are available in HCO B form and are themselves corrected and re-
issued from time to time. They can be found in HCO B 5 July AD13 and others.

     There are FOUR WAYS TO USE these prepared lists.

1.   The auditor starts at the top and takes up each read until he gets one to
     F/N. In this case the auditor does not do "Itsa earlier Itsa". He just
     cleans each read.

2.   The auditor starts from the top and on each read cleans it and does Itsa
     earlier Itsa to F/N or to a clean no-read and goes on.

3.   The auditor assesses the list down until he gets a heavy read and cleans
     that, using Itsa earlier Itsa. Then he can go on to the next heavy read,
     cleans that. Etc to F/N. In this case he can get several F/Ns on the same
     list.

4.   The whole list is rapidly assessed over and over until one item stays in
     and that is given to the pc.

				    UPSET PC

     When a pc is very upset and misemotional the action in 4 above is the
only one to use as it is the safest. On a very upset or antagonistic pc don't
engage in any chatter, just grab a list and assess it, and indicate the By-
Passed Charge. The results are usually magical.

				     REPAIR

     Repairing a case fully, as done in Qual or in an HGC, where the person
has led an out-rud life, Method 3 above is the one to use. Various and
assorted lists can be employed.

				   SETTING UP

     The best way to set up a case for auditing a major action is to Repair it.

     This can be necessary before the person is ever audited at all on any
major action such as Dianetics or Grades.

     Such an action can go on and on and should. The action is to bleed the
list of all possible use, using 3.

     This is a new discovery I have made.

				AUDITING REPAIR

     Auditing repair usually uses Methods 1 or (for pcs upset from lists) 4.

			      ERROR IN USING LISTS

     The major error in using prepared lists is not to really get full use out
of the list.

     In using lists don't be in a great hurry or do a superficial job.

     The list is for the pc, not a statistic.

LRH:kjm.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard					 L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED					 Founder
				       51





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=30/5/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

INTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE
2 WAY COMM


Remimeo
Class VIIIs
C/Ses
Tech -- Qual
AUDITORS
C/S Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MAY 1970
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
C/Ses
Tech -- Qual
AUDITORS
C/S Checksheet
			   INTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE

				   2 WAY COMM

    The Interiorization Rundown (HCO B of 22 March I970, "Exteriorization and
High TA") is ALWAYS followed in the next session with "2 Way Comm on
Interiorization-Exteriorization".

    If the Interiorization auditing has to be repaired, that is done first of
course.

    BUT AN INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN IS NEVER COMPLETE UNTIL AN ADDITIONAL LATER
SESSION IS GIVEN ON 2 WAY COMM ON INTERIOR-EXTERIOR.

    A C/S in repairing cases should always look to see if a pc

    1.	 Has exteriorized at some time during auditing.

    2.	 If so the only C/S that can now be done is the Interiorization
	 Rundown.

    3.	 If an Int Rundown has been given, then the C/S must check to see if a
	 later session was given on "2 Way Comm Int-Ext".

    4.	 If this 2 way comm was omitted, or not in a separate session, then "2
	 Way Comm on Int-Ext" must be ordered even if there have been several
	 intervening sessions.

				      COG

    It is usually the case that the pc did not fully cognite when he had the
Int Rundown. His TA may stay high after an Int session. O/R is of little use
to get it down. What's missing is the 2 way comm session. In it the pc usually
cognites and things then go right.

    The current C/S and auditor error is trying to do everything briefly and
all at once. Ordering an Int Rundown and 2 way comm on it in the same session
would be part of such an erroneous trend.

    The 2 way comm must be another session preferably on another later day.

    It is a flagrant C/S error to omit "2 Way Comm Int-Ext" after an
Interiorization Rundown session.

    The signal to order an Int Rundown is pc went Ext in auditing or has been
found to have gone exterior. Auditing will not run well when the pc is audited
past or after exteriorizing.

    An Int Rundown must now be ordered.

				       52



     If unsuccessful it must be repaired.

     Successful or repaired, an Int Rundown must be followed by the 2 way comm
session.

     Two way comm must be done with exact TRs. The auditor must not Q and A. He
must not evaluate (tell the pc what it's all about).

     2 way comm is a precision process. The pc is kept talking, not by giving
him commands. He is kept on the subject of Int-Ext (or the 2 way comm
subject), not encouraged to leap about by Q and A.

     You cannot consider an Interiorization Rundown complete unless followed
by 2 way comm.

     If the case hasn't had it following his Int Rundown he must be ordered to
it.

LRH:dz.ka.rd						L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1970					Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED



L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=2/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

FLOATING NEEDLES


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				FLOATING NEEDLES

     The HCO B 29 Jan AD 20 which amends a series of earlier HCO Bs and
introduces the idea that you ask "Did that Incident erase" (which is not asked
now) IS CANCELLED.

     The correct End Phenomena of Dianetics is F/N + Cognition + VGIs.

     This HCO B also introduced enforcing an F/N by calling off the item.

     The actual fact is that you should not cut into the pc's end phenomena
with premature questions or F/N indications. The pc is introverted and such
actions by the auditor extrovert his attention and annoy the pc and spoil the
correct End Phenomena which is F/N + Cog + VGIs.

     Actions by the auditor such as "Your needle is floating" "Did it Erase",
etc chop the pc before full End Phenomena is attained.

     When End Phenomena is fully attained on a Dianetic chain the auditor need
only go on to the next flow or end the session.

							      L. RON HUBBARD
							      Founder
LRH:dz.ka.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[HCO B 29 Jan. AD20, Floating Needles, referred to above was not by LRH and is
not in these books.]

				       53





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=5/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

TRIPLE GRADES

Type = 11
iDate=3/2/69
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 5 JUNE 1970
		       (Cancels HCO B 3 Feb 69, Issue II)
Remimeo
				 TRIPLE GRADES

     The HCO B 3 Feb 69 which stated they were not taught on Dn Course and
must be audited by a Class V Auditor is CANCELLED.

			      SCIENTOLOGY TRIPLES

     Scientology Triple grade for a grade is used, with the havingness process
as the last process of each level.

     Lower Scn processes for that grade are run first. Any of these that can
be run on three flows are also run triple.

     A triple flow for a grade process may be audited by any auditor of the
class of that grade. In other words a Class 0 auditor can run the major triple
for Grade Zero as the last process run for Grade 0. He may also run other
processes on three flows if they apply to Grade 0 or below.

				DIANETIC TRIPLES

     Any trained Dianetic Auditor should run triples.

     Single Dianetics is only for assists and new student auditors.

     Any other Dianetics run should be run in triple now.

				    CONFLICT

     Any other technical or tape lecture advises or rumors of such other
orders are cancelled by this HCO B.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.ka.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This HCO B is changed by BTB 1 December 1970R, Revised and Reissued 27 July
1974, Dianetics -- Triple Flow Action which says, "Wherever Single Flow
Dianetics is mentioned, the statement is revised according to the following
rule: 'DIANETICS IS RUN BY TRIPLE FLOWS ONLY.  DIANETIC SINGLES IS FORBIDDEN
AND IF DONE WILL BE CONSIDERED GROSS OUT TECH AND A TECH AND QUAL HIGH CRIME.'
LRH"]

				       54





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=8/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

LOW TA HANDLING


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				LOW TA HANDLING

     A person whose TA is low is in a state of overwhelm.

     Poor TRs or rough auditing easily drive the TA down.

     A TA can go low during a run like on engrams, and can come back up when
actual erasure occurs.

     Usually a person whose TA goes below 2.0 when run on incidents too steep
for him will get low TA.

     A low TA is of course any TA below 2.0.

     An occasional cause of this is as simple as the meter not being trimmed.

     Sweaty hands, improper electrodes, and sometimes a faulty meter also
cause a "low TA" to appear.

     Heavy processes like LX 1-2-3 are sometimes an overwhelm.

     An invalidative look on an Examiner's face can drive a TA down a bit.
Cold cans can send it UP high.

     Lack of rest or time of the day gives some cases a low or high TA. At
2:00 a.m. TAs often are very high, for instance.

     Persons with low TAs tend to be somewhat inactive in life and non-
causative.

     When audited with poor TRs or on processes too steep some persons' TAs go
low (below 2.0).

     An F/N is NEVER an F/N when above 3.0 or below 2.0.

     Life repairs and auditing repairs, light processes and no goof auditing
are the proper actions for low TA cases.

     Auditors whose pcs' TAs go low should look to the flawlessness of their
auditing, the ease of their TRs and refuse any heavy overwhelm type C/Ses for
such pcs.

     Good Two-Way Comm on troubling subjects, use of prepared lists on life,
mild close to objective processes, no forcing over protests, never running
processes that don't read first, getting the pc out of being effect and toward
being cause, extroverting the pc's attention with objective processes all work
well on low TA cases.

     The actual technical reason for low TAs is found in higher levels and
does not concern and would be of no use to lower level pcs.

     Take it easy. Don't goof as auditor or C/S are the keynotes of low TA
cases.

     My opinion on this is that people worry too much about low TAs.

     On Flag where auditing is done like silk we haven't seen any low TAs for
ages.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:dz.rd.jh
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       55





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=12/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 2
PROGRAMMING OF CASES


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 12 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				  C/S Series 2

		      (C/S Series 1 is "Auditor's Rights",
		       HCO B 24 May 1970, not so marked.)

			      PROGRAMMING OF CASES

     Every action taken on a Case by a CASE SUPERVISOR (or an auditor doing his
own C/S actions) should be part of a definite outlined PROGRAM for that case.

     PROGRAM Definition -- A program is defined as the sequence of actions
session by session to be undertaken on a case by the C/S in his directions to
the auditor or auditors auditing the case.

     The master program for every case is given on the Classification and
Gradation Chart issued from time to time. The earliest of these Charts was
1965 followed by 1st December 1966 followed by 1st January 1968 followed by
1st December 1969. The reissues of the Chart are done to improve the
communication of the data on the Chart. The program factor has not much
changed since its earliest issue. Tapes about this Chart were made for the
SHSBC at its first issue and of course remain valid. The processes called for
on the Chart are all part of the SHSBC or for upper levels part of the SH and
AO Confidential materials. From time to time they are reissued but they remain
standard and have been so since the first issue of the Chart.

     The Chart and its materials have now and again been neglected or
disregarded and THE NEGLECT HAS RESULTED IN FIELD FLAPS AND DOWN STATS.

     Omitting this gradient of processes not only stalls cases but results in
a case manifesting out-grade phenomena.

     A pc must attain the full ability noted on the Chart before going up to
the next level of the Chart.

     Telling the pc he has made it is of course evaluation.

     The outnesses which have occurred surrounding this Chart are hard to
believe. They consist of total abandonment of the Chart, degrading and losing
all its lower grade processes, feeding a pc at Dianetic level data at Class VI
and telling him, who has not made Dianetics yet, he is now Clear, cutting down
all processes from the Chart bottom up to IV to be able to do them in 2 1/2
minutes, neglecting all levels up to OT V and then trying to put in a few
lower grades and sending on to OT VI, having the pc after one trivial session
attest all abilities at once and many other errors.

     This is crazy driving. If a bus were driven along a road this way it
would soon be wrecked and back where it started but in an ash heap.

     Genius in C/Sing is normally required only when some former driver
wrecked the thing instead of driving it right in the first place.

     To Case Supervise one has to accept the following facts:

     1.   Dianetics and Scientology work.

     2.   The subjects are serious subjects not experimental toys.

     3.   The basics and fundamentals are stated early in the period of
	  development and have not changed.

				       56



     4.   The "newest and latest" is usually a recovery of basics and better
	  statements of them.

     5.   The purpose of the subject has not altered and continues to be the
	  attainment of ability and freedom for the individual.

     6.   That things which were true early in the subjects are still true.

     7.   That the mind responds on a gradient of improvement not suddenly
	  like a bomb explosion.

     8.   That the Classification and Gradation Chart and all its processes
	  and steps IS the basic program of any case.

     9.   That all other programs are efforts to get the pc or pre-OT back on
	  the basic program.

     10.  That there is no hidden data line and that the materials and
	  procedures are refined mainly to facilitate use and communication of
	  them.

     11.  That auditing is for the pc, not the org or the auditor.

     12.  That major processes are done to improve the case.

     13.  That repair is undertaken to eradicate errors made in auditing or the
	  environment which impede the use of major processes.

     14.  That a case has to be programmed by the C/S to get it advancing as
	  it should have been in the first place on the Classification and
	  Gradation Chart.

     15.  That a C/S is not being called upon to develop a new Chart for the
	  case but only to get the case back on the basic Chart and get it
	  done.

				   3 PROGRAMS

     There are then 3 types of Programs:

     1.   THE program laid out in the Classification and Gradation Chart.
	  (Called The Basic Program.)

     2.   Repair Programs to eradicate case mishandling by current life or
	  auditing errors. (Called a Set-Up Program.)

     3.   Major actions to be undertaken to get the case back on the Class
	  Chart from wherever he has erroneously gotten to on it. (Called a
	  Return Program.)

     It has been a very common C/S action to disperse away from a program laid
out. This has been happening ever since the first issue of the Class Chart and
has been a principal source of trouble for C/Ses.

     This happens in several ways:

     1.   Not knowing the importance of the Class Chart.

     2.   Not knowing basics.

     3.   Falling for SP propaganda that "we don't use that now", "the
	  material is old", "it's only background data", etc, that
	  deteriorates what one does know and could use.

     4.   Failure of auditors to give good sessions and do the Usual required
	  in a session.

     5.   Abandonment of the C/S's own Repair or Return Program -- usually
	  because of false auditor reports or operating on insufficient data
	  from the pc.

     The correct way to go about all this is to:

     A.   Repair the case thoroughly with minor actions like GFs, prepared
	  lists, ruds, two-way comm.

				       57



     B.   Acquire adequate data on the pc.

     C.   Complete any C/S Return Program begun.

     D.   Get the pc back on the Class Chart without any processes of the grade
	  skipped.

     E.   Run the case on the Class Chart.

     F.   Repair any departures or errors made in life or auditing.

     G.   Get the pc back on the Class Chart.

				   DISPERSAL

     Not following any program is a complete exercise in non-sequitur (means
one step does not follow the last but is different and unrelated).

     In giving a pc process after process that are not related to each other
and follow no Repair Program or Return Program is non-sequitur in the extreme.

     If processes were remarks one would get a sequence of processes given the
pc sounding like this. "The submarine just went by so we will order a hundred
tons of bread. There wasn't any beer so birds are seldom seen. The dance was
very fast so we fixed the carburetor. He has very long hair so we decorated
his father's tomb."

     "Give pc Scn Triples then do his Dianetics then fix up his hidden
standard," would be a series of crazy non-sequitur C/Ses. Nothing is connected
to or proceeds from anything. That would be a dispersed program for sure.

     It actually happens horribly enough. Study a Class Chart and then look
through some old folders. At once, the sequence of processes ordered sounds
like "The submarine just went by so order a hundred tons of bread."

     Such C/Sing has no cause and effect in it. A person totally ignorant of
basic cause and effect gets "Pc nattery. Run Dianetics." "Pc's case not
advancing. Do Grade 0." The cause of the pc condition is not understood. A
nattery pc has withholds. A case not advancing has problems. That's real
actual basic tech (see Auditor's Rights HCO B for the table). This data is
over 15 years old at this writing, is part of proper Academy courses and the
SHSBC and is even in Class VIII materials. The reasons for the pc's behavior
or trouble are not mysterious reasons never revealed. They are all very well
given in course materials.

     Here is an actual case, a folder I examined of a pc who is now in trouble
and needing a Repair and Return Program.

     Pc was an accident prone (person who is apparently dedicated to having
accidents). Very low aptitude score (about 30). Had been skipped over almost
the entire Class Chart and given Power.

     To handle accident proneness was given CCHs. This cured it.

     Had Exteriorized so was given Interiorization Rundown without a 2-way comm
session.

     Pc subsequently developed bad somatics. (Dianetics was never flattened or
completed.)

     A quarter of an inch of Examiner's reports wherein the pc was asking for
help or medicine to get rid of somatics was then put one by one into the
folder.

     Despite this the "C/S" saw "Va" on the pc's folder and ordered R6EW.

     More Examiner's calls collected.

     The pc ran one item, making one mark on a worksheet and attested R6EW.

				       58



     More Examiner's reports collected, pc reporting self ill.

     "C/S" seeing R6EW attested ordered pc to Clearing Course.

     Pc did one brief session attested Clear.

     More Examiner's reports into folder, pc in pain and now in Ethics trouble.

     "C/S" ordered pc to OT I.

     Pc spent 35 minutes on OT I in terror of it, hastily attested, had 5
accidents in 3 days.

     Folder sent to me as a "baffling case".

     So the correct actions now have to be taken.

     1.   Repair pc with every list known to Man or Beast to get off BPC
	  collected in these overwhelming levels.

     2.   Repair pc in errors in current life.

     3.   Return Program the pc by running simple things, 2-way comm, to give
	  pc some wins in actual case gain by maybe handling by 2-way comm
	  minor this life or childhood upsets with family, maybe putting in
	  ruds on some early subject that turns up.

     4.   Put pc back on the Class Chart TO COMPLETE THE INCOMPLETE
	  GRADE (Dianetics) to its full end phenomena as per Class Chart.

     5.   Bring the pc on up the Class Chart using all processes for each
	  grade and honestly attesting each grade in turn.

     It's all a shame because the pc had a lose on status. She wanted to be
Clear and OT, was actually on it and never walked up the stairs to get to it.

			       PROGRAM NECESSITY

     One can see from all this the NECESSITY of working by program on a case.

     Even when one starts an honest program for the case one can get thrown
off of it and begin to do something else.

     If the pc goes exterior, of course, one has to handle by Interiorization
Rundown before the case can be audited at all. But that's no reason to then
skip all the grades! A pc can go exterior at any point. Thus it must be
handled when it occurs. But that does not mean anything happened to one's
program or the Class Chart. Exterior or Interior, a pc unflat on Dianetics
(not attained the ability marked on the Class Chart) is unflat on Dianetics!

     And a pc who is unflat on Dianetics will have out lower grades.

     Jumping processes on the Class Chart set the pc up to fall on his head
later. An "OT VI with problems" is really just an unflat Grade I. And until
Grade I is flattened to permanent Ability Attained on the Class Chart, he
remains an unflat Grade 1.

     A C/S who gets wound up in this sort of skipped everything and made
nothing, of course has an awful mess on his hands. He can feel as lost as
Hansel or Gretel. But waiting to get covered up by leaves is for the birds.

     If one finds the pc off the road, the thing to do is return the pc to the
road at the point he didn't walk it AND THERE ARE NO SHORTCUTS FOR THE MIND.

     The utter despair and insane barbarism psychiatry descended into was
patient lost, psychiatrist lost, patient crazy, psychiatrist into insane
sadism.

     So maybe the first lesson a C/S really has to learn is:

				       59



     THERE IS A KNOWN ROAD OUT.

     There is no shortcut, it has to be walked every inch of it.

     And therefore the greatest enemy of the C/S is the SP who says "that's
all old" "we don't use that now" "that's just background data" and thereby
obscures the actual road.

     And another enemy is the pc who screamingly demands to be put up to Clear
at once so he won't have this awful headache!

				   STEADY ON

     Thus the measures a C/S takes to hold a steady course will profit him
greatly in the end with good solid gains for the pc.

     As the pc should no longer be a total humanoid by Class IV the lower
grade gains are the most important of all.

     A C/S who puts a Class Chart into every folder he handles is doing a wise
thing. Even if it's big, clumsy, hard to handle, it is at least thorough.

     If on it he marks in red things the pc has gotten to falsely and if in
green things the pc made from the bottom walking an honest road, he knows
where he is at! Seeing the whole training cycle half of the Chart continue
blank means that much more ignorance and trouble for the pc in making his
gains stably.

     If the C/S put his Repair Program on a Red sheet in the folder and dated
it out session by session to be audited until it was DONE and all flubs made
in doing it also marked in and repaired, the C/S wouldn't lose his place in
the book. For a red sheet stands out in amongst other folder papers. A red
sheet with a "folder error summary" on one side of it and the C/S's Repair Pgm
on the other keeps the pc's progress located. When that Red sheet is done it
should be signed by the C/S as DONE which retires all errors to that point.

     A bright blue sheet giving the C/S RETURN PGM properly dated also gives
one a chance to not get steered off. A new Red Repair Pgm sheet fixing up
errors occurring in doing the Blue sheet can be pushed into the folder but the
Blue sheet can be resumed again.

     The Blue sheet completed should find the pc back on the Class Chart.

     A list of processes run tallied up by the auditor each session keeps the
C/S from repeating a process and gives him the Dn items used singly to be done
triple.

     While all this Admin may seem time consuming, lack of it mounts up into
valuable AUDITOR TIME being thrown away.

     C/Sing is a road. It has milestones. When the pc didn't pass one honestly
he got lost.

     There's no reason for pc, auditor and C/S to all get lost.

     The C/S has an exact road to hold to, return to and repairs to get done
so the pc can get moving on the Return Pgm and the Class Chart which IS the
road.

     It took too many trillions to find this road for it to be neglected. For
if the C/S neglects it people won't arrive anywhere but get lost as well.

     The right idea is the road.

LRH:kjm.rd
Copyright $c 1970					 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard					 Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       60





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=13/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 3
SESSION PRIORITIES
REPAIR PGMS
AND THEIR PRIORITY


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				  C/S Series 3

			       SESSION PRIORITIES

				  REPAIR PGMS
			       AND THEIR PRIORITY

     When a pc has had an incorrectly run session, one that did not wind up
with F/N Cog VGIs, it is often harmful to delay the repair session.

     Most cases of pcs becoming ill or having accidents stem from

     A.  Major Errors in Programming the case.

     B.  Delay in Repairing a goofed session.

     There have been several examples recently of pcs ending session with an
unflat process after which the repair session was delayed for several days or
even weeks and the pc came down with a cold or had some minor accident or got
in Ethics trouble.

     Thus Repair has priority.

				 PROGRAM ERRORS

     Under A. a major error in programming lays the case open to having goofed
sessions and exposes the auditor to some risk of making errors. The reason for
this is that the pc gets overwhelmed or bogged simply by not coming up through
all the processes of each level on the Class Chart.

     Let us say the pc is trying to make it on R6EW Solo Study but keeps having
Problems with it and can't get on with it.

     The uninformed C/S orders a Student Rescue Intensive. This is all right
as far as it goes. But a more searching look into the records is likely to
find that this pc had exactly 10 minutes on the whole of Grade I!

     The Out-Program is far more likely to play havoc with this pc than just
problems. He is possibly in doubt as to case gains and his reality is poor and
yet he is being exposed to the highly restimulative materials of an upper
level to which he has never climbed.

     A direct effort now to put in problems Grade I also puts an auditor at
risk.

     Instead of merely being able to run problems as he would have been able to
earlier, the pc is in some sort of overwhelm and is nervous or scared or
believes he is at fault some way. He will look everywhere but in the right
direction.

     The answer to an incorrectly programmed case is, of course, a repair
program and the sooner the better.

     Such repair programs must be very light. Prepared lists to find charge, 2
way comm on various subjects, take a walk. And such a repair program MUST NOT

     (a) Let the pc dive into rough heavy charge, or

     (b) Be overdone to total boredom.

				 SELF AUDITING

     Some pcs "self audit", which is different than Solo auditing since it has
no meter or session and is just wandering about the bank (some overwhelmed pcs
self audit in Solo wandering all over the place).

				       61



     This is a symptom of session or study or life overwhelm.

     It requires a Repair Program.

				  EP OF REPAIR

     The End Phenomena of a Repair Program is the pc feeling great and feeling
he can get Case Gain.

     A good, clever Repair Program produces what badly programmed cases would
consider total recovery.

     It is a good idea to have the pc attest to

     "I have had definite gains from the recent sessions and feel great." Or
with a hearty "Yes" to "Does Scientology really work for you."

     Oh, you say, how could that much gain come from just repair?

     Well, Repair is almost always being done on a pc who was overwhelmed by
life or auditing in the first place.

     Life we know has a way of overwhelming people.

     When a person is overwhelmed by life, an auditing error is more likely to
occur.

     When Incorrect Programming occurs, then any auditing on it can add up to
more overwhelm which adds up to more errors.

			       CONSISTENT COMPLAINT

     The pc whose Examiner forms routinely have a sour note in them should not
be continued on the Class Chart or any Return Program.

     He is a Repair pc and nothing else.

     If you get the idea that any lower level can produce large changes in a
person you will see that lower level processes are being mis-programmed if
they are producing only the gains of Repair actions.

     The sign of mis-programming is most often seen in Examiner reports where
the pc's comments or demands are "for more auditing" or "Got to have a
session" or "wasn't really handled" or sour comments or cracks.

     When you examine some folders you will see some pc has more than his
share of this.

     That's a sign to LIGHTLY DO IT.

     The wrong way to go is plunge!

     I have seen a C/S order 2 major actions in one session after a bad
session on a pc in a DESPERATE effort to reach the case!

     The exact reverse is required.

     Repair the case by:

     I.   Patch the session goof.

     II.  Use prepared lists for locating session charge in past sessions.

     III. Use prepared lists and two way comm on items found.

     IV.  Get ruds in on periods of the pc's life.

     V.   Get ruds in on parts of the pc's body that are ailing.

     This is not a model Repair Program but only a sample of one. It isn't a
model because the pcs have different things wrong with them.

				       62



     But you could blindly do all of the above and still wind up with case
gain and a win for a staggering pc.

     Then you would do a Return Pgm to get the pc back on the Class Chart. But
not until then.

     I have seen a pc stagger along for years getting auditing (of a sort)
while still retaining a set characteristic or somatic who when handled with
very mild processes had a case gain and then returned to the Class Chart HAVE
A COMPLETE CHANGE OF THE CHARACTERISTIC.

				  EFFECT SCALE

     A C/S can get into the lower end of the effect scale and feel that
desperate that he begins to throw away every major process he can order on the
pc, even 2 or 3 per session! But the direction of win was LIGHTER not heavier
action.

     Sort of like "this sparrow keeps getting bowled out with rocks. Let's try
real artillery on him!"

     If one is trying to make a better sparrow he should lay off the rocks and
lighten it up, not step up the barrage! Some cotton tufts might do wonders!
Might even make the sparrow reach!

     The basic trouble with ALL past efforts at "psychotherapy" and "religious
uplift" and "self betterment" and healing was:

     The more desperate the situation the more desperate was the remedy used.

     The right answer is:

     THE WORSE THE CONDITION THE LIGHTER THE REMEDY REQUIRED.

     Dealing with psychotics in an institution you would find that "Hello"
pleasantly said would do more for cases than all the drug firms and electric
shock machines and brain icepicks have ever done in all their existence.

     Well if it applies to psychotics, it applies surely to people that aren't.

     Simple interest and listening can crack an awful lot of overwhelmed cases
that would only bog further if not first repaired.

				      BPC

     The exact BPC of the last session handled is always the first action in
Repair Programming.

     This is the exact BPC. An unfinished Dianetic Chain is BPC. So get it
handled. The wrong list item is heavy BPC so get it handled.

     And get this BPC off now! Now! Don't wait 2 days or a week. Repair it on
priority.

				   OVERWHELM

     Don't always blame the auditor. He may goof and he shouldn't. But if his
procedure and TRs were reasonably correct, how come the pc got a tangled
session.

     If the auditor has a usually good record and you get a goofed session,
then realize the pc is a bit troublesome and was not running standardly.

     Of course this doesn't excuse student goofs or plain lousy auditing. But
when the auditor does all right, then the case must be in an overwhelm of some
sort.

     So we have 2 variables here for C/S decision.

     x1 -- Auditor fault?

     or

     x2 -- Pc in an overwhelm?

				       63



     There is a decision here to be made by the C/S. It's resolved by folder
inspection and knowledge of the auditor.

     All right -- Auditor usually okay.  That eliminates x 1. So we have a pc
in overwhelm? Look over past record of pc. Runs okay. That cancels x2.

     So we repair that one session and its goof and continue with the Return
Pgm or the Class Pgm whichever the pc was on.

     What if x1 showed lots of bad sessions by the auditor and x2 showed pc
usually okay. Investigate auditor's auditing and send to Cramming for TRs, etc.

     What if x1 Auditor okay and x2 pc has lots of trouble?

     NOW we get to an overwhelmed pc.

     You see how it's sorted out by the C/S?

     From inspecting two things only the C/S can decide what's to be done now.
If the decision isn't clear-cut get the auditor looked into and the pc asked
about the auditor's actions and his own case. If his "case has lots of
trouble" skip worrying the auditor further unless that discloses other errors
on other cases.

     Okay. So the pc is running badly. So he's in an overwhelm.

     Inspection will reveal one or more of three things.

     1.  Case didn't come up the Class Chart right.

     2.  Case being run in a temporary Life overwhelm.

     3.  Former errors not repaired.

     1 and 3 may both exist.

     The correct C/S action is a Repair Program in any case. If 3 is true you
engage in that first.

     If 2 is true you use Repair actions on life as the second part of your
Repair Program.

     If 1 is true you will also have a Repair Program to lay out first in any
event and just include it in.

     Write it all up on a red sheet and follow the sheet session by session as
you C/S.

     You will now have handled the overwhelm if your Repair Pgm is good and
fully done and not brushed off at the first sign of VGIs in the pc at Examiner.

     If 1 is true you now do a Return Pgm. This of course is what processes
you're going to get run to fill in the processes that haven't been run to get
the Class Chart all done and the pc back up to where he was. He has run some
after all.

				   INGENUITY

     The genius and bright ideas of a C/S are not exerted with major processes
ever. Only the Interiorization Rundown after the pc exteriorized or when it is
discovered he has and possibly a Student Rescue or a sickness assist are the
exceptions to this.

     One doesn't Repair with major processes! That's like "The engine wouldn't
run so he hit it with a sledge hammer."

     Ingenuity is required of a C/S only in the area of repair.

     Locating BPC is rather standard in repair action.

     But fishing up the case by 2 way comm and little prepchecks and getting
in ruds on things or times require a certain flair in a C/S.

     I recall one pc who was staggering on engrams, couldn't talk to people
and was a general mess. The wrong action would be to run a major grade like
Comm on the pc. The pc had to be handled with 2 way comm of some sort. Yet she
couldn't talk

				       64



auditing or anything else fluently enough about anything to clear anything up.
I asked her what would it be awful to say and she went scarlet, hemmed and
hawed and blurted out "Swearing!" So we 2 way commed about it! What a torrent!
Recovered completely. Recovered so well she thought that was all there was to
auditing and was immensely gratified!

     Another pc had lost his job and couldn't face any part of it. I 2 way
commed what his job had consisted of. He promptly went out and got another.

     Sometimes it takes a lot of sessions and a lot of reading worksheets to
find subjects.

     BUT IF YOU CAN PERSUADE AUDITORS TO MARK EVERY FALL AND BD IN 2 WAY COMM
SESSIONS you will find exactly where the pc is hung up and ordering 2 way comm
on that and related things does wonders.

     But all repair isn't two way comm. Touching things is a very good way to
handle repairs. Cars, typewriters, airplanes, or book pictures thereof or
anything or any picture of anything also works.

     The "touch assist" is a little fragment of a whole array of "touch".

     Cases sometimes flinch at remembering anything at all. The answer is
touch things and "Reach and withdraw" is part of this and is used in repair.

     TRs (all of them 0 to IX) are so good in repair action that they actually
cure 50% or more drug addicts when run for weeks in groups such as on the HAS
Course. It is even reported that when run on people still on drugs over
periods of weeks they come off the drugs of their own volition. TRs are a fine
unlimited repair action.

     Prepared lists run on all sorts of things can repair a whole life.

     "Look at me. Who am I?" is used in a Repair Session when a pc goes too
wild to audit. (An exception is list errors when the only remedy is a fast
L4A.)

     Mimicry is actually too high for Repair.

     Repair is its own subject.

     The only demand in Programming it is to give priority to recent auditing
errors or recent life catastrophes.

     Many cases obviously have to begin processing with a Repair. Life
overwhelm is the reason. And an S & D can be far too steep.

     Next to skimping lower grades, Repair is too little used.

     And it is needed. And the urgency is to not let things go too long
unrepaired.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       65





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=13/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

HUBBARD CONSULTANT
STUDY STRESS ANALYSIS


Remimeo
HC

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JUNE 1970
				    Issue II
Remimeo
HC
			       HUBBARD CONSULTANT
			     STUDY STRESS ANALYSIS

     A competent operator of an E-Meter, which is used in stress analysis,
needs very little training but needs to be highly observant in meter reading.

     A student who is having trouble is placed across a table from the Hubbard
Consultant. The student is given the leads to hold one in each hand and the
meter balanced.

     The Hubbard Consultant makes a Consultant Report. This is a form or plain
sheet with the student's name at the top, the date and the course name, or a
description of the material being handled.

     The time and the meter reading is placed routinely at appropriate
intervals on the left edge of the sheet.

     The questions asked by the Hubbard Consultant are written down with the
student's answers in brief.

     The Hubbard Consultant is trained to ask what he is supposed to and to
listen to and acknowledge what the student says. The Hubbard Consultant never
comments by words or expression and makes no cracks or evaluations. He is
trained to:

     1.  Operate the meter

     2.  Ask questions

     3.  Acknowledge

     4.  Take notes

     5.  Note down times and meter actions

     6.  Assess a list of prepared items for meter reads

     7.  To say "That is all" at the end of the period

     8.  To staple and file the notes in the student's folder.

		    HUBBARD CONSULTANT STRESS ANALYSIS No. 1

     This is two way communication.

     The Hubbard Consultant asks if there is anything the student is having
trouble with.

     The Hubbard Consultant acknowledges and continues to prompt the student to
talk about it until the student seems more cheerful about it.

				       66



		    HUBBARD CONSULTANT STRESS ANALYSIS No. 2

     The Hubbard Consultant asks if there is anything in the course materials
or other material being studied that the student disagrees with.

     The student answers.

     The Hubbard Consultant acknowledges and prompts until the student has
resolved it.

		    HUBBARD CONSULTANT STRESS ANALYSIS No. 3
		     (For use where the difficulty is with
			    tape recorded material.)

     The student is asked at what point of the tape he bogged down.

     This tape is procured, put on a player and the earphone placed on the
student.

     The material is played from a point earlier than the student said.

     The student is on the meter. The Hubbard Consultant has control of the
tape player start-stop.

     As the tape plays the Hubbard Consultant watches his meter needle. As
soon as it reads (falls) the Hubbard Consultant stops the machine and asks
what word or term that was.

     If the student can't tell him the tape section is replayed from an even
earlier point.

     A needle read is watched for and the machine stopped.

     The Hubbard Consultant asks for the word or term the student has just
heard. The student gives it.

     The Hubbard Consultant has the student look up the word --

     (a)  If a non-technical word in the student's language it is looked up in
	  a good dictionary of that language which must be available.

     (b)  If it is a technical word or term in the subject, it is looked up in
	  the glossary.

     (c)  If in the glossary the student reads the term aloud and the Hubbard
	  Consultant watches the needle. Any word that reads is looked up in
	  the student's language dictionary as in (a) above.

		    HUBBARD CONSULTANT STRESS ANALYSIS No. 4

     In the case of written material, the student is not placed on a tape
player but reads the material to the Hubbard Consultant who proceeds as in
Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis No. 3 (a), (b) and (c).

     Students who go to sleep during study are asked if they have had enough
sleep the night before. If not, they are taken off study and given manual or
clerical work to do for the remainder of that day.

     If the student has had enough sleep, he is given the appropriate Hubbard
Consultant Stress Analysis action as above.

				       67



     Students given Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis should be cheerful and
relieved at the end.

     If E-Meters are not available for Stress Analysis a Hubbard Consultant
can be trained to do the four actions above by watching the facial
characteristic change of the student. This is more difficult than in using an
E-Meter.

     The meter readings when the matter is cleared up should be between 2(F)
and 3(M) on the 1 to 6 dial and the needle should be "floating".

     On the 1 to 6 dial the position 2 measures 5,000 ohms across the leads
with the needle at set. The position 3 measures 12,500 ohms.

     A floating needle is the idle uninfluenced movement of the needle on the
dial without any patterns or reactions in it. It moves to the right at the
same speed as it moves to the left. It is loose and free.

     When the student has resolved the matter, is more cheerful about it and
the floating needle is observed, the matter is not taken any further. This
indication to stop must be observed so that the consultant action is not
overdone. Overdoing this action could cause further difficulty.

     If the needle is agitated with small jerky movements the student is upset
and is not being frank with the Hubbard Consultant or has been provoked by the
Hubbard Consultant. Discussion cleans this up.

     If the meter is reading above 3 the stress has not been resolved.

     An E-Meter measures body tension. It is useful to Management in locating
points of Stress after physical tests on equipment (as in test pilots or
machine operators) so that faults of design where the machine is not well
adjusted to man can be accurately remedied. It also works on physical stresses
resulting from the tension of concentrating particularly when the student or
trainee is unable to grasp materials or handle a subject or equipment.

     By the use of the E-Meter a Hubbard Consultant can isolate the exact
point of a man's difficulty with a subject or equipment and clear this up. Or
the exact point can be found where equipment is not well adapted to man.

     Its use in study can pin-point the exact thing that has halted the flow of
comprehension. Thus it can be cleared up.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:kjm.nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       68





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=14/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 4
THE RETURN PROGRAM


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				  C/S Series 4

			       THE RETURN PROGRAM

     When a case has been repaired, there is always a Return Program made up
by the C/S.

     It is handwritten on a blue sheet of paper that is easily spotted in a
folder.

     When the Repair Pgm has been concluded, the case is considered to be "set
up" for a Return Pgm.

     The exact point where a Repair Program is changed into a Return Program is
when the case has had some wins and is in far better shape than he was when he
first began to be audited (which means his first ever auditing).

     The point is also identifiable as the point where the person feels more
outflowing and less overwhelmed if at all.

     This is obviously a point of case change.

     The common and incorrect practice of looking for case change as the only
benefit from processing should be relegated to Repair End Phenomena.

     Processing is actually measured by the gradual increase in ability. Step
by step these increases in ability walk up the Class Chart and ability is the
measure of progress.

     The C/S who is looking for THE solution to a case, the one shattering
bang of total effect on the pc, has set himself for continuous losses in
C/Sing. For there is no one action that totally changes a case from bottom to
top in one fell swoop. The C/S who thinks there is continually fiddles
hopefully. A case has MANY things to be handled, not one.

     There is no one single wrongness or out-point in a case. A case is a
collection of out-points. He hurts, he can't talk, he has problems, he is ARC
Broken, he has service facs, he is stuck in incidents, etc, to just mention a
few such out-points.

     A radio receiver that has been many times broken and is a heap of twisted
parts, is not going to get repaired, much less improved by a radio repairman
finding one huge error in it and correcting that. He'll have to correct a lot
of minor errors in it before any major error even shows up.

     The "One-shot clear" idea of the uninformed of 1950 is impossible. When a
person goes onto the Clearing Course after missing the lower grades he just
doesn't make it at all. He often can't even get reads.

     It takes many miles of road, past many "case changes" to get up the
gradient scale to top ability.

     A Repair Program takes the case from where it has falsely gotten to on
the Class Chart and gets off the overwhelm with light processes.

     The Return Program begins when the case is no longer so overwhelmed and is
getting wins from the Repair Program.

				       69



     THE RETURN PROGRAM CONSISTS SIMPLY OF WRITING DOWN IN SEQUENCE EVERY
NEEDFUL STEP AND PROCESS MISSED ON THE CLASS CHART BY THE CASE WHICH ARE NOW
TO BE DONE.

     Example:

     A case has falsely gotten to R6EW Solo and isn't making it well.

     The C/S writes up a light process but extensive Repair Program (first on
auditing, then on life).

     The case achieves the EP of repair in case changes and less overwhelm.

     The C/S now examines the 2-way comm sessions and Examiner's reports to
establish what levels are out. No change = Level 1. Lots of ARC Brks = Level 2.

     The C/S lists all the Level 1 and Level 2 processes the pc did not get
done and this is the Return Program.

     When these are done and the pc has made it, the C/S has the pc honestly
back at R6EW on the Class Chart and continues to follow the Class Chart.

     Needful repairs also sometimes have to be done in getting the Return Pgm
done. In each case a new Repair Program is done. The old Return Program looked
over but probably just continued.

     Example of a case at OT I now completely repaired:

	 Case has somatics = Dn Level Unflat

	 Makes others guilty = Level IV Unflat

	 Dramatizes = R6EW Unflat.

     The Return Program consists of completing Dn, rehabbing comm, all Level IV
processes, Redo R6EW, rehab Clear, return to OT I.

     That completes the Return Program.

     In other words, when the case, found in trouble at a level, is fully
repaired and winning, the C/S studies the current data on the case to
establish the major levels that are out (each Level has an error and an
ability) and then gets these into a Program which then session by session is
followed.

     The program which can be completed in one session will never be written as
there is no such program.

     A program is the consecutive layout of what has to be done in the next
many sessions.

     The basic program is the Class and Grade Chart.

     The Return Program is the return to the false point reached by getting
honestly done all the points missed on the road.

     The pc who can't attest a grade ability at any point has to have:

     1.  A Repair Pgm.

     2.  A Return Pgm.

     It is a truism that the grade he can't seem to make is not the grade. An
earlier grade is out if the processes of any one grade, properly run, do not
achieve that grade.

				       70



     The earliest error is of course a failure to achieve the lowest grade
there is. What is out here is that the case needed to be started on a Repair
Pgm for life. Now, that skipped, one has to do a Repair on both auditing and
life.

     The Return Pgm is easy in this instance as it just puts the pc back on
what he was on, the first level. But this is the only instance where a pc is
restored by the C/S to the level he was on without an extensive Return Program.

     So a Return Pgm always follows the Repair Pgm.

     And a Return Program consists of putting the pc over road sections he
missed on the road up.

     A Return Pgm is concluded and retired when the pc is back on the grade he
falsely had reached before the Repair and Return were done, and is now making
that grade.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       71





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=15/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 5
REPAIR EXAMPLE


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				 C/S Series 5

				REPAIR EXAMPLE

      Pc X was rushed through lower grades in 20 minutes, given Power to no
result, was fed cognitions on upper level material and when run on Dianetics
was found "stuck in present time". After two bogged sessions this pc, who had
come from a far place, came to Flag where I took over (not very pleased).

    The actual rundown outlined as a Repair Program (see C/S Series 3) was as
follows on 2 8 1/2" x 13" red cards to be kept in pc's folder.

				      PC X

				   REPAIR PGM

I.	LAST ERROR REPAIRED 27.5.70

II.	BOGGED SESSION 6/6/70
	Repaired 11/6/70 (too long a wait but done).

III.	Two Way Comm on what did you experience in Power Processing
	Successful 1/6/70
	(Revealed all Lower Grades out, Clear Cog fed him, unable to really
	run Dn.)

IV.	L4A assessed on each list run on him, one list at a time as he recalls
it.

V.	Auditor Auditing Prepcheck.

VI.	Gains Prepcheck.

VII.	An assessed GF done to get each charge found off.

VIII.	2 Way Comm How Do You Feel About Auditing Now?
	Completes auditing cycle. Repair.

IX.	2 way comm on life before Scn. (Note all Falls and BDs.) To C/S.

X.	C/S to pick up items out of IX and Prepcheck each one that still reads
	when called off (one to be called then run, no assessment).

XI.	Two way comm on rough areas When have you had a rough time? Note all
	Falls and BDs. To C/S.

XII.	C/S to list all F or BD items. Prepcheck each one.

XIII.	2 way comm What possessions have you had? To C/S.

XIV:	C/S to list all F -- BD Items and Prepcheck.

XV.	L1B in auditing and 2 way comm on gains.

XVI.	C/S Note what period of his life pc hung up in. Auditor to put in ruds
on it.

				       72



XVII.	Find out what body part or area hurts. Put in Ruds on it.

	(Pgm can be extended to be sure pc has had wins and is in better
	condition than was in before auditing and no longer overwhelmed or can
	be cut if this occurs before then.)

	(Return Pgm begins with TRs 0-9, on up the Class Chart as needed to
	get his abilities and ends off with a full repair of Power, rehabbing
	Pr Pr 4 and 5 and running 6 to EP and checking lists. He will then be
	back on Class Chart properly.)

     This is not a Repair Pgm to be copied particularly. It is given as an
extent of Repair which would then be done session by session and ticked off by
the C/S as he ordered each new step.

     The No. IV L4A prepared list would be wholly assessed for each specific
list.

     The V and VI are a whole list of things not given here, common to such a
step, but containing no dynamite-type things like "SPs" or "Overwhelm" or
other things like the names of major processes.

     Note that everything from I to VIII are strictly auditing repairs.

     IX to XVII handle life areas.

     This case should have been started in auditing with a Life Repair Pgm
such as given from IX to XVII. Had he been on drugs as a habit (or just shaky
about life) TRs 0 to 9 could have begun his auditing followed by Life Repair
IX to XVII.

				NEW DEVELOPMENT

     These actions of Repair before level auditing are a new development as
such but 2 way comm and these actions are all from the early '60s SHSBC.

				POSSIBLE FAULTS

     Evaluation, Q and A and an inability to listen resulting in the auditor
chopping comm would be the chief reasons any errors would creep into the
sessions given in the Repair Program. As these might not show up in the
auditing reports, if the Repair Pgm sessions did not result in gain the C/S
would have the auditor's auditing checked for these points of Evaluation, Q
and A and comm chop. The sessions are actually very easy to run and could be
done by an Academy Class III or better by a Class VI.

				  NOTE ON VIII
				    AUDITING

     VIII Auditing presumed, when developed, that lower grades were still being
delivered.

     VIII Auditing and Training are fully valid. They are, as the Class
infers, a high level of auditing and remain so.

     The sequence of recent development has been:

     VIII Auditing to Standard

     Dianetic HDC-HDG auditing to Standard Dianetics

     C/Sing for all levels

     C/Sing below levels

				       73



     C/Sing to handle the neglect of lower grades and SHSBC data which are
being gotten back in rapidly.

     The C/S is therefore confronted with cases without lower grades and the
earliest and reissued Class Chart neglected.

     The mania for Quickie Lower Grades and the acts by a few who fed upper
"cognitions" and other evaluation to pcs wrecked for a while a part of the
bridge and made it impassable.

     Much of the current C/S work should take this into consideration. The
Repair Pgm given above is not as long as it could be and certainly would be no
shorter.

     The IX to XVII are a brief layout of how new cases could be handled BEFORE
any actual level auditing as a guarantee of real gains. This is a whole zone
of action (pre-Level, pre-Dianetics) becoming increasingly necessary by the
decline of the culture as visible in pcs now beginning processing as different
from those even up to 1962.

     These IX to XVII steps would also work on institutional cases but one
should take it even easier.

     I repeat, this Repair Pgm I to XVII is an EXAMPLE and its numbers are not
useful as different Repair Pgms would be designed by the C/S for the pc. Many
other things could be done, none of them heavy or desperate.

     The C/S should caution any Registrar NOT to sell with the name "Repair
Pgm". This is entirely technical and not PR or Sales. It is just Auditing as
far as the Registrar is concerned.

     Had Pc X been processed on all earlier grades in a scramble before 1962,
one would list and then rehab every process run as part of the Return Pgm.
Such a step would be done as the last step however of the Return Program as a
prelude to straightening out the highest grade falsely attained before Repair.
The rehab would not be a substitute for running all the processes of the
levels not previously run. Rehab is no part of Repair.

				  TECH ACTION

     We have fallen into a belief that any repair is done in Review. Review is
now the place the pc goes when the C/S gives up.

     Repair is a Tech Div Action and counts as hours of auditing delivered.
Auditing is auditing. Obviously 2 25 hour intensives could be consumed in a
Life Repair before a new pc ever came near even an assessment of the minus
scale of the first Class Chart much less a level!

     In Academies, students may get anxious to "get their grades practiced"
and so may skip repair actions needful. Thus upper level students should audit
lower level students.

				   DIANETICS

     Pcs audited only on Dianetics in franchises and centers will make some
astonishing physical and even mental improvements. The larger percentage will
do so.

     However, a C/S will find some have had physical gains "without finding
out about it". The reality factor has not increased to any degree.

     Such pcs of course get a long Repair Program and are then given a Return
Program to Dianetics, their highest level.

     The sample Repair Pgm above fits such pcs as well as one that attained
higher levels before it was found that lower grades were out.

				       74



    There are no variables in what the pgms are:

    1.	Pc bogs or not gaining.

    2.	Repair Pgm outlined and concluded.

    3.	Return Pgm outlined and concluded.

    What the C/S puts in the Repair Pgm and what he puts in the Return Pgm can
be very variable indeed.

				  C/S Q AND A

    The only fault I've seen in a C/S trying to outline 2 way comm could be
called a "C/S Q and A".

    The pc has a big win about "Frogs". A huge cog F/N VGIs changes his life.

    The Q and A C/S is to order "Frogs two way commed".

    The system one uses is not to use pc wins as items to further handle. That
stifles (overruns) the win. It's an ability gained.

    One should be able to write off win items as gains and let the pc have
them. And use items pc mentions that read (shows he has Reality on them) to
push up to new wins.

    The C/S is looking into 2 way comm for things to handle finds his prizes in

subjects that read but haven't F/Ned.

    The cycle is find an item that reads, push it to F/N cog GIs. Leave that.
Find another that reads. Push it to F/N cog VGIs. Leave that. Find another
....... etc.

    2 way comm with the auditor marking F, LF, LLF, BDs, etc gives the C/S
worksheets to pick new items out of. The C/S looks to see if any of these were
the subject of any F/N. If so he crosses them off. He orders prepchecks or two
way comm on the items that read and haven't F/Ned.

    That's the way the C/S gets his Instructions to Auditor for the exact
actions of the Repair Pgm steps he has already outlined.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.kjm.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       75





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=16/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 6
WHAT THE C/S IS DOING


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
		(Reissued & corrected 3 Oct. 71. Only change --
		 [page 79] word "arrived" corrected to "aimed".
		 Correction in this type style.)

				  C/S Series 6

			     WHAT THE C/S IS DOING

     In Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health considerable stress is
placed on the words and phrases in engrams. This is still functional. However
as I did further research I found that (a) many pcs were unable to get the
words in the engram and (b) the apparent force of the words was derived wholly
from the pain, emotion, effort contained in the engram. In Standard Dianetics
the words in an engram play no major role in the auditing.

     The use of the words to de-aberrate and concentration on phrases in
engrams is valid but junior in force to the pain, misemotion, etc in the
engram. Thus if you run out the force the words drop into insignificance. This
is often how the pc gets cognitions: the words and meaning concealed in the
engram are changing value and devaluating. The pc can then think clearly again
on a subject previously pinned down by the force. Get the force out and the
words take care of themselves and need no special handling.

     The meaning of things plays a secondary role in processing to forces.

     Thetans find counter-forces objectionable. Almost all chronic (continual)
somatics have their root in force of one hind or another.

     In that the handling of things with bodies involves force to greater or
lesser degree, incapability and derangement of mental values is proportional
to the thetan's objection to force.

     This objection descends down to a wish to stop things. It goes below that
into overwhelmedness in which propitiation and obsessive agreement manifest
themselves.

				    LOW TAs

     The low TA is a symptom of an overwhelmed being.

     When a pc's TA goes low he is being overwhelmed by too heavy a process,
too steep a gradient in applying processes or by rough TRs or invalidative
auditing or auditing errors.

     A low TA means that the thetan has gone past a desire to stop things and
is likely to behave in life as though unable to resist real or imaginary
forces.

				    HIGH TA

     Chronically high TAs mean the person can still stop things and is trying
to do so.

     However, all one has to do is restimulate and leave unflat an engram
chain to have a high TA. High TA is reflecting the force contained in the
chain.

     An "over-run" means doing something too long that has engrams connected
with it which means an engram chain with too many engrams on it being
restimulated by life or auditing. Hence Over-run.

				       76



     If this overrun persisted unhandled eventually the pc would be
overwhelmed and one, in theory, would have a low TA.

				 MENTAL MASSES

     Mental masses, forces, energy are the items being handled by the C/S on
any pc.

     If the C/S loses sight of this he can wander off the road and go into the
thickets of significance.

     Engrams, secondaries, locks all add up to mental masses, forces,
energies, time, which express themselves in countless different ways such as
pain, misemotion, feelings, old perceptions and a billion billion thought
combinations buried in the masses as significances.

     A thetan can postulate or say or reason anything. Thus there is an
infinity of significances.

     A thetan is natively capable of logical thought. This becomes muddied by
out-points held in by mental forces such as pictures of heavy experiences.

     As the masses and forces accumulated and copied from living build up, the
logic potential becomes reduced and illogical results occur.

				   PC SEARCH

     The pc is continually searching for the significance of a mass or force --
 what is it, why is it.

     The C/S is easily led astray by this.

     All forces in the bank contain significances.

     All forces can be unburdened and lightened up by the various procedures of
auditing.

     The search of the pc is for significance.

     The action of the C/S is reduction of forces.

				  THE E-METER

     The E-Meter records what force is being discharged in every slash, fall
and blowdown. The amount of TA per session is the C/S's index of gain.

     Note that a discharged process no longer gives TA and gives case gain.

     The amount of significance recovered or realized by the pc only shows up
as cognitions.

     As the TA works off the case, then one has two indicators:

     1.   There is needle and TA action.

     2.   The pc cognites.

     One shows that force is coming off. Two shows that thought is releasing
from force.

				BACKWARDS C/Sing

     If a C/S processes toward significance only he will get cases that do not
progress.

				       77



     The needle action detects not so much significance as where the force is.

     Diving toward significance the C/S winds up shortening grades, looking
for "magic one-shot buttons" and overwhelming cases by shooting them on up the
grades while levels remain loaded with force.

			      RELIABLE INDICATORS

     When a pc gets no more TA action on Level I he will have made Level I and
will know it. He will therefore attest to "No problems".

     The reliable indicators are TA action and cognitions while a level is
still charged.

     Diminished TA action and cognitions mean the purpose of the level has been
reached.

     A feeling of freedom and expansion on a subject is expressed in a normal
TA and a loose needle.

     The pc will now attest to an ability regained.

				   F/N ABUSE

     To process only to F/N and even chop off the cognitions on a process
abuses the indicator of the F/N.

     You can find many pcs who bitterly resent F/N indications. They have been:

     A.   Not run on all the processes of a level;

     B.   Still have force on the subject;

     C.   Were chopped off before they could cognite.

     The ARC Break in this is UNFINISHED CYCLE OF ACTION.

     The proper End Phenomena for a process is F/N Cognition VGIs. Now look at
that carefully. That is the proper end phenomena of a PROCESS. It is not the
end phenomena of a LEVEL or even of a TYPE of process.

     Let us say there are 15 possible Scientology processes for orienting a pc
in his present location.

     To run one of these 15 and say, "F/N that's it. You're complete," is a
Quickie impatient action that rebounds on the pc eventually. If there are 15,
run 15!

     Possibly the pc on no. 12 will cognite he's really right where he is.
Only then could you cease to work at it.

     An F/N Cog VGIs tells you a process is finished, not a whole class of
actions!

     Thus 2 1/2 minutes from 0 to IV is not only impossible, it is murderous.
It will result in an overwhelm, a low TA or a high TA eventually.

     Level I says, amongst other things, "Problems Processes". There are
certainly half a dozen. Each would be run to F/N Cog VGIs. When these and the
other processes of the Level are run, the pc will come to have no further
reaction to problems and will be able to handle them.

     A cognition in lower levels is not necessarily an ability regained.
Thirty or forty cognitions on one lower level might add up to (and probably
would) the realization that one is free of the whole subject of the level.

				       78



     It is safe to run more processes. It is unsafe to run too few.

				  PC ABILITIES

     It is not enough for the pc to have only negative gains of deleting
force. Sooner or later he will have to begin to confront force.

     This comes along naturally and is sometimes aided by processes directly
aimed at further confront. "What problem could you have?" sooner or later is
needed in one form or another.

     What force can the pc now handle?

     All auditing in a body -- and any living in a body -- makes a being
vulnerable. Bodies break, suffer, intensify pain.

     Sooner or later a pc will go Exterior. The Interiorization Rundown must be
ordered as the next action or you will have a pc with a high TA. 2-way comm
Ext-Int must be given in a following session (not the same one) so the full
cognitions will occur.

     After this the pc is less subject to the body and his ability to confront
force will improve.

     Do not be too worried or surprised if after this the pc has some minor
accident with the body. Exterior he forgets its frailty. However, such things
are minor. He is "learning how to walk" a new way and will run into chairs! He
gets this figured out after a while.

     Pcs sometimes improve their ability to handle force while interior so as
to have mysterious headaches or new body pressures. Inevitably they have been
exterior and need Interiorization run. They were just using too much force
while still inside!

     Thus force is the thing, significance very secondary.

     Force of course is made up of time, matter, energy, flows, particles,
masses, solids, liquids, gasses, space and locations. All this gets inherently
handled in processes published long since.

     The pc tends to dive for the thought imbedded in the force. He will tell
you he's being processed to find out who his parents were or why he is sterile
or who did him in, etc, etc. The C/S who chases after this is a deerhound
illegally chasing mice!

				  C/S PURPOSE

     The C/S is there to make certain that the pc makes gains and attains the
actual abilities of the level.

     The C/S is for the pc.

     C/S auditor control exists only to keep the auditing standard, the TRs
good, the processes ordered done and to End Phenomena each one.

     No other reasons for C/Sing exist.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970, 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       79





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 21
iDate=17/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

TECHNICAL DEGRADES


URGENT AND
IMPORTANT
Remimeo
Applies to all
SHs and
Academies
HGCs
Franchises

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

		       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1970

Remimeo
Applies to all
SHs and 			  URGENT AND
Academies			   IMPORTANT
HGCs
Franchises

			       TECHNICAL DEGRADES

		     (This PL and HCO PL Feb 7, 1965 must
		     be made part of every study pack as the
		     first items and must be listed on
		     checksheets.)

     Any checksheet in use or in stock which carries on it any degrading
statement must be destroyed and issued without qualifying statements.

     Example: Level 0 to IV Checksheets SH carry "A. Background Material --
This section is included as an historical background, but has much interest
and value to the student. Most of the processes are no longer used, having
been replaced by more modern technology. The student is only required to read
this material and ensure he leaves no misunderstood." This heading covers such
vital things as TRs, Op Pro by Dup! The statement is a falsehood.

     These checksheets were not approved by myself, all the material of the
Academy and SH courses IS in use.

     Such actions as this gave us "Quickie Grades", ARC Broke the field and
downgraded the Academy and SH Courses.

     A condition of TREASON or cancellation of certificates or dismissal and a
full investigation of the background of any person found guilty, will be
activated in the case of anyone committing the following HIGH CRIMES.

     1.   Abbreviating an official Course in Dianetics and Scientology so as
	  to lose the full theory, processes and effectiveness of the subjects.

     2.   Adding comments to checksheets or instructions labelling any material
	  "background" or "not used now" or "old" or any similar action which
	  will result in the student not knowing, using, and applying the data
	  in which he is being trained.

     3.   Employing after 1 Sept 1970 any checksheet for any course not
	  authorized by myself and the SO Organizing Bureau Flag.

     4.   Failing to strike from any checksheet remaining in use meanwhile any
	  such comments as "historical", "background", "not used", "old", etc.
	   or VERBALLY STATING IT TO STUDENTS.

     5.   Permitting a pc to attest to more than one grade at a time on the
	  pc's own determinism without hint or evaluation.

     6.   Running only one process for a grade between 0 to IV.

     7.   Failing to use all processes for a level.

     8.   Boasting as to speed of delivery in a session, such as "I put in
	  Grade Zero in 3 minutes." Etc.

				       80



     9.  Shortening time of application of auditing for financial or
	 labor-saving considerations.

     10. Acting in any way calculated to lose the technology of Dianetics and
	 Scientology to use or impede its use or shorten its materials or its
	 application.

     REASON: The effort to get students through courses and get pcs processed
in orgs was considered best handled by reducing materials or deleting
processes from grades. The pressure exerted to speed up student completions
and auditing completions was mistakenly answered by just not delivering.

     The correct way to speed up a student's progress is by using 2 way comm
and applying the study materials to students.

     The best way to really handle pcs is to ensure they make each level fully
before going on to the next and repairing them when they do not.

     The puzzle of the decline of the entire Scientology network in the late
60s is entirely answered by the actions taken to shorten time in study and in
processing by deleting materials and actions.

     Reinstituting full use and delivery of Dianetics and Scientology is the
answer to any recovery.

     The product of an org is well taught students and thoroughly audited pcs.
When the product vanishes, so does the org. The orgs must survive for the sake
of this planet.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       81





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=19/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 7
C/S Q AND A


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				  C/S Series 7

				  C/S Q AND A

     Just as an auditor can Q and A so can a C/S.

     As you know Q and A is the incorrect 2-way comm action of wandering off
the question by feeding the pc what the pc said as a Question, the Answer is
taken as the next auditor's Question. Many various outlines of what Q and A is
already exist and this is just to refresh the subject. Example: Student
Auditor is ordered "2-way comm on cities," by the C/S which is okay. But it
can be Q and Aed like this: Student: "Tell me what you think about cities."
Pc: "They're cold." Student: "What about cold?" Pc: "I don't like it."
Student: "What else don't you like?" Pc: "Well... old men." Student: "What
about old men?" Pc: "They're obnoxious." Student: "What else is obnoxious?"
Pc: " _______ ." Well you remember all about that. It's maddening and shows no
auditor control and certainly doesn't handle the original C/S subject of
"cities".

     There are three main ways in which a C/S can Q and A in C/Sing.

				     PC C/S

     Pc goes to Examiner on own volition and says, "I am ill. I need my ruds
flown."

     A C/S Q and A would be "Fly ruds."

     Pc on his own goes to Examiner and says, "I am upset about my job."

     C/S writes "L1B on job."

     You get the idea. The first one is therefore Q and Aing with Exam
statement of pc.

     This is varied by taking a pc's note or letter or report and accepting
what the pc says is wrong. Like "I'm PTS to my husband." And then C/Sing "2-
way comm on husband."

     Naturally the ancient law applies here. If the pc knew what it was it
would not be wrong and would as-is. Pc coming up to Exam saying, "It's my
husband!" with F/N Cog VGIs would be what would happen if it was the husband.
And that would be great but of no real value to C/S except pc has had a win
and not to now use "husband".

     Give you an actual example: Pc in Solo ruds found she hated George. It
F/Ned. Next audited session pc was saying she hated George. Wrote a note about
George. C/S did not notice the outness. Ordered L1B on George and in a 2-way
comm got little or no TA, continued to be ill. The fact is it wasn't George at
all and not even a terminal. Pc had gone up one grade too many, hit an
overwhelm, the earlier 6 grades were out! Correct action was to have done a
general repair the moment a pc suddenly and mysteriously caved in and got ill
on a new level! The pc never should have been going on up grades for the last
6 grades!

     The tendency to toss it all off with a Q and A not only didn't handle but
obscured the real situation.

				       82



				 C/Sing A WIN

    The second Q and A is to C/S a pc win.

    Pc in 2-way comm mentions cats and more cats and cats and finally at the
end of session has a big F/N Cog VGIs on cats.

    The C/S sees all this "cat" mention and orders "Prepcheck cats."

    That is a very cruel sort of Q and A.

    Another version of it of course is to see a pc reach a full End Phenomena
on a series of processes like an unmistakable pc-volunteered valence shift and
keep on going into an inval. Correction is to rehab of course.

    Yet another version is to pull a w/h and then keep pulling it so the pc
doesn't think it's gone. Correction is to rehab of course.

    The TA often goes high or low on these Q and A actions and Inval-Eval
actions are ordered and the release point rehabbed.

			       NEXT GRADE PLEASE!

    The third Q and A a C/S can pull is to agree to the pc's demands for the
next grade despite all contrary indicators.

    "I'm ready for Clear now!" says the pc full of somatics whose R6EW wasn't
really done and who can't talk.

    The Registrar, execs and others push on this also.

    The D of P and C/S have total authority on this. They should be
diplomatic. "He can have the grade of course but I will have to prepare him
for it," is the best answer. "Please make arrangements for Clear preparation --
25 hours."

    If the C/S doesn't hold the fort on this the pc put into the next grade
who isn't ready will fall on his head.

    If this pressure from the pc (in any version) continues, have him sign a
waiver "I will not hold the org or any principals responsible and waive any
refund if I am put on next grade." That either gets home or he says okay and
signs. So put him on the grade and hope he doesn't fall on his head -- and if
he does, now demand he get the hours needed to get fixed up so he can really
make it.

    A D of P or C/S often have other pressures exerted on them that are not
technical in nature such as economics, ambition, status symbols (of having a
high grade regardless of a headache) and have to cope with these
diplomatically. But any but tech considerations are dangerous to entertain.

				   SUMMATION

    Of these 3, 2 are concerned with letting someone else C/S. Like an engineer
letting someone else plan the railroad.

    And the third is also slightly in that nature, consisting of not noticing
the pc's wins and using them with which to C/S.

				    CAUTION

    This doesn't mean the pc is always wrong. He is generally right when he
says he's overwhelmed or upset. He's almost always wrong when he says what
overwhelmed him or what BPC was out WHEN SIMPLY SAYING IT DOES NOT CORRECT THE
CASE OR PRODUCE F/N VGIs.

				       83



     You always use the pc's data one way or another in that you are
paralleling what the MIND does. That's reads. Not what the pc says.

     Remember that what's really wrong lies in the field of mass, energy,
space, time, form and location. As these are eased up (by Standard Dianetics
and 18 years of Scientology actions and processes) thoughts come to view. So
if you Q and A with thoughts already in full view, you never really ease up
the bank. That's why Q and A with significance is not done.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				       84





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=19/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 8
CHART OF HUMAN EVALUATION


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1970
				    Issue II
Remimeo
				  C/S Series 8

			   CHART OF HUMAN EVALUATION

     Science of Survival's Chart of Human Evaluation is a study for C/Ses and
is of great use.

     When you find the pc on one of its columns you can see if the pc stays
there or falls back there.

     Standard Dianetics opened this chart to full use for C/Ses. 18 years of
Scientology processes and know-how are to a large degree evolved from this
chart.

     IF A PC IS STAYING AT A LEVEL OF THE CHART OR FALLS ON IT you know he is
running above his level.

     Processing Changes Conditions.

     If it doesn't improve them (or the pc's behavior) then the pc's Reality
is not being reached. It can be plus or minus, above or below. It is seldom
that the pc's reality is higher than the processes used and really only occurs
when a grade honestly run is rerun. Then you get pc protest as he's made that.

     Pcs who get sick suddenly are being run far too high on the Class Chart.
Pcs who don't change are also being run too high.

     Behavior, mannerisms are the index. DO THESE CHANGE? If they do the pc is
improving. If they drop lower on the Human Evaluation Chart the pc is in
overwhelm.

     PICKING THOUGHTS OUT OF FORCES IN THE BANK BRINGS A NO-CHANGE.

     In other words you can park a pc by continuing nothing but think processes
which address only significance.

				 SELF AUDITING

     Self auditing is the manifestation of being overwhelmed by masses etc and
pulling only think out of the bank. Pulling out think then pulls in more force
which gives more self audit.

     Not all self audit is bad. The pc eventually realizes it's forces! After
a few tens of thousands of hours! If he knows all the answers.

     A good push against a wall is worth a hundred hours of self auditing. And
it's force.

				HUMAN EVALUATION

     This famous chart (in use by the way by an airline and several other
areas, and which had to be printed as desk blotters for personnel people at
one time) could easily be expanded in numbers of vertical columns to include
all behavior.

				       85



     The C/S is at a disadvantage as he doesn't see pcs. But he can have a
mannerism item filled in on a Summary Report. "Mannerisms _______ " "Mannerism
changes _______ "

     This serves.

     It also serves to look at the psychosomatic column of the chart and a
pc's Health Form.

				CHANGING THE PC

     The pc will change in ideas when he changes his relationship to forces.

     Tons of processes do this.

     Objective Processes have to be run in on a pc now and then.

     Somatics passing through in a session are a definite clue to force
change. The no-somatic pc is either high as an angel or being run too high.

     You don't have to run directly at force for forces to change in the pc.

     One 2 way comm I did with a pc released his hold on a huge bundle of
forces!

     The body responds badly to forces.

     The conflict between protecting or using a body and being as a thetan
able to withstand large forces gets so mixed up in a pc he can wind up as a
force-shy thetan!

			       STANDARD PROCESSES

     Standard processes such as those in use for 18 years handle this when
fitted into their levels.

     What the C/S has to realize is that he is (a) producing an optimum rate
of change in the pc if he is C/Sing well and (b) changing the pc's position
upward on the Chart of Human Evaluation.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       86





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=21/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 9
SUPERFICIAL ACTIONS


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				  C/S Series 9

			      SUPERFICIAL ACTIONS

     One of the reasons Scientology tended toward disuse in the late 1960's
was not its workability. It was a growing cultural disinclination to do things
thoroughly.

     "Fast, quick results" was interpreted as seconds or minutes. In old
psychotherapy as practiced in the 19th Century it required ONE YEAR of weekly
consultation to see if anything could be done about a case and FOUR MORE YEARS
to produce a meager superficial result. Compared to that two or three hundred
hours of processing was nothing.

     As we began to dominate this field in terms of persons handled and results
obtained, psychiatry invented "instant psychiatry" by which no result was
gotten in no time.

     SPEED became the primary consideration of the culture. Jet planes, fast
cars "saved time". But an old Chinese, when told by a driver that he had saved
4 minutes in speeding back from town asked, "What are you going to do with the
4 minutes?"

     Time itself is a basis of aberration. Dropping time out is the
consideration of factory managers of production lines as "the faster something
can be made the more you have of it". But look at this again. Something can be
done so fast it isn't done at all! The difference between a very fine camera
and a cheap one is speed of manufacture. Cheap cameras don't get their parts
carefully machined or matched -- they don't fit together -- they break, cease
to work. A fine gun can be told by the lack of tool marks on the hidden
places. A cheap gun's inner bolt is a mess of scars. It isn't smooth in
operation. It didn't take much time to make but it also jams and freezes up
when you try to use it. Maybe you've heard of "hotter than a 2 dollar pistol".
A 2 dollar pistol is "hot" because it's so quickie made it usually blows up
and blows off a hand.

     There is a point where SPEED is simply a cover for a cheap worthless
product.

     Let us take a filthy room. A lazy housekeeper comes in and sweeps a few
bits of dust under the carpet, leaves soot all over the windows and garbage on
the mantle and says it's clean. Somebody else not afraid of work spends an
hour at it and leaves a really clean room.

				  SHORT PGMS

     A short pc program is economically and efficiently for the birds.

     In the first place a C/S has to know the extent of his tech well to be
able to think up light processes in quantity.

     If one heard a C/S say, "But I don't have time to spend an hour doing a
long program for the pc," one is listening to something peculiar. If one spent
an hour or two doing up a real long 20 action program to repair the pc, then
for the next 20 C/Ses it takes only a few minutes to look over the session and
order the next action on the list. If one had no program one would have to
study the folder each time. One actually saves C/S time by doing long programs
both to repair and to get the pc back on the Class Chart where he'd gotten to.

				       87



     Further, auditing is sold by the hour and it WASTES money and income and
pcs to short program them.

     "Yes but we sell result! If we can get 200 pcs done in 100 auditing
minutes we would make #18,233 clear profit...."

     Well the cruel answer to that was when orgs began to do that on lower
grades they didn't attain the result on the pc and stats went DOWN!

     Power was once priced against the fact of 50 to 100 hours of auditing. It
retained the price and by cutting out all End Phenomena or real gain it was at
last being given in 20 minutes. And after just so many years of this economic
dishonesty, SHs crashed! They had sold out the real value of the product for a
quick buck. The "field" became "ARC Broken" and few takers came to an SH. It
is a very long hard road back. And it is a very costly one.

     "Quickie Grades", instead of making fortunes for one and all, crashed the
whole Scientology network.

     BECAUSE QUICKIE RESULTS ARE LAZY AND DISHONEST.

     Let's just face up to the facts of life!

     Selling out the integrity of the subject for a buck wrecks the subject.

				    SUCCESS

     The real stat of an org is Success Stories.

     Honest grades and time spent in C/Sing and in auditing to obtain them add
up to success for the individual, the org, its field, the country and the
planet.

     The time it takes to process somebody is how long it takes to get each
single result available. It is not how slowly or quickly it is done. A book is
not a good book if it takes 7 years to write. And a bad book isn't always
written in 2 weeks. It takes as long to write a good book as you get a good
book. The result is the result and TIME IS JUST AN ENTERED ARBITRARY.

     A person who overwhelms at Grade IV is an easily overwhelmed person. It
might take 50 hours just to repair the case and the person's life. That might
be 20 or 30 steps on the program.

     If the C/S can't dream up 8 or 9 ways to repair past auditing and 15 or
20 ways to repair a life, then it's time to go back and read The Original
Thesis, Evolution of a Science, DMSMH, 8-80, 8-8008 and listen to a hundred or
so SHSBC tapes.

     "Yes, but I have no time to _______ ." Well, that's also saying "It can't
be done well."

     But there is time. If anyone looked over his area he would be able to
throw out the time-wasting actions if it comes to that.

     "Look. I'm the C/S, the D of P and have to audit 3 _______ .

     That's a statement that the job has already been done so badly that no
persons show up to take over the extra hats! And the no-result programs
cripple the economics and that becomes no help.

     I have seen Mary Sue take over an HGC that had tons of unsolved cases and
too few auditors and have watched her solve one case at a time and within 2
weeks have 35 auditors and no backlogs and in six weeks no unsolved cases! She
was using the "old", "historical", "background", "we don't use them anymore"
processes!

				       88



     So it not only can be done, it is the thing to do.

     That org's stats soared. It became solvent. It ran at a high run and was
a happy org.

				    SICK PCs

     When there are sick people on a list one doesn't just "give a Dianetic
Assist" and send to a doctor and write them off.

     If one knows his tech, there was a reason the person got sick. One also
knows a sick person goes into overwhelm easily.

     One can do a touch assist, a contact assist, two-way comm, ruds on the
accident, ruds before the accident, Dianetic Assist, medical treatment, life
ruds, HCO B 24 July '69, two-way comm on suppression, 3 S & Ds, assessment for
area of illness, prepcheck on area, ruds on area, hello and okay with the
affected area, reach and withdraw from area, two-way comm, recall on persons
similarly ill, location of the postulate that caused it with itsa earlier
itsa, prepcheck on the body or its part, more HCO B 24 July '69, more ruds,
assessment of failed purposes, two-way comm on the sickness.

     That's not a program. It's just a helter-skelter list of a lot of things
to do. It would not greatly matter what order they were done in but lighter
actions should be the earlier. And in a program auditing repair comes before
life repair.

				  EXPECTANCY

     Now if a C/S or an auditor has a magical complex, he expects ONE process
to run a person from wog to OT VI and in ONE minute.

     The missing knowledge is "gradient scales". Stairs and ladders have steps
and rungs. It takes TIME to climb a tower.

     The magical complex thinks of processes as incantations or charms. A
person C/Sing would always be trying to find THE process the pc should be run
on. The think is that THE process, once discovered, would take no time at all
and the pc would magically become well!

     Pardon me, but that's pure goofiness.

     And it would set the C/S up for constant FAILURE.

     One sees such a person scrambling through processes, trying to guess
"which one which one which one. Oh there's one! Now we run it for 3 minutes on
the pc. Oh dear. It didn't work. He isn't well. Let's see what's here still.
Scramble scramble. Oh, here's one. This green paper is probably the right
color. Auditor! Run this on the pc. Oh dear, it didn't work. He isn't well
yet. So! We will take these 5 major processes and run them all in one session
and add six grades. Do that! Do it! It's a desperate situation. Oh dear, the
pc blew. Well I guess the subject doesn't work or I'm a failure...."

     That is NOT how one should C/S.

     If a workman was supposed to cure an ox hide and was told salt would do
it and he had a magical complex, what would he do. Well, he might take a small
salt shaker and sprinkle the comer of the hide (thinking the right thought)
and find that the hide rotted in a few days. He could then conclude salt
didn't cure ox hides. If someone kept hammering at him to cure ox hides with
salt and he kept sprinkling the corner (knowing it wouldn't work) he'd get a
very odd idea about his orders! But who would suspect that this workman
thought it was magic! An honest rubbing of salt all over and into the ox hide
is the meaning of "salt will cure ox hides"!

     But that would take work. It would take TIME! It would have to be
honestly and thoroughly done. But one would have cured ox hides and gotten
shoes and a profit and pay and everything for one had a product.

				       89



     Magical thought in auditing isn't likely to give anyone a product of
really able people!

			    SHORT-CUTTING PROCESSES

     Processes can be short-cut as well as programs.

     Take an early (means basic, useful, useable) version of Rising Scale.
There are 18 pairs. Each pair should be run to F/N, Cog, VGIs.

     An auditor told to run Rising Scale can run along the 18 pairs until one
F/Ns. And leave it.

     The process has been short-cut. And with that shortcut went its ability
to restore fertility!

     So one hears Rising Scale will sometimes restore fertility or change
eyesight. Orders it done. It is done to 1 F/N. No real result occurs.

     Or take Dianetics. Dianetics can be chopped "to save TIME". First feeble
flutter of an F/N, no Cog, no VGIs, auditor barking "Did it erase? Did it
erase?" Final result, no real gain. There goes the subject. Half an hour to
run the chain, no extra 30 seconds for the real F/N, the Cog, the VGIs.

     SO ONE WASTES A RESULT FOR THE SAKE OF SAVED TIME.

				    THE AGE

     It is a symptom of the age that there is no time. But in the Data Series
PLs one finds that "omitted time" is a basic insanity.

     That a body lives only about 70 years puts an awful limit on Man.

     Man's Empires endure at most only about 300 years if that.

     70 years is not enough time to make a real career and 300 years is not
enough time to even groove in a civil service.

     Man pays for it with poor lives and rotten governments.

     But it doesn't take 70 years or 300 years to process a pc. A year maybe
up to homo novis. A few years to OT. Even traveling it casually slow.

     25 hours to repair someone's life and 50 to 100 hours to get him up to no
somatics with Dianetics is pretty satisfactorily fast.

     What's this take? A week to repair. 2 to 4 weeks for full Dianetics. At
25 hours a week. That's very little.

     And it's enough to tell him to get trained so he can have all he wants.

				SPEED LIABILITY

     When speed is the consideration, not results, you get a very cheap camera
or car. And you can expect it to fall apart very soon. You also get a cheap
reputation.

     We are in the Leica and Cadillac and Rolls Royce product class without
trying.

     Why settle for "Quickie Grades"?

     You get no students that way and that's the heavy org income. You get no
expanding field. And you won't ever get a cleared planet.

				       90



     We've learned all this the hard way. So let's not let it go unheeded.

     The place to handle the situation is with C/Sing.

     And to gain the co-operation of C/Ses to make results real results by
insisting that speed is the fast road to poverty in the long run.

     If the C/S burden is too heavy, start pushing training. Then you'll get
help.

     Honest C/Sing gives an honest result.

     It takes as long to correct a case as it takes. It takes as long to make
a person well as it takes. It takes as long to get a real lasting grade result
as it takes.

     And that's a lot longer than the time spent on it in the late 60's.

     ALL pcs "have to be OT tomorrow". Why let them C/S their case by demanding
it only take 2 minutes?

     Self C/Sing is no more effective than self auditing.

     Registrars as well as pcs try to grab the C/S hat. "I will sell you a
marital intensive because you have such a bad cold." And Execs, "Run this
staff member on money...."

     Well, a C/S's hat is the C/S's. And he should wear it for honest results.
And damn others trying to C/S and wreck his job.

     THERE ARE NO CONSIDERATIONS WHICH FORGIVE ANY RESULT THAT IS NOT THOROUGH
AND HONEST FOR EVERY PROGRAM OR GRADE.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dz.rd						 Founder
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       91





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=24/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 10
REPAIRING A REPAIR


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				 C/S Series 10

			       REPAIRING A REPAIR

     When a pc is on a Repair cycle it is quite horrible to have a bad
(goofed) session occur.

     Why?

     Well the pc is on a Repair cycle because he is overwhelmable. A goofed
session is more overwhelm. AND it was goofed on a process type which was
already what you would use for Repair. So NOW what do you do?

     The answer of course is to sort out the real error. If you can't find it
readily in the worksheet have the Examiner ask the pc what the auditor did.

     Then having found the actual goof, you have it repaired by rehab of the
BP F/N or an L1B using "Method 3" in assessing the prepared list.

     The goofs are fortunately few in type.

     There HAS to have been a basic goof for a Repair session to have gone
wrong.

     So when one goes wrong, you really search the worksheet until you find it
and if it isn't visible get the pc asked.

     These goofs are pretty elementary. The auditor possibly doesn't know that
a TA can go DOWN by overwhelming by overrun or way up by overrun. So a usual
goof in Repair is overrun of an F/N or an item that F/Ned or a list that F/Ned.

     Example:  In a Repair Pgm a GF is called for. Auditor clears a couple
items, suddenly hits a hot one, pc gets F/N, Cog, VGIs. Auditor (told to get
all the charge off the GF overlooks senior data -- let pc have a win, GFs
often raise hob with the TA if run further than THE item) goes on down the GF
list past the F/N VGIs hunting for new charge. Pc's TA goes to 1.6! Pc cogs he
has a stuck picture. TA 1.6. "End of sess."

     Now what do we do. Well, a new factor now enters in.

				   C/S WANDER

     The pc was on a precise Repair Pgm, is only at VI out of XVIII steps.

     But the pc is rough. Rough running. Diverges, critical, boggy.

     And now he is stuck into a goofed session and we have to repair a repair!

     A C/S at this point can wander. He can Q and A. The WHOLE REPAIR PGM CAN
GET DEPARTED FROM AND THE PC REALLY BOGGED.

     When faced with Repairing a Repair Pgm session watch it! Don't wander!

     The C/S procedure is this:

	  1.  Find in the W/S or from the pc the exact goof.

	  2.  Repair that goof by rehab, indicating BPC or two way comm,
	      depending on the error.

	  3.  DO NOT ORDER A NEW DIFFERENT NON-PGM ACTION.

	  4.  Continue the PGM.

				       92



     It is here a C/S can go adrift. New actions crossing the original program
can soon have C/S, pc and Auditor chasing over hill and dale. It is a fatal
pursuit.

     About the only time you change a Repair Pgm once outlined is to extend it
or lighten it. But in that case do a whole new Pgm.

     You will find 2 way comm is lighter than a Prepcheck.

     Let us say pc was doing great on 2 way comm. Gets into a Prepcheck
session and goes out the bottom.

     In such a case the Prepcheck is repaired of any goof noted in it and 2
way comm that session -- and it comes out all right. If no goof can be
located, 2 way comm it and it will be okay.

     An Auditor can throw a list not ordered into a Repair Pgm by finding the
TA high at session start and doing an O/R list and goofing the list. It would
already be dicey to list a pc who is on a Repair Pgm. To then goof ordinary
laws of listing and nulling can get grim.

     The first C/S action to repair the repair is of course to get the list
corrected with an L4A. You can often spot the listing goof as a C/S. It's
usually an O/R of an O/R list or an incomplete list or an "unnecessary list".
It's poison to list a pc on a Repair Pgm, however. 2 way comm it.

     If a check for Exteriorization reveals it, you have no choice but to do an
Interiorization Rundown. That's a common reason. But if the pc is already
flinching at engrams, limit the Interiorization to 3 way Recall and note it
clearly that he's only 3 way Recall of Int.

				 AUDITOR FLUBS

     Student or new Auditors produce the most flubs. It is therefore good to
keep them off repair actions or Repair Pgms.

     The commonest flubs are failing to trim the meter and ignoring the F/N at
"3.1", yet sitting right there running the pc up to 4.0 without ever asking,
"Have we by-passed a release point?"

     Poor TRs, not having 2 way comm down, neglecting pc origin or chopping
comm are probably next in order of frequency.

				   REPAIR PCs

     Remember that pcs who need lots of repair are DELICATE cases. Feather
touch is the watchword.

     They are not all that easy to audit. They can cause Auditors and C/Ses to
disperse.

     Such pcs are afraid of force and easily get engulfed if pushed hard into
the bank.

     So lightly, lightly.

     And exact repair of any flub.

     And get back to the program! Mid program is no time to become inventive.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       93





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=25/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S SERIES 11


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JUNE 1970
Remimeo
				 C/S SERIES 11

     The following HCO Bs have been combined in this issue:

	    HCO B 31 Aug  '68	"Written C/S Instructions"
	    HCO B  1 Sept '68	"Points on Case Supervision"
	    HCO B 11 Sept '68	"Case Supervisor Data"
	    HCO B 17 Sept '68	"Gross Case Supervision Errors"
	    HCO B 17 Sept '68	"Out Admin -- Liability"
	    HCO B 22 Sept '68	"Auditors must always ....... "
	    HCO B  8 Oct  '68	"Case Supervisor -- Folder Handling"
	    HCO B 15 Mar  '70	"Double Folder Danger"
	    HCO B 29 Mar  '70	"Auditing and Ethics"

and reference to LRH ED 101 Int "Popular Names of Developments".

				    C/S DATA

     Case Supervision instructions are always written. A Case Supervisor
always writes his C/S instructions on a separate sheet of paper for the pc
folder.

     Repair Programs (now called Progress Programs) are on red sheets.

     Return Programs (now called Advance Programs) are on bright blue sheets.

     All C/Ses are written in duplicate (a carbon copy is made). The C/S keeps
the carbon copy for reference in case the original ever gets lost.

				   HIGH CRIME

     It is a High Crime for a Case Supervisor not to WRITE in a preclear's
folder what the case supervised instructions are and a High Crime for an
auditor to accept verbal C/S instructions.

     To commit this crime causes:

     1.   Extreme difficulty when doing a folder error summary as there is no
	  background of what was ordered and why.

     2.   Gives the auditor leave to do anything he likes as not in writing.

     3.   Is open to misduplication and can cause squirrel processes to be run
	  and so mess up a preclear with Non-standard Tech.

     Any C/Supervisor found guilty of this from this date is to be removed as
this could only be considered a deliberate attempt to mess up preclears.

			   POINTS ON CASE SUPERVISION

1.   Check your orders to find out if auditor did them.

				       94



2.   Check to see if commands correct and if pc's reaction was expected
     reaction for those commands.

3.   Check any list and find out if there was mislisting.

4.   Advise against a background of Standard Tech.

5.   Order any errors corrected or get the case on further up the grades.

6.   Beware of over-correction.

7.   Beware of false, pessimistic or overenthusiastic auditor reports. They
     are detected by whether the case responded to usual actions as they all
     do.

8.   Beware of talking to the auditor or the pc.

9.   Have implicit confidence in Standard Tech. If it is reported not working
     the auditor's report is false or the application terrible but not
     reported.

10.  Above all else hold a standard and NEVER listen to or use unusual
     solutions.

			       DOUBLE FOLDER DANGER

     When a preOT has a Solo and an Auditing folder, both, there is a great
danger if the Case Supervisor does not look at BOTH before C/Sing.

     There has been an instance of a preOT running strange C/Ses on himself.
Another ran C/Ses out of other folders on himself. In both cases the
consequences were hard to repair when finally found.

     In another case in the Solo folder the preOT had gone exterior with full
perception. But the Non-Solo Auditing folder was being C/Sed. The TA shot up
for 2 months without any C/S except myself calling for all folders.

     PreOTs unfortunately run on a Solo folder and an audited folder. Unless
both are to hand when C/Sing wild errors can be made by the C/S.

     There is also the case of a person having two audited folders, being
C/Sed at the same time. This is an Admin error.

     The firm rule is C/S ONLY WITH ALL FOLDERS TO HAND.

     The embarrassing situation where one can't get a folder from another org
or field auditor or where the old folder is lost has to be made up for
somehow. It mustn't halt auditing totally.

		       CASE SUPERVISOR -- FOLDER HANDLING

			       Analyzing Folders

     Go back in the folder to the session where the preclear was running well
and come forward from it doing a folder error summary.

			       Reviewing Folders

     In reviewing a folder, the first thing to do is to look at the C/S to see
if it was done.

     Use the Summary Sheet to get the Auditor's attitude and pc mannerism
changes.

     Use the Auditor's Report Form to get the time of processes.

				       95



     Read and take all your data from Worksheets and compare it to and see
that C/S was complied with and ensure Standard Tech was applied.

     If you can't read the reports, send it back to have the Auditor over-
print illegible words. Never try to case supervise (C/S) an illegible
worksheet as you'll only run into headaches.

     The After Session Examiner's Report gives you the first clue of how
suspicious you should be in examining the folder and whether or not auditing
reports contain falsities.

				 Standard Tech

     You're never led by anything into departing from Standard Tech. The only
reason it doesn't work is that it hasn't been applied.

     The main question of a Case Supervisor is:

				WAS IT APPLIED?

     If you follow this exactly, you'll never miss.

			      CASE SUPERVISOR DATA

     A Case Supervisor should watch for Ethics record of pcs who have been
C/Sed.

     If they fall on their head, get into low conditions, the folder should be
reviewed.

     Most probably the auditor did not do what was ordered and, if folder
looks okay, chances are the auditing report is false as something is wrong or
pc would not be in trouble.

			      AUDITING AND ETHICS

     Cases undergoing Ethics actions, Comm Evs, amends projects or low
conditions should not be audited until the Ethics matter is cleared up and
complete. It only louses up their cases to audit them when under such stress.

				     ADMIN

     Auditors must always put the pc's grade or OT level very prominently on
the Auditing Report.

     A Case Supervisor cannot properly C/S a case without having this data.

     To not do this is out admin.

			     OUT ADMIN -- LIABILITY

     Much has been said about the importance of admin in auditing but auditors
just aren't getting it -- so ... it now becomes a LIABILITY to have out admin
in pcs' folders.

     Folders are to be submitted with the latest session on top. Auditor's
report form is stapled to Worksheets which are dated, numbered and in order,
latest on top. Summary Report is then attached to the auditing report and W/Ss
with a paper clip. This of course is as well as the usual admin such as
legible writing, re-writing illegible words, marking reads and F/Ns, and all
End Phenomena, etc.

     The C/S instructions for that session go under that session, so you get
C/S 4/6/68,

				       96



Auditing Session 4/6/68, C/S 5/6/68, Auditing Session 5/6/68, C/S 7/6/68, etc,
etc.

     As the whole purpose of Class VIII is to minimize the time in auditing,
by doing perfect Standard Tech, this cannot be done if it takes 15 minutes to
put the folder in order, so it can then be case supervised, so it can then be
audited.

			 GROSS CASE SUPERVISION ERRORS

1.   FAILING TO USE PROGRESS AND ADVANCE PROGRAMS WHEN NEEDED.

2.   Ordering unnecessary repairs.

3.   Trying to use repair processes to get case gain instead of getting the pc
     onto the next grade.

4.   Not writing down C/S instructions, but giving them to an auditor verbally.

5.   Talking to the auditor re the case.

6.   Talking to pc re his case.

7.   Failing to send pc to examiner if you're unsure why his folder has been
     sent up for C/S.

8.   Being reasonable.

9.   Not having enough Ethics presence to get his orders followed.

10.  Issuing involved repair orders.

11.  BIGGEST GROSS CASE SUPERVISION ERROR for C/S is not to read through the
     pc folder.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       97





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=25/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 12
GLOSSARY OF C/S TERMS


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JUNE 1970
				    Issue II
Remimeo
				 C/S Series 12

			     GLOSSARY OF C/S TERMS

RECOVERY PROGRAM: The pack of

LRH EDs     100 Int  10 May '70    Lower Grades Upgraded
	    102 Int  20 May '70    The Ideal Org
	    103 Int  21 May '70    Fast Flow Grades Cancelled
	    104 Int   2 Jun '70    Auditing Sales and Delivery Pgm No. 1
	    106 Int   3 Jun '70    What Was Wrong
	    107 Int   3 Jun '70    Orders to Divisions for Immediate Compliance
	    10	SH    6 Jun '70    SH Pcs
	    108 Int  11 Jun '70    Auditing Mystery Solved
	    101 Int  21 Jun '70    Popular Names of Developments

comprising the program to recover full use and results of EXPANDED LOWER
GRADES.

PROGRESS PROGRAM:

     What is called a "Repair Program" on the first issue of the C/S Series
HCOB just being issued is re-named a PROGRESS PROGRAM. It has been found that
case gain which has not been earlier achieved can be consolidated by a
PROGRESS PROGRAM. It takes 25 hours, can be done by a Class I or above as long
as it is C/Sed by an VIII who has starrated on the new C/S Series. This is
quite a technical development in itself. It is the answer to a pc who had
"Quickie Grades" and didn't actually reach full abilities in earlier
Scientology auditing. It is followed by an Advance Program which follows below.

ADVANCE PROGRAM:

     This is what was called a "Return Program" in the C/S Series. The name is
being changed from "Return" to "Advance" as more appropriate. It gets the pc
really up to where he should be. It may take 50 hours or more.

EXPANDED LOWER GRADES:

     Pcs won't like being told they "have to have their lower grades rerun".
Actually that's not a factual statement anyway. The lower grades harmonic into
the OT Levels. They can be run again with full 1950-1960 to 1970 processes as
given on the SH Courses all through the 1960s. These are now regrouped and
sorted out and are called EXPANDED LOWER GRADES. Only this route will now be
sold. There are no Dianetic or Scientology single-triple or "Quickie Lower
Grades" any more.

DIANETIC CLEAR:

     There is such a state. It is not however attained by feeding people
Scientology cognitions as was done in L.A. Only about 2% go actually Clear on
Dianetics. A Dianetic Clear or any other Dianetic pc now goes on up through
the grades of Scientology and onto the proper Clearing Course. The Dianetic
Clear of Book I was clear of somatics. The Book I definition is correct. This
is the End Phenomena of Dianetics as per the Class Chart and Book I. 2%, no
more, make Dianetic Clear

				       98



accidentally. They still need Expanded Lower Grades, to make Scientology Clear.
Becoming a Dianetic Clear does not stop them from getting Power Processing.
Modern Power is to its total End Phenomena.

CLASSIFICATION CHART:

     This chart "Classification and Gradation Chart" has been reissued many
times. All issues are more or less valid. To save print, the processes run
column appears in "Processes Taught" on the Auditor side of the Chart. All
these processes and more are used in Expanded Lower Grades. The chart is Valid.

QUICKIE GRADES:

     Persons were too demanding to be done quickly. On many cases these grades
as given were valid but a large number of cases needed Expanded Lower Grades.
20 minutes from Grade 0 to IV and 5 minutes Power was far more than many could
stand up to. These need a PROGRESS PGM and an ADVANCE PGM. This is true of
persons at Va or R6EW or on CC or OT Levels. All these who haven't fully made
it need a PROGRESS PGM and an ADVANCE PGM "to pick up all the latent gain they
missed".

DIANETIC PCS:

     Dianetic pcs should be audited on Dianetics until no somatics, then go up
through Expanded Lower Grades to Power, R6EW, Clearing Course and OT Levels.

TRAINING:

     Any pc who has trouble needs training and the amount of time required in
Expanded Lower Grades and so on makes it cheaper to be trained.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				       99





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=30/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=6/3/73
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 13R
VIII ACTIONS


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1970R

	     (Revised 6 March 73. Changes on following three pages
			      in this type style.)
Remimeo
				 C/S Series 13R

				  VIII ACTIONS

			    (GF 40, IV Rundown, VIII
			       Case Supervision.)

     Inevitably, when any new approach or process is released, some will
instantly assume that all "older" (actually more basic) data has been
cancelled. There is no statement to that effect. It is not guessed that this
will be assumed and so we could lose an entire subject.

     We did in fact lose Dianetics for a decade and all but lost Scientology
in the following ten years.

     A subject can be reorganized and made more workable. That was done in 1969
for Dianetics. BUT IT HAD NEVER BEEN UNWORKABLE!

     The 1969 Dianetics Reorganization refined the 1962-63 discoveries of R-3-
R. A better communication was made to the user and the preclear.

     Amazingly, the reissue of Dianetics as Standard Dianetics caused about a
dozen people (even in high places unfortunately) to at once assume that
Dianetics wiped out any need for Power, Scientology Clearing or anything else!
Even an unauthorized Policy Letter (not signed by me) and an HCO B (also not
signed by me) gave this impression. They were of course cancelled the instant
they were discovered to have been sent out.

     This idea that the "old" is always cancelled by anything "new" has its
root in the idea that a later order cancels earlier orders, which is true. But
orders are one thing and Tech basics another.

     What if, in the science of physics, a book by Professor Glumph came out,
omitting the three laws of motion and gravity. It is assumed then that
Newton's laws are no longer valid. Because they are old. (Newton lived between
1642 and 1727.) So some young student engineer is baffled because bridges have
weight and can't work out gravity or motion! And he and his fellows begin to
build without knowing these laws and there goes the whole of engineering and
the culture itself!

     This is no fantasy. As a college student in upper math I was utterly
baffled by "calculus". I couldn't find out what it was for. Then I discovered
it had been developed by Sir Isaac Newton, examined the basics and got the
idea. My college text omitted all the basic explanations and even the
authorship of the subject! Calculus today is really not enough used because it
isn't understood.

     Anyway, here's the main surprise: Until 1970 the whole of Scientology was
never in use in processing! Students had ridden along with the research line
up into the OT sections, discarding the ladder behind them.  For nearly 3
years an increasing proportion of preclears were not actually making it. The
gradient to get them onto the bridge had been neglected as "old" when in fact
they were not "old" but BASIC.

     The amazement of auditors (and their delight) when the HCO B on Auditor's
Rights (C/S Series 1) was released indicated that they had become "process
oriented" with all the WHY gone.

				      100



				 VIII AUDITING

     The 1968 VIII Standardization aimed actually at good TRs, auditing
presence, and basics in auditor performance. VIII auditing was developed to
handle the OT band.

     It is entirely valid. Its only omission was detailed actions now
developed as to how to handle a pc or Pre OT who had been pulled up the line
and had fallen on his head.

     Out Grades was spotted and discussed in detail in VIII auditing.

     Giving lower grades fast was the only error. It was not realized in 1968
that End Phenomena of lower grades was not being required.

     The re-release of the entire band of Academy and Saint Hill materials in
1970 is a re-emphasis on the validity and necessity of using it ALL on pcs!
And in understanding the mind and life! And all this is quite welcome and very
successful. Not noticed is that this whole band was never before presented for
full use on all pcs. As I say, 1950-1969 auditors had been riding with the
"newest and latest" because it was "popular". Only a few wise old-timers
continued to use the most basic actions.

     But just as VIII auditing was an unauthorized signal to suppress all that
had been known before, so now, with the full release for use of Expanded Lower
Grades, a few began to say that VIII auditing was now "old"!

     One assumes then that some like to be able to say that something is now
"old". Has a superior sort of ring to it, I guess. Anyway we'd better
disregard this tendency to retire basics. It is more amusing than otherwise.
So let's get on with the job.

				 RESISTIVE CASES

     The RESISTIVE CASE rundown is an VIII development TO HANDLE THOSE
WHO CANNOT MAKE THE GRADES.

     It was put into the Green Form as GF 40 so as to preserve it.

     To it could now be added "Overwhelmed". This would indicate need of Repair
(Progress) and Return (Advance) Programs. But many other indicators exist
already.

     So when do you use a GF 40?

     Let us say the pc has been run on Grade Zero. And at the Examiner cannot
or does not attest.

     One would first look for simple auditing errors in recent sessions. These
would get reviewed and corrected.

     One would then look for lower actions than Grade Zero that had been
missed.

     If it still seemed hard to figure out, one would use a GF 40, Resistive
Cases.

     In essence, if one adds "Overwhelm" to the GF 40 list you have on it all
the reasons a pc won't advance IF he has been run on all processes up to that
point.

     Overwhelm would indicate need of a Repair and Return.

     Grade I, Problems, is the usual ordinary reason for no case advance.

     Problems shows up as an out-rud in GF 40 and is simply put in as a rud
not as a grade.

     But if a Grade II or above has a Problem??? That means Grade I is out.

				      101



     GF 40 remains even more plainly as a "When all else fails".

     It is used that way.

     When a pc doesn't attest, and all has been done for him otherwise, you
use a GF 40.

     This was its proper use in the first place.

     All such materials except Rapid or Quickie Grades are valid.

     And (joke) these remarks on GF 40 Resistive Cases do not wipe out "Repair
and Return Programs".

				   IV RUNDOWN

     The so-called IV Rundown as taught on the VIII Course is of course quite
valid.

     Originally developed to catch cases that had somehow gotten up to OT III
and were falling on their heads, it is a collection of actions. It salvaged
many cases.

     The missing datum was that in recent times these cases were falsely
reported to have had their lower grades. THEY, the cases themselves, said they
had "had lower grades". This made a mystery. The fact is, with multiple
declare (declaring 0 to IV to the Examiner all at one time mostly without any
mention of End Phenomena of the grade) these cases were OUT GRADE in the
extreme.

     The IV Rundown was an effort to catch it all up to make a real OT.

     "Out Grades" didn't read as it didn't mean anything to the pc and besides
"they'd all been rehabbed a dozen times anyway". But nobody mentioned never
having attained any End Phenomena and the Class Chart was never really gotten
IN IN IN in the first place.

     You will find many pcs have had various parts of the "IV Rundown" run
earlier.

     For a while it was the fashion to use the IV Rundown or a part of it on
any balky case at any level. At OT IV (which was an audited step and none of
it really confidential) the C/S simply ordered run whatever was left of it not
already run.

     Somewhere on the case all of the IV Rundown still should be run. But of
course that would now be on a Return (Advance) Program and well up the line.

     If Repair-Return doesn't get a grade made this is the time to do a IV
Rundown. On (3) Valence Shifter -- LX1, LX2, LX3 lists can be done in triple,
recall, secondary, engram. Earlier Practices, Former Therapy can also be
triple, recall, secondary, engram.

     This is on Page 28 (not 23) of the original VIII Case Supervisor Manual
and part of it is also now GF 40.

     If a case really needs this he won't be making a lower grade really so
the GF 40 or its slightly wider OT IV Rundown can be used.

     To both, "Overwhelmed by auditing" should be added in any future issue to
indicate a needed repair action.

			    CASE SUPERVISOR ACTIONS

     HCO B 10 Dec 1968, "Case Supervisor Actions" Confidential, VIIIs only, is
still valid. It remains Confidential as it mentions some OT phenomena that
would spin a Grade Va. However, some VIII C/S is going to be told that
"Expanded Lower Grades changes all that". It doesn't.

				      102



     Listen: In the next to last paragraph of the cover page of this manual
(HCO B 10 Dec 68) it says:

     "Standard Grades are not part of this set-up AS IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT
THE AUDITOR KNOWS THESE. Directions to do Standard Grades are written on a
blank sheet." (I have added the block letters for emphasis here.)

     At the time this was written I had not discovered that Lower Grades were
gone out of use and I let be published Triple Grades which seemed to condense
all lower grades. The Major Process or Major Grade Process is definitely not
enough to make a pc make a lower grade. I am sorry I gave any support at all
to such an idea by not examining the whole scene when it began to show up. I
did find it and did correct it however when auditing statistics over the world
showed the fault. (28 hours was the total weekly delivery of orgs!!)

     If you add the dozens and dozens of Lower Grade Processes as given in
Expanded Lower Grades to the VIII C/S HCO B of 10 Dec 68 and included this C/S
Series and its new development of Repair (Progress) and Return (Advance)
programs you would have the whole package of C/Sing.

     So the VIII actions are all valid.

     Auditor classes below VIII have this C/S Series. The AO C/S Course adds
in the VIII actions as well.

     Any C/S who does not know well The Original Thesis, Dianetics: The
Evolution of a Science, Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health,
Scientology 8-80 and Scientology 8-8008 will go badly astray. It is vital to
know these books and others in this area, to know what one is trying to handle.

     Class VI (SHSBC) tapes and bulletins are all valid and vital to Lower
Grade auditing and C/Sing.

     I trust this gives the C/S some idea of what is still "in".

     It all is.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:dz.nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970, 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      103





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=3/7/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 14
C/Sing 2 WAY COMM


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JULY 1970
Remimeo
				 C/S Series 14

			       C/Sing 2 WAY COMM

     The C/S is liable to make most of his C/S errors in C/Sing 2 Way Comm.

     The reasons for this are

     1.  2 way comm IS auditing.

     2.  The errors that can be made in any auditing can be made in 2 way comm.

     3.  Untrained or poorly trained auditors do not always respect 2 way comm
	 as auditing.

     4.  Errors in 2 way comm become masked since the procedure is loose.

     5.  Earlier C/Ses on the case may have missed the easily missed 2 way comm
	 errors.

			   RULES OF C/Sing 2 WAY COMM

A.   The C/S must recognize that 2 way comm is auditing. Therefore it follows
     all the rules of auditing.

B.   Any error that occurs in other auditing can occur in 2 way comm auditing.
     Errors in a 2 way comm session must be carefully looked for as they
     easily can be masked in the worksheet.

C.   Auditors must be persuaded by the C/S to make notation of auditing
     essentials in 2 way comm as of senior importance to pc's text (which is
     also made note of in the W/S).

D.   The questions asked in 2 way comm can be very incorrect just as rote
     processes can be.

E.   An auditor must be trained as a 2 way comm auditor (Class II). Otherwise
     he will Evaluate, Q and A and commit other faults.

F.   If an ARC Break occurs early in a 2 way comm session and is not handled
     as such the rest of the session is audited over an ARC Break and can put
     a pc into a sad effect.

G.   A pc with a PT problem not being handled in the 2 way comm will get no
     gain.

H.   A pc with a W/H in a 2 way comm session will become critical, nattery
     and/or get a dirty needle.

I.   Two way comm processes must be flattened to F/N. If an F/N doesn't occur
     then the subject didn't read in the first place or the auditor Qed and
     Aed or evaluated or changed the subject or the TRs were out or the pc's
     ruds were out.

J.   A two way comm subject chosen must be tested for read in that session
     before being used for 2 way comm.

				      104



K.   Improper 2 way comm questions can plunge the pc into an out rud situation
     not then handled. "Is anything upsetting you?" or any mention of upsets
     by the auditor is the same as ashing for an ARC Break. "Has anything been
     troubling-worrying you lately?" is the same as asking for a PTP. "Who
     aren't you talking to?" is asking for W/Hs.

L.   The subject of major processes should be kept out of 2 way comm C/Ses,
     auditors' questions and 2 way comm assessment lists (ARC Brks, Problems,
     overts, changes or any major auditing subject, as they are too heavy,
     being the buttons of the bank).

M.   The C/S should only let Class II or above auditors do 2 way comm sessions.

N.   A rud going out in a two way comm session must be put in by the auditor.

O.   A 2 way comm session should end in an F/N.

P.   Auditors whose 2 way comm sessions do not end in F/N must be taught to
     check the subject for read before using, not to Q and A, not to Evaluate
     and given a refresher on 2 way comm tapes and HCO Bs.

Q.   In a 2 way comm session that flubs the C/S must be careful to isolate
     the errors just as in any other auditing session that flubs and put them
     right.

R.   A 2 way comm subject that reads on test and doesn't F/N on 2 way comm
     must be checked for O/R (if TA went up) and rehabbed by the 1965 Rehab
     method, or Prepchecked or just continued.

     The whole point to all of this is that a 2 way comm session IS auditing.
It is delivered by the auditor, C/Sed and remedied like any other session.

     Also it is usually being run on a delicate pc who is more affected by
errors than pcs being given other processes.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This HCO B is amended by BTB 10 July 1970, 2-Way Comm -- A Class III Action,
which is based on LRH C/Ses. It says, "Rules E and M are changed from 'Class
II' to 'Class III'."]

				      105





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=14/7/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

SOLO CANS


Remimeo
SHs AOs
R6EW,
CC and
Ad Cse
Students
E-Meter Literature

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo 		 HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JULY 1970
SHs AOs
R6EW,
CC and
Ad Cse
Students
E-Meter Literature		   SOLO CANS

     I have worked out more ideal Solo electrodes for the E-Meter -- "cans".

     The basic trouble with a single-hand electrode is that it gives a falsely
higher TA which can be very alarming.

     The Tone Arm range on the Meter should be between 2.0 and 3.0 for a
floating needle to be valid. This is when two regulation electrodes (steel
soup cans) are employed.

     When you use only one electrode, holding it in the left hand if you are
right-handed, the TA can read as high as 4.0 when it is actually 3.0. Also a
TA at 1.7 can read as 2.5!

     Single-hand electrodes are almost as old as the modern meter. An aluminum
tea ball with an insulator between the screw threads served in the earliest
models, an electrode leading to each half.

     Two stainless steel pipe sections about an inch in diameter, separated in
the middle by a rubber ring, with an electrode to each end was a single-hand
electrode version which came down to modern times.

     There were no further developments of any lasting value on this problem of
single-hand electrodes until a few months ago.

     The problem in Solo Auditing is of course that if you held electrodes in
both hands you couldn't write or work the meter at the same time. BUT a single-
hand electrode gives the wrong TA even if it does give the right needle reads
(which it does). To get the right TA then one must unplug the single-hand
electrode and plug in the two-hand electrode. In this operation the TA can
change and the wires get tangled. This commotion is of course distracting.

     What I worked out was a two-can electrode that became a single-hand
electrode at once.

     You take 2 small juice or vegetable steel cans with their tops neatly
removed. They must be the paper label, not the painted kind of course.

     The size required is 2 1/8 inches diameter at the rim (that is about 54
millimeters). The length is 3 3/4 inches (which is about 95 millimeters).

     You then take a piece of soft sponge or foam rubber about 3/8 inches thick
(about 10 mm). You cut a circular piece of sponge rubber about 2 3/8 inches
(about 60 mm). It is just slightly larger than the can diameter.

     You glue this sponge or foam rubber circle to the closed end of one can
but not to the other.

     Snap the electrode wires into the open ends of the cans. You now have to
all requirements a two-can electrode setup, with the difference that one can's
base has a rubber pad on it. Holding these one in each hand gives you the 2-
can more correct TA read.

				      106



     By putting the closed base of one can against the rubber pad on the other
can, taking them in one hand (two fingers on each can as you hold them) you
have a single-hand electrode.

     In an instant you can take them in two hands and get the correct TA
(adjusting the Tone Arm with a knuckle or finger tip). Taking them back in one
hand and resetting the TA you again have your single-hand read.

     In using this system you should change your notation to an indication of
whether it is a one-hand or two-can read (to save your Case Supervisor from
heart failure).

     The new notation is as follows: 3.75 (1) 2.9 (2). It doesn't mean you
always use both reads. You add the brackets and a 2 or 1 to show whether it's
a double or single (2) or (1) read. At session start and at end you always
give both, i.e. 3.5 (1) 2.5 (2). And at the end you give a trim check like 1.9
= 2.0 (done by unplugging the electrodes from the meter for an instant and
putting the needle at set and reading what the TA is). It should be 2.0 but
often has drifted to 1.9 or 2.1. That verifies all reads.

			       STANDARD ELECTRODES

     A standard can is about 2 3/4 inches (69 mm) diameter by about 4 1/2 or 5
inches (114 mm or 127 mm)long.

     Steel soup or vegetable cans, unpainted, tops cleanly removed, label and
glue washed off, tin plated or not, have been standard for many years. It is
with these that calibration has been done.

     It is amusing that I had to work hard on electrodes to get the first
meters to work at all. Everything got tried. Steel rods, aluminum (aluminum)
tea balls, metal pads, metal straps, you name it. The only one that works
consistently is the good old common kitchen variety soup can. It's amusing to
see efforts to "improve our electrodes". Other versions have all been tried
and failed and every few years we have to have a soup can revival campaign to
get people back to standard reads.

     The smaller juice can as described for the single-hand electrode does not
give the exact read as the standard cans when used as a two-can electrode. So
the smaller can shouldn't be used by Examiners. You can check the difference
if you like between these two can sizes.

     But the standard cans are too big as a one-hand to be held comfortably in
most people's left hand. The difference is not great enough to worry anyone in
normal auditing.

				   SMALL HANDS

     People with small hands or children can't cope at all with a standard can.

     The size given for the single-hand (2 1/8" x 3 3/4") is more suitable for
them.

     For very little children, two Kodak 35 mm unpainted cassette cans from any
photo shop will serve admirably.

     These two 35 mm cassettes fixed with a rubber pad on the bottom of one as
described for the single-hand electrode above will serve a child as a one-hand
electrode.

				    SHORTING

     The whole trick in preparing two separate cans to be held as a single-
hand is to make sure that when you put the bottoms together they don't short.
They can cause a "rock slam" or a sudden fall if the metal of the cans touch.
Thus the glued-on rubber pad must be a bit bigger than the can diameter and
thick enough so it doesn't press through.

				      107



     Old setups were bolted together and couldn't be separated easily for two-
can reads. These two cans are loose from each other.

     A drawing of the setup done by Richard Gorman is illustrative.

Important note:  The smaller cans can give a falsely low TA read being small.
If you get such a read, have two large standard cans handy to snap onto the
leads and check. Will save heart failure at seeing 1.7 for two-can read!

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				      108

			  [GRAPHICS INSERTED Page 109]





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=15/7/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

UNRESOLVED PAINS


Remimeo
Dianetic Auditor
Dianetic Checksheets

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JULY 1970
Remimeo 	       (Corrected and Reissued 25 Nov 1970)
Dianetic Auditor
Dianetic Checksheets
				UNRESOLVED PAINS

      It occasionally happens that a pc's certain pain does not resolve on
Dianetics.

      There are two reasons for this:

      1.  NOT ENOUGH AUDITING ON ENOUGH CHAINS.

      Sooner or later the exact small piece of an engram "already run" shows
up on another chain later.

      Example: Pain in an area of an operation occurs now and then again weeks,
months or years after the operation has been run out as an engram. Sooner or
later just on general auditing the missing bit of the operation shows up,
blows. Voila! Pain gone forever.

      This is peculiar especially to abdominal operations like an
appendectomy. The operation was run out. The scar stays puffy. The pc is
occasionally ill from it. Pc's conclusion is that Dianetics hasn't worked on
it. More auditing on other somatics (just general Dianetics) is given. One day
the remaining bit of the operation, hidden from view, apparently erased, shows
up, blows. Pc now fine.

      A reason for this is "overburden" in that the incident was too charged
in one place to be confronted. As the whole case is unburdened, confront comes
up. The piece that was missing (and giving the pain) blows.

      There is no way of forcing it. In fact it would be fatal to try.

      The other reason for it is that the missing bit causing the pain is a
different somatic like "a Chest Compression". This bit of the operation had
another basic than the one run.

      The answer to a persistent or recurring somatic in an injured area is
always more Dianetic Auditing of the standard type, just addressed to the
bank not the special somatic. Just keep doing the usual and one day it all
straightens out.

      2.  SYMPATHETIC NERVOUS SYSTEM PAINS.

      There are two sides to the body. As you learn in touch assists, if the
right hand is injured you include also the left hand.

      Body nerves conduct pain. The two sides of the body interlock. Pain gets
stopped in the nerves.

      If the right elbow is hurt the LEFT elbow will have echoed the pain.

      Example, you find a pc with a pain in the left elbow. You try to audit a
left elbow chain. It doesn't fully resolve.

      If you ran injuries to the RIGHT elbow, suddenly there's a somatic going
through the left elbow! It gets well.

				      110



      This is the sympathetic nervous system. The right ear, injured, also
gets echoes with a somatic in the left ear. You audit the right ear only. Pc
comes up with a sore left ear!

      You can actually direct a pc's attention to it (non-standard but a
research technique) and he can find where the uninjured ear echoed the injured
ear.

      Where you can't fully repair a crippled left leg, don't be surprised to
find it was the right leg that was hurt.

      You audit the left leg somatic in vain. If you do, start auditing
somatics in the OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE BODY.

				   TOOTHACHE

      The mystery of toothache is resolved in both 1 and 2 above, especially 2.

      The pain is concentrated on the left upper molar. You audit it in vain.
Toothache persists.

      Look at the pc's mouth. Has the RIGHT upper molar ever been pulled or
injured? Yes. That's how the left molar began to decay. The right upper molar
was pulled. The pain (especially under the painkiller on the right side only)
backed up and stopped on the opposite side. Eventually the left upper molar,
under that stress, a year or ten later, caves in and aches.

      Mysterious as it wasn't injured. Mysterious as the opposite molar is
long gone, doesn't hurt anymore.

      When a toothache does not resolve in auditing, audit the opposite tooth
on the other side. You can actually do it by count of teeth.

      It's sort of auditing a no-somatic.

      Pc in misery with right upper molar. No pain on left side. Audit an
injury he had on the left side (it will read on the meter also). Voila! The
toothache that wouldn't go away eases up!

      The fellow who has the exact opposite teeth pulled (upper right wisdom,
upper left wisdom) is in for it as there is a constant cross-play. Makes the
mouth odd and pressury. Both sides are reacting to the other side!

      Dentists often note the strange pressure, "bursting feelings", a patient
has when a tooth "needs pulling". This is the stress in the nerves from an
injury which occurred on the opposite side!

      An auditor can audit a right side tooth in vain unless he knows enough
to audit THE OTHER SIDE.

      For a pc with a toothache, on the right side, you can list for feelings
on the left side of the mouth and get "numbness", "no feeling", etc. Audit
that list and suddenly magically the toothache on the opposite side not being
audited eases up.

      As toothaches sometimes give a Dianetic auditor a failure, he should
know about the sympathetic factor as above. The failure becomes a success.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:sb.kjm.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      111





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=16/7/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

THE PSYCHIATRIST AT WORK


Remimeo
BPI
Dn Cse Checksheet

			  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JULY 1970
Remimeo
BPI
Dn Cse Checksheet
			    THE PSYCHIATRIST AT WORK

      Auditors are often fought by psychiatry. The auditor is often called
upon to handle psychiatric abuses. Auditors should know some facts about
psychiatry.

				PAIN ASSOCIATION

      As a technical action, it is of interest to any auditor to know that
Pain and Ideas is a basic "therapy" used down the years by psychiatrists and
such lot.

      The practice is very general and very old.

      The person is made to associate his "wrong ideas" with pain so that he
"will not have these ideas", or will be "prevented from doing those things".

      A crude current example is to electric shock a person every time he
smokes a cigarette. After several "treatments" he is supposed to associate the
pain with the idea and so "give up smoking".

      Homosexual tendencies are also so "treated".

      In earlier times alcoholism was "cured" by putting poison in drinks so
drinking would make the person violently ill so he would "stop it".

      Examples of this are all over the time track.

      The mechanism is "If you get this idea you will feel this pain" ZAP!

      Basically this is the action of an implanter.

      Current use of it will be encountered where psychiatry has been busy
implanting.

      This is a pinnacle, an all, of psychiatric "treatment".

      Another version of it is drugs. Make the person too torpid (sluggish) to
have any ideas. The motto of this is "too dead to act". Institutions are
emptied by hooking psychotics and "community psychiatry" exists "to make them
take their pills", in short, to keep them hooked. This started the current
drug craze that spread into "illegal" drugs.

      The auditor will encounter this with growing frequency as the business
of it is so big that one group spends 12 billion in advertising alone per
year! This is the Rockefeller drug cartel. They also spend vast sums in
lobbying parliaments.

				   OBSESSION

      Most "got to's" or obsessions come from Pain Association or drug
association.

      People in pain or drugged can become obsessed with doing the idea.

      What the psychiatrist does not care to publicize is that his "cures" are
implantings with compulsive ideas.

				      112



      The smoker so treated now MUST smoke but CAN'T smoke. These two things
are opposed. That is known as frustration -- a form of insanity.

      Must reach can't reach, must withdraw can't withdraw is total basic
insanity.

      Thus psychiatry is making insane people.

      This is why the insanity statistic is soaring and why the crime
statistic is on a wild climb.

      The psychiatrist if he handled his field well and did really effective
work would have a declining insanity and crime statistic.

      That the psychiatrist and his "technology" has been in charge during the
whole period of these alarming statistics is ignored by governments.

      The psychiatrist argues that he needs more money and more practitioners.
But he gets money by the billion. The state has to totally support them
because the public will have nothing to do with them.

      Psychiatric care in a private hospital costs $30,000. $2,000 a month for
board only is the price at Walnut Lodge in Washington DC, an average place.
#60 a week is charged in England for a shabby room. "Care" is extra if it
exists.

      Psychoanalysis costs #9,000 for a full and ineffective course, takes 5
years, 30% suicide in the first 3 months.

      Psychiatric treatment runs 5 times the total cost of every course, grade
and action available in Scientology orgs.

				   SKILL LEVEL

      Any HAS knows more and can do more about the mind than any psychiatrist.

      There is no real level of comparison since psychiatry as used is a
destructive technology.

      Under a "drug treatment" engram you often find savage electric shocks of
execution strength buried.

      It is doubtful if one could watch an electric shock "treatment" without
vomiting.

      In "neurosurgery" the Ice Pick is used to rip and tear up people's
brains.

      Holes are drilled in skulls and the brain sliced up.

      No evidence exists that this ever helped anyone but it makes incurable
invalids.

      Illegal seizure of anyone and his torture is legal in most "civilized
countries".

				     MASTERS

      The psychiatrist has masters. His principal organization, World
Federation of Mental Health, and its members, the National Associations of
Mental Health, the "American" Psychiatric Association and the "American"
Psychological Association are directly connected to Russia.

      Even the British Broadcasting Company has stated that psychiatry and the
KGB (Russian Secret Police) operate in direct collusion.

      A member of the WFMH sits on every major "Advisory Council" of the U.S.
government, to name one government.

				      113



     Ministers of Health or Health Authorities are members of the National
Association or the WFMH.

     The psychiatrist has masters.

				  DOCUMENTATION

     All these statements are the subject of total documentation in the hands
of Scientology.

				    SUMMARY

     The auditor in auditing uncovers considerable data in former psychiatric
cases.

     Further an auditor can put to rights a case so abused unless a fatal
injury has been done.

     As psychiatry circulates rumors about auditors and attempts to
discourage the use of Dianetics and Scientology, it is only fair for the
auditor to know exactly the status of psychiatry and psychology as used today.

     It goes without saying that the savagery and fraud of psychiatry must
cease and that auditors must encourage in state and public and through all
their connections displacing psychiatric abuses with sane auditing.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
114





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 21
iDate=22/11/67
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=18/7/70
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

OUT TECH


ALL STUDENTS
ALL COURSES
Student Hat
Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

		     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1967
		      (Revised and Reissued 18 July 1970)
Student Hat
Remimeo
				  ALL STUDENTS
				  ALL COURSES

				    OUT TECH

     If at any time a supervisor or other person in an org gives you
interpretations of HCOBs, Policy Letters or tells you, "That's old. Read it
but disregard it, that's just background data", or gives you a chit for
following HCOBs or tapes or alters tech on you or personally cancels HCOBs or
Policy Letters without being able to show you an HCOB or Policy Letter that
cancels it, YOU MUST REPORT THE MATTER COMPLETE WITH NAMES AND ANY WITNESSES
ON DIRECT LINES TO THE INTERNATIONAL ETHICS OFFICER AT WORLDWIDE.  IF THIS IS
NOT IMMEDIATELY HANDLED, REPORT IN THE SAME WAY TO YOUR NEAREST SEA ORG MAA.

     The only ways you can fail to get results on a pc are:

	  1.  Not study your HCOBs and my books and tapes.

	  2.  Not apply what you studied.

	  3.  Follow "advice" contrary to what you find on HCOBs and tapes.

	  4.  Fall to obtain the HCOBs, books and tapes needed.

     There is no hidden data line.

     All of Dianetics and Scientology works. Some of it works faster.

     The only real error auditors made over the years was to fail to stop a
process the moment they saw a floating needle.

     Recently the felony has been compounded by disclosure of the facts that
data and tapes have been deleted from checksheets, data has been "relegated to
background" and grades have not been in use fully to complete end phenomena as
per the Process column on the Classification and Gradation Chart. This caused
an almost complete unmock of the subject and its use. I am counting on you to
see it is not allowed to happen EVER AGAIN.

     Any supervisor or executive who interprets, alters or cancels tech is
liable to the assignment of a Condition of Enemy. All the data is in HCOBs or
Policy Letters or on tape.

     Failure to make this mimeo known to every student carries a $10 fine for
every student from which it is withheld.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1967, 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      115





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=24/7/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

DATA SERIES


Remimeo

			  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			  HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JULY 1970
Remimeo
				   DATA SERIES

     The HCO Policy Letters called the Data Series sometimes bring about a
headache or upset in a student.

     This occurs due to the list of five out-points.

     The cure is to assess the basic out-points (sensibly expressed as a
list). Then handle by 2 way comm on what read.

     It will be found that this will clear up the trouble.

     A special list of these is being made ready for Hubbard Consultant use.

     The exact procedure is:

     1.   Assess a prepared list of out-points for best read.

     2.   Clean up the item with 2 way comm to F/N.

     3.   Assess a prepared list of plus-points and take the best read.

     4.   Discuss with 2 way comm to F/N.

     If there is no F/N, reassess the same list again for the best item now.

     The lists are unlimited in use. The expansion of the prepared lists of
out-points and plus-points to get all variations gives one an almost unlimited
process.

     Deep, long-term upsets or present time disturbances can both be handled
in this way.

     While further data will be released on this subject, it is necessary for
C/Ses to know an occasional consequence of study of the Data Series.

     The tech belongs in the HC study materials.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:rr.ka.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      116





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=1/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=21/10/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

F/N AND ERASURE

Type = 12
iDate=1/8/70
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

Remimeo
Dn Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 1 AUGUST 1970RA
Remimeo 		    REVISED 21 OCTOBER 1974
Dn Checksheet

			   CANCELS BTB 1 AUGUST 1970R
				   SAME TITLE

				F/N AND ERASURE

     A floating needle always occurs when the basic on a chain erases.

			       TONE ARM POSITION

     A floating needle is valid only between 2.0 and 3.0 Tone Arm position on a
meter.	(Note:	False TA can be caused by dry or calloused hands or improper
grip -- makes it read high. And by overly wet or greasy hands -- makes it read
low.)

     Above or below that Tone Arm reading, the F/N is called an "ARC Break"
needle. A floating needle between 2.0 and 3.0 Tone Arm position with BAD
indicators is an "ARC Break" needle. It is not a real floating needle.

     A real floating needle, between 2.0 and 3.0 Tone Arm position also
carries with it COGNITIONS and VERY GOOD INDICATORS. The pc is cogniting,
cheerful and happy.

     When the Tone Arm is below 2.0, the chain has not been erased.

     When the Tone Arm is above 3.0, erasure has not occurred.

     When the Tone Arm is up at 4.4, the pc has made it more solid and has not
erased the basic on the chain.

     On the second time through, if the TA rises, you know there is an earlier
incident.

				    OVERRUN

     The Dianetic Auditor is not concerned with "rehabilitation" of the
overrun if he sees the Tone Arm has gone high. In Dianetics it only means the
engram chain is in restimulation and has not been erased.

     When the basic erases, the TA will fall or rise to the area between 2.0
and 3.0 and the needle will F/N, the pc will have cognitions and very good
indicators. The sequence is F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure. The auditor then stops
running that chain. He can reassess and run another chain now.

				   COGNITION

     COGNITION means a pc origination indicating he has "Come to realize".
It's a "What do you know. I _______ " statement.

     Cognitions usually occur immediately before an erasure. Cognitions can
also occur while running the chain. But when they occur with a real floating
needle and very good indicators, you know erasure is occurring. When you see
this happening, let the pc cognite. Don't chop his cognition. Let all the bits
and pieces blow.

     You can expect the rapid end sequence of:

	       1.  Floating Needle

	       2.  Cognition

	       3.  Very Good Indicators

	       4.  Erasure

in a well run Standard Dianetic session.

     That's all you really need to know about it in Dianetics. But you have to
know it very well.

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1970, 1974 				  L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard					  Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      117





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=8/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

LIST L-1B


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 8 AUGUST 1970

	      (CANCELLED -- see HCO B 19 Mar 71 Volume VII -- 203)

Remimeo
				   LIST L-1B

1.   A withhold been missed?

2.   Some emotion been rejected?

3.   Some Affinity been rejected?

4.   A Reality been refused?

5.   A communication been cut short?

6.   A communication been ignored?

7.   An earlier rejection of emotion been restimulated?

8.   An earlier rejection of Affinity been restimulated?

9.   An earlier refusal of Reality been restimulated?

10.  An earlier ignored communication been restimulated?

11.  A wrong reason for an upset been given?

12.  A similar incident occurred before?

13.  Something been done other than what was said?

14.  A goal been disappointed?

15.  Some help been rejected?

16.  A decision been made?

17.  An engram been restimulated?

18.  An earlier incident been restimulated?

19.  There been a sudden shift of attention?

20.  Something startled you?

21.  A perception been prevented?

22.  A willingness not been acknowledged?

23.  There been no auditing?

24.  Went Exterior?

25.  Interrupted actions?

26.  Actions continued too long?

27.  Data invalidated?

28.  Someone evaluated?

29.  Something been O/Run?

30.  Unnecessary action?

							 L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rr.ka.rd						 Founder
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				      118





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=15/12/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

L4B
FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1968

	      (REVISED -- see HCO B 15 Dec 68 R Volume VII -- 138)

	       (Amends HCO Bulletin of 9 January 1968, List L4A)

		      (ITEM 6 CORRECTED 12 FEBRUARY 1969)

			    (Amended 8 August 1970)
Remimeo
				      L4B

		      FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS

PC'S NAME _____________________________ DATE __________________________________

AUDITOR _______________________________

1.   WAS THE LIST UNNECESSARY?
     (If it reads, indicate BPC and indicate that it was an unnecessary
     action.)

2.   WAS THE ACTION DONE UNDER PROTEST?
     (If it reads, handle by itsa earlier similar itsa.)

3.   IS A LIST INCOMPLETE?
     (If reads, find out what list and complete it, give the pc his item.)

4.   HAS A LIST BEEN LISTED TOO LONG?
     (If so, find what list and get the item off from it by nulling with
     suppress, the nulling question being: "On _______ has anything been
     suppressed?", for each item on the overlong list. Give the pc his item.)

5.   HAVE WE TAKEN THE WRONG ITEM OFF A LIST?
     (If this reads, put in Suppress and Invalidated on the list and null as
     in 4 above and find the right item and give to the pc.)

6.   HAS A RIGHT ITEM BEEN DENIED YOU?
     (If this reads, find out what it was and clean it up with Suppress and
     Invalidate and give it to the pc.)

7.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN PUSHED OFF ON YOU YOU DIDN'T WANT?
     (If so, find it and get in Suppress and Invalidate on it and tell pc it
     wasn't his item and continue the original action to find the correct
     item.)

8.   HAD AN ITEM NOT BEEN GIVEN YOU?
     (If reads, handle as in 6.)

9.   HAVE YOU INVALIDATED A CORRECT ITEM FOUND?
     (If so, rehab the item and find out why the pc invalidated it or if
     somebody else did it, clean it up and give it to pc again.)

10.  HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF ITEMS THAT YOU DID NOT PUT ON THE LIST?
     (If so, add them to the correct list. Renull the whole list and give the
     pc the item.)

11.  HAVE YOU BEEN LISTING TO YOURSELF OUT OF SESSION?
     (If so, find out what question and try to write a list from recall and
     get an item and give it to the pc.)

12.  HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN SOMEBODY ELSE'S ITEM?
     (If so, indicate to the pc this was not his item. Don't TRY to find whose
     it was.)

				      119



13.  HAS YOUR ITEM BEEN GIVEN TO SOMEONE ELSE?
     (If so, find if possible what item it was and give it to the pc. Don't
     try to identify the "somebody else".)

14.  HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON LISTING?
     (If so, indicate the overrun to the pc, rehab back.)

15.  HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON THE QUESTION ONLY?
     (If so, indicate the overrun to the pc and rehab back.)

16.  HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR WHILE LISTING?
     (If so, rehab. If Ext Rundown not given, note for C/S.)

17.  HAS IT BEEN AN OVERT TO PUT AN ITEM ON A LIST?
     (If so, find out what item and why.)

18.  HAVE YOU WITHHELD AN ITEM FROM A LIST?
     (If so, get it and add it to the list if that list available. If not,
     put item in the report.)

19.  HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED?
     (If so, get it, if descreditable ask "Who nearly found out?")

20.  HAS AN ITEM BEEN BY-PASSED?
     (Locate which one.)

21.  WAS A LISTING QUESTION MEANINGLESS?
     (If so, find out which one and indicate to the pc.)

22.  HAS AN ITEM BEEN ABANDONED?
     (If so, locate it and get it back for the pc and give it to him.)

23.  HAS AN ITEM BEEN PROTESTED?
     (If so, locate it and get the protest button in on it.)

24.  HAS AN ITEM BEEN ASSERTED?
     (If so, locate it and get in the assert button on it.)

25.  HAS AN ITEM BEEN SUGGESTED TO YOU BY ANOTHER?
     (If so, get it named and the protest and refusal off.)

26.  HAS AN ITEM BEEN VOLUNTEERED BY YOU AND NOT ACCEPTED?
     (If so, get off the charge and give it to the pc, or if he then changes
     his mind on it, go on with the listing operation.)

27.  HAS THE ITEM ALREADY BEEN GIVEN?
     (If so, get it back and give it again.)

28.  HAS AN ITEM BEEN FOUND PREVIOUSLY?
     (If so, find what it was again and give it to pc once more.)

29.  HAS AN ITEM NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD?
     (If so, work it over with buttons until pc understands it or accepts or
     rejects it and go on with listing.)

30.  WAS AN ITEM DIFFERENT WHEN SAID BY THE AUDITOR?
     (If so, find out what the item was and give it to the pc correctly.)

31.  WAS NULLING CARRIED ON PAST THE FOUND ITEM?
     (If so, go back to it and get in Suppress and Protest.)

				      120



32.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN FORCED ON YOU?
      (If so, get off the reject and suppress and get the listing action
      completed to the right item if possible.)

33.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN EVALUATED?
      (If so, get off the disagreement and protest.)

34.   HAD EARLIER LISTING BEEN RESTIMULATED?
      (If so, locate when and indicate the by-passed charge.)

35.   HAS AN EARLIER WRONG ITEM BEEN RESTIMULATED?
      (If so, find when and indicate the by-passed charge.)

36.   HAS AN EARLIER ARC BREAK BEEN RESTIMULATED?
      (If so, locate and indicate the fact by itsa earlier similar itsa.)

37.   DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK BECAUSE OF BEING MADE TO DO THIS?
      (If so, indicate it to the pc, check the question if reads. Get
      earlier similar itsa.)

38.   HAS THIS LIST CORRECTION BEEN OVERRUN?
      (If so, rehab.)

39.   IS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF BY-PASSED CHARGE?
      (If so, find what and indicate it to pc.)

40.   WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?
      (If so, indicate it to pc.)

41.   HAS THE UPSET BEEN HANDLED?
      (If so, indicate it to the pc.)

42.   HAS A LIST PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN?
      (If so, find which one and rehab.)

							     L. RON HUBBARD
							     Founder
LRH:ldm.rw.dz.rr.rd
Copyright $c 1968, 1969, 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      121





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=16/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 15
GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER


Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class III
Class VI
Class VIII
C/S Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1970
Remimeo 		(Corrected and re-issued 3 Nov 1970)
Dn Checksheet
Class III
Class VI
Class VIII
C/S Checksheet			  C/S Series 15

			  GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER

		      (High, Low TAs and Chronic Somatics)

      If after an F/N session end the pc's TA goes up, as at the Examiner's in
an org, the pc is afflicted with unflat Engram Chains.

      All High TAs depend on unflat or restimulated engram chains.

      TAs go high on Overrun because the overrun restimulates engram chains
not yet run.

      Engram (or secondary or lock) chains can be keyed out. This does not
mean they stay out. In a few minutes or hours or days or years they can key
back in.

      A pc will also de-stimulate in from 3 to 10 days usually. This means he
"settles out". Thus a pc can be overrun into new engram chains (by life or an
auditor), TA goes up, 3 to 10 days later the TA comes down.

      When a pc is audited to F/N VGIs and then a few minutes later has a high
TA the usual reasons are

      1.  Has had his comm chopped or full Dianetic or Scientology End
	  Phenomena not reached or

      2.  Has been run on an unreading item or subject or

      3.  Is overwhelmed or

      4.  Has a lot of engrams keying in or

      5.  Has been run in the past without full erasure of engrams or
	  attaining End Phenomena.

      6.  Lists badly done or other misauditing cause a pc to feel bad and key
	  in chains also.

      7.  A pc can be audited when too tired or too late at night.

      The solution to any of these is easy -- on (1) always see that the pc
attains full EP, particularly on engram chains. On (2) make auditors check for
read even in two-way comm subjects, list questions or Dianetic items before
running them. On (3) see also (2) and get the pc a proper Progress (Repair)
Program. On (4) Repair or isolate pc so his PT isn't so ferocious looking
(meaning Repair [Progress] Pgm him well or let him change his environment and
then audit him) or (5) look into his folder to see who audited him on so many
chains when, with no real erasure or EP. (6) You use Repair lists (like L4A,
L1B, etc) and other usual action. On (7) you make the pc get some rest and if
he can't, make him go for a walk away until he is tired and then walk back and
get some sleep.

      All these really add up to keyed in or unflat engram chains. Whether the
pc can handle them depends on Repair and the usual.

				      122



     Of all these the past auditing without attaining EP on engram chains
(whether done in Dianetics or Scientology) is a usual reason for a much
audited pc to have a high TA.

     The answers to any high TA that won't come down and to any pc who
continually arrives at Examiner after an F/N VGI session end with his TA UP are

     A.   Faulty auditing not letting pc go to Full Dn EP when running engrams.

     B.   A false auditing report (PR type report meaning promoting instead of
	  auditing).

     C.   Too many engram chains in past restim by life or auditing.

     Any correct Standard Dianetic Auditing will eventually handle. But it is
usual to do a PICTURE REMEDY (see HCO B 5 June 1969).

     A pc who has a chronic somatic would get programmed like this:

I    Repair (Progress) Pgm until pc feeling better.

II   Picture Remedy with all reading and interest items Dn triple full Dn EP.

III  Health Form -- with all reading and interest items Dn triple full Dn EP.

IV   Somatics of the area with all reading and interest items Dn triple full
     Dn EP.

V    Run the engram chain of the incident (operation, accident, etc) he
     believes caused it. R3R triple.

VI   HF to F/N on the HF itself and attest full Dianetic result as per Class
     Chart.

     That's maybe 50 hours, all done in Dianetic triples, of course, in steps
II to VI.

     IF the Dianetic Auditing is standard and to Dianetic EP (F/N Cog VGIs)
you will see this pattern at the Examiner or a few minutes after session.

	  First few sessions

	       TA 4.0 or more at Exam. Doubtful GIs.

	  Next few

	       TA 3.75 and blowing down to 3.25 at Exam. GIs.

	  Next few

	       TA 3.75 BD to F/N at Exam. GIs to VGIs.

	  Next two or three

	       TA 3.5 BD to F/N at Exams VGIs.

	  Finally

	       TA 2.5 F/N VGIs at the Examiner.

	  Another pass at the HF finds it F/N and pc can and will attest
	  Dianetics.

     That's what you would expect to see if the Auditing was standard, if the
case was straightened out of past flubs in the Repair step. Errors such as
running unreading items or firefights caused by out TRs or false auditing
reports or Dn EP not reached at session end or pc needing ruds put in at
session starts would prevent this pattern from happening at the Examiner's. So
if the pattern doesn't happen you know the auditing is goofy or something is
out which had better be found. One pc for instance had a huge w/h of having a
disease and was audited over it for 2 years = auditing over a w/h and PTP = no
case gain. Silly pc. But also a very dull C/S not to alert to some outness
there and find it. Another pc had a high TA and the fault was just that she
never got any auditing at all! So they kept operating on her! Somebody didn't
know Dianetics and auditing was for USE.

				      123



			      HIGH TA AND ILLNESS

     Pcs with high TAs feel ill and get ill.

     No use to elaborate on that. It's just a fact and is THE fact about pcs
who get ill. So maybe you see why this HCOB is important!

				 LOW TA AT EXAM

     Pcs with low TAs are more or less in apathy.

     If it F/N VGIs at session end and is low at Exam (like 1.9) (OR if it
went low in session and didn't F/N), then the pc is

	   (a) overwhelmed and needs auditing and life repair

	   (b) can have been run on a flat or unreading item that invalidated
	       his former win.

     Example:  Pc listed on an unreading list few sessions later worrying
about it and coming to Exam with low TA. Repair is the answer. Low TA pcs need
a Life Repair also.

     Note:  The new Hubbard Consultant Assessment List is now under test at
this writing and may become essential as a pre-repair function and if so would
be before repair in the chronic somatic list of actions as a pgm.

							     L. RON HUBBARD
							     Founder

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      124





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=20/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

EXTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN MUSTS


Remimeo
Class VIII
C1 VIII Checksheet
C/S Checksheets

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 20 AUGUST 1970
Remimeo
Class VIII
C1 VIII Checksheet
C/S Checksheets
			 EXTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN MUSTS

			  (Reference HCOB 22 Mar '70,
				Ext and High TA)

     An Exteriorization Intensive must be:

     1.   RUN ALL IN ONE SESSION.

     2.   RUN WITHOUT FLUBS.

     3.   FOLLOWED BY ANOTHER SESSION OF 2-WAY COMM RUN TO F/N COG VGIs.

				ONE SESSION RULE

     When you try to run an Exteriorization Rundown in 2 or more sessions
there is a frequent chance of ruds going out between sessions and, of course,
they can't be put in until Ext Rundown is complete as it's "Auditing a pc past
Exterior".

     If a C/S or Auditor wants real trouble just stretch an Ext Rundown over 2
or 3 sessions.

     It is very difficult to straighten the resulting mess out. (See HCO B 28
Jul '70, Corrected 9 Aug '70.)

     The only reason one would take 2 or 3 sessions to do the rundown is
because the pc "doesn't have the time", and so make sure the pc DOES have the
next 2 to 5 hours free before starting one.

     This rule includes NO BREAKS.

				    FLUBLESS

     Auditors who have occasional flubs -- Dn failures to flatten chains or
run them to chopped EP instead of a correct F/N COG VGIs at basic HAVE NO
BUSINESS RUNNING EXT RUNDOWNS.

     Flubs in any event are just corny.

     They are particularly messy when they occur in the EXT RUNDOWN.

     The Ext Rundown is auditing by the book!

     (Reference HCO B 20 Feb '70, "Floating Needles and End Phenomena", and the
whole modern Standard Dianetics Course including later HCO Bs for it.)

     Flubs mar any auditing result. They make a real mess on an Ext Rundown as
Review auditing over an Ext if the Rundown is not complete is difficult and
results in high TA.

     Yet one Franchise invalidated the pc's cog, made the pc do it all in clay,
left

				      125



chains incomplete and took a week over it! And then wondered why the pc was
unhappy!

     NO FLUBS!

			     FOLLOW WITH 2-WAY COMM

     A day or two or a week after the Ext Rundown (not less than a day nor more
than a week), an Ext Rundown MUST BE FOLLOWED BY A TWO-WAY COMM
SESSION.

     The reason for this is that there is a cognition delay on almost all
cases. The 2-way comm blows off locks, etc and the pc usually gets a big cog
and never afterwards worries about Exteriorization.

     If the Ext Rundown is done in 2 or 3 sessions, flubbed, not followed by 2-
way comm in a later session, the pc can get hung up on the subject.

     The Auditor doing 2-way comm must have experience and know-how on 2-way
comm. (See HCO B 21 Apr '70, "2-Way Comm C/Ses", HCO B 3 July '70, "C/Sing
2-Way Comm", HCO B 10 July '70, "2-Way Comm -- A Class III Action".)

     All 2-way comm sessions go to End Phenomena of an F/N.

     It will be found the subject of Interiorization-Exteriorization usually
will still be charged. But it should be checked for read as in all items and
subjects used in auditing. The rule is you don't audit things that don't read.
Suppress and Inval buttons can be put in to get a read. If you audit things
that don't read, the TA is liable to go up.

     A nicely done 2-way comm on Interiorization and Exteriorization blows the
pc to Present Time and cleans him up nicely.

     The Ext Rundown can be done any time it is found the pc has been audited
past Exterior. It HAS to be run in such a case before any Review or ruds or
anything else. So it's dicey -- a delicate proposition.

     An Exteriorization (or Interiorization same thing) Rundown is about the
hottest thing that's come along for some time. It solves, for instance, the
total goal of Buddhism. It is the key to immortality. It's pure theta gold.

     So respect it by running by the book, exactly, perfectly and to a total
win.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:rr.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[HCO B 28 July 1970, Corrected 9 August 1970, referred to above, is cancelled
by BTB 10 December 1974, Issue VII, Cancellation of Bulletins -- 1970, which
says to see HCO B 29 October 1971R, Revised 14 May 1974, Int Rundown
Correction List -- Revised; BTB 10 July 1969R, Revised and Reissued 24 June
1974, Exteriorization Remedy; and the above HCO B.]

				      126





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=21/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 16
SESSION GRADING
WELL DONE,
DEFINITION OF


Remimeo
C/S Checksheets
All Level
Checksheets
Dn Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 21 AUGUST 1970
Remimeo
C/S Checksheets
All Level
Checksheets			 C/S Series 16
Dn Checksheet

				SESSION GRADING
				   WELL DONE,
				 DEFINITION OF

      A "well done" to an auditor requires a precise meaning. It is not given
by the C/S because an auditor is a friend or because he would be offended if
he didn't get one.

	  "WELL DONE" GIVEN BY THE C/S FOR A SESSION MEANS THE PC
	  HAD F/N VGIs AT THE EXAMINER IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SESSION.

      This then presupposes that session lines include an Examiner even if
it's a receptionist and it includes the use and understanding of Exam Reports.
(See HCO PL 26 Jan '70, Issue III, or any rewrite and Exam tech.)

      It presupposes the Examiner has a meter to hand and that the pc makes a
statement.

      Thus, if there are no Exam Reports there can't be a well done given, eh?
True enough. A C/S who C/Ses without Exam Reports done by a different person
than the auditor is asking to fly blind and to get auditor "PR" (public
relations or brag) and false auditing reports.

      No F/N at Exam no well done.

      This is harsh as early on pcs often get no F/N at Examiner. BUT IN EVERY
CASE THERE ARE CURRENT EARLIER TECH ERRORS ON THE CASE when the
F/N doesn't get from the session to the Examiner. It is also harsh because the
failure to get the F/N to the Examiner could be a C/S error! But (see HCO B 24
May '70, "Auditor's Rights", C/S Series 1), the auditor should not have
accepted the C/S.

      The C/S could be too heavy, or the case needed a repair first or the
process ordered is not part of a proper program.

      HOURS SUCCESSFULLY AUDITED INCLUDES ONLY "WELL DONE" OR "VERY WELL DONE"
SESSIONS.

				VERY WELL DONES

      An auditor gets a "VERY WELL DONE" when the session by worksheet
inspection, Exam Report inspection is:

      1.  F/N VGIs at Examiner.

      2.  The auditing is totally flubless and by the book.

      3.  The whole C/S ordered was done without departure and to the expected
	  result.

				  NO MENTION

      A no mention of well done or very well done or anything simply means:

				      127



      1.  F/N did not get to Examiner.

      2.  No major auditing errors exist in the session.

				     FLUNKS

      A FLUNK is given when:

      1.  The F/N did not get to Examiner and didn't occur at session end.

      2.  Major errors or flubs occurred like no EP, multiple somatic, unflown
	  ruds, etc.

      3.  The C/S was not followed or completed.

      4.  Auditor's Rights listed errors occurred.

      5.  No F/N and BIs at Examiner.

      The exact error must be noted on the worksheet and in the next C/S along
with the Flunk.

			       FLUNK AND RETRAIN

      When an auditor does not improve but continues to get NO MENTIONS and
FLUNKS, he requires retraining.

      Such retraining must include:

      1.  Cleaning up all Misunderstoods of tech.

      2.  Cleaning up willingness to audit.

      3.  Cleaning up overts on people and pcs.

      4.  Examination by inspection of TRs.

      5.  Starrating material missed or not grasped as per session troubles.

				  INVALIDATION

      Invalidative remarks should not be made by a C/S. Experience has shown
they do no good and also do harm.

      But there are 2 methods of invalidating an auditor's auditing:

      1.  Let him go on flubbing and getting no results.

      2.  Direct invalidation of his intentions or future or potential.

      In 1, nearly all auditors who stop auditing never really knew how to
audit in the first place or have gross misunderstoods or have accumulated
intentional or unintentional overts on pcs or have been too harshly
invalidated. When they don't really grasp the ease and simplicity of auditing
they get into other troubles.

      A really well trained, smooth auditor never gets any real charge on his
case on the subject of auditing.

      When you let an auditor flub, the whole subject gets invalidated and he
loses his value because he goes into doubt. This can be said with complete
confidence today as the whole of Dianetics and Scientology is there and it
works very very well indeed IF IT IS USED AND IF THE C/SING AND AUDITING IS
CORRECT AND FLUBLESS.

				      128



				AUDITOR HANDLING

     The C/S is really not just the Case Supervisor, he is also the auditors'
handler.

     Like a boxer's trainer or a star's director, the C/S handles his guys.
They are all a bit different, auditors. There are prima donnas and meek mousey
ones and steady-on ones and all kinds.

     They get the credit for the sessions from the pcs most often. They really
don't like not to be C/Sed.

     And they VALUE the well dones and the very well dones and they flinch at
the flunks. And the honest ones know all about it before they turn it in. And
some don't mention the flub but think you're a fool if you miss it.

     So it's important to have a constant in assigning what the auditor is
given for the session.

     WELL DONE AUDITING HOURS are all that's valid for a stat.

     So a C/S must be very exact and correct in his determination of well
done, very well done, no mention and (forlornly) a flunk.

     This should remove argument from the matter and bring certainty.

							     L. RON HUBBARD
							     Founder

LRH:rr.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      129





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=26/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 17
INCOMPLETE CASES


Remimeo
C/S Book
Class VIII Checksheet
Class VIII

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST 1970
Remimeo
C/S Book
Class VIII Checksheet
Class VIII
				 C/S Series 17

				INCOMPLETE CASES

     OVERSHOOTING and UNDERSHOOTING are two very defeating errors in C/Sing.

     OVERSHOOTING would be defined as going beyond a completion or completing
a completion.

     In such a circumstance the pc for instance reaches an F/N VGI point in
Review and then the C/S decides to handle the case in Review.

     Example:  2 or 3 sessions have been goofed. Review patches them all up to
F/N VGIs all okay. Then a C/S C/Ses to Review the case to repair the errors.
The case feels invalidated, caves in, needs further repair.

     I have seen more than one folder where this cycle has been done three
times! In one of these an action had to be taken to patch up a goof so the pc
could go back onto a grade. The goof was patched up to F/N VGIs. The correct
action would have been to put the pc back on the incomplete grade. But no, a
new Review cycle was laid out, audited, pc caved in. A new cycle to repair
this was entered in upon. It was successful. The pc got F/N VGIs at Exam. The
C/S ordered a new Review of the case, the case caved in, was then patched up
and finally got an F/N VGIs. And was ordered to be reviewed....

     Studying what was wrong with the cases I found the above. I ordered an
assessment of a list, got "unnecessary actions" and got the cases back onto the
incomplete cycle of the grade and they did fine.

     This can be done with a grade. It was the fault of early Power.

     UNDERSHOOTING would be to leave a cycle incomplete and go off to
something else.

     Example:  Case sent to Review or given a Review session to repair goofs.
One goof is handled but there are three to handle. Case returned to the grade
before being set up.

     This can be so bad that the case never made any grade at all.

     The modern Repair (Progress) Pgm as outlined in this C/S series takes
care of this.

			   QUICKIE GRADES AND ACTIONS

     Quickie grades left us with a totality of incomplete cases.

     You look over a folder and you see the pc at "OT IV". The folder is
thick. He has had lots of auditing. He has aches and pains, problems, makes
people wrong.

     Probably he could be audited for another thousand hours without ever
coming right! Unless there was an orderly program to complete his case level
by level on the Class and Grade Chart.

				      130



     It would take a Repair (Progress) Pgm and then an Advance Pgm that
included each grade to completion.

     He would have to have his ruds put in, any flubs at once handled session
to session, just to complete Dianetics. Finally, his chronic somatics gone, he
would F/N on the Health Form and that would complete his Dianetics with his
attestation.

     And so on right on up the Grades, each one done fully to the voluntary
declare for that grade as per the Grade and Class Chart.

     In doing Dianetics, Grades, etc you still have to get in ruds and handle
the case so it is set up for each major action and repair the flubs at once
when they occur.

     While completing an action you have to keep the case running, not audit
over ARC Brks, PTPs, W/Hs and flubs.

     The best answer is NO FLUBS. But when they occur they must be repaired in
24 hours.

     When repaired (and not re-repaired and re-re-repaired with overshoots)
you get the case back on the same cycle that was incomplete.

				 COMPLETE CASES

     A case is not complete unless the lowest incomplete Grade Chart action is
complete and then each completed in turn on up.

     As you look over current folders who have had years of auditing, some of
them you generally don't find any completed actions and you do find overshoots
on Reviews.

     It is not the least bit hard to handle these cases. This C/S series shows
you how. Auditing and Life Repairs (Progress), Advance Pgm completing fully
each incomplete grade.

     The C/S is blessed who follows these two rules:

     RECOGNIZE A COMPLETION OF AN ACTION AND END IT OFF.

     RECOGNIZE AN INCOMPLETE ACTION AND COMPLETE IT.

     Don't overshoot, don't undershoot.

     Follow the rules.

							     L. RON HUBBARD
							     Founder
LRH:rr.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      131





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=28/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=9/10/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS RA


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 28 AUGUST 1970RA
			      REVISED 30 MAY 1973
			     REVISED 9 OCTOBER 1974
Remimeo

			HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS RA

			(Reference Data Series HCO PLs.)

			 (Revised to include additional
		    out-points issued since original HCO B.)

      The following lists are used:

	  (a) To assess for a read.

	  (b) Clear up with 2-way comm.

				   PROCEDURE

      One assesses the Out-Point List and goes as far as a good read. One
clears that up to F/N VGIs (very good indicators). He then leaves off that
list for now.

      One then takes up the Plus-Point List. One assesses it as far as one
needs to go to get a good read. One then takes that up with the preclear with
2-way comm until there is an F/N and VGIs.

      One now resumes where he left off on the Out-Point List and assesses
until he gets a new good read. He takes that up with 2-way comm until he gets
an F/N VGIs.

      One now takes up the Plus-Point List where he left off until he gets a
good read. He takes that up with 2-way comm until he gets an F/N VGIs.

      In this way the lists are alternated.

      They can be done over and over.

      These are the elements of illogic and insanity on the Out-Point List.
They are the elements of logic and sanity on the Plus-Point List.

      A meter must be used.

      It is done exactly by the Auditor's Code. Never tell the person what he
thinks. Never invalidate what he has said. Just acknowledge and let him/her
tell you about it.

      The reads of course disclose things which have charge on them.

				      132



Take a good read.

2-way comm on: "Any example of _______ in your life?" to F/N.

     Assess again.

     Same process.

     Continue as long as you have TA on it.

     Stop with any win.

     Can be done to full F/Ning assessment on both lists.

     The list items can be used in 2 ways.

	  A.   They can be called off straight.

	  B.   They can be given a prior statement.

     In A one would say, "Knowing something is right _______ " noting read or
lack of it. "Knowing a datum is correct _______ " noting read.

     In B one would be directing the person's attention to some sphere of
action like "In your work knowing something is right" noting read, etc. One
would go on using this same prior statement on all the assessment until the
whole subject, "work", was cleaned up. That would be a work consultation. Or
one could say, for marriage problems, "In marriage knowing something is right"
"In marriage knowing a datum is correct _______ ."

     One uses the same subject for both Out-Point and Plus-Point Lists until
that one subject is cleaned up.

     ALWAYS FINISH OFF WITH THE PLUS-POINT LIST.

				 OUT-POINT LIST

1.   Omitted Fact _______

2.   Omitted Terminal _______

3.   Omitted Data _______

4.   Omitted Location _______

5.   Omitted Matter _______

6.   Omitted Energy _______

7.   Omitted Space _______

8.   Omitted Form _______

9.   Missing Scene _______

10.  Missing Person _______

11.  Changed Sequence of Facts _______

12.  Changed Sequence of Data _______

13.  Changed Sequence of Particles _______

14.  Changed Sequence of Locations _______

15.  Changed Sequence of Objects _______

16.  Changed Sequence of Spaces _______

				      133



17.  Changed Sequence of Forms _______

18.  Twisted Ideas _______

19.  Dropped Out Time _______

20.  Incorrect Time _______

21.  False Time _______

22.  Invented Time _______

23.  Condensed Time _______

24.  Rushed Time _______

25.  Endless Time _______

26.  Waiting Time _______

26a. Added Time _______

26b. Unexpected Time _______

27.  Delusion _______

28.  Hallucination _______

29.  False Fact _______

30.  False Terminal _______

31.  False Being _______

32.  False Datum _______

33.  False Location _______

34.  False Matter _______

35.  False Energy _______

36.  False Space _______

37.  Fixed Idea _______

38.  Altered Importance _______

39.  Altered Value _______

40.  Decreased Importance _______

41.  Decreased Value _______

42.  Over Valued _______

43.  Too Important _______

44.  Too Insignificant _______

45.  Things all the same _______

46.  Not Associated _______

47.  Everything Different _______

48.  Wrong Terminal _______

49.  Wrong Location _______

50.  Wrong Time _______

51.  Wrong Event _______

52.  Wrong Target _______

53.  Wrong Objective _______

54.  Wrong Goal _______

55.  Wrong Space _______

56.  Wrong Form _______

57.  Impossible Occurrence _______

58.  Impossible Terminal _______

59.  Impossible Time _______

60.  Impossible Event _______

61.  Unbelievable Idea _______

				      134



62.  Unbelievable Action _______

63.  Unbelievable Event _______

64.  Unbelievable Circumstance _______

65.  Unbelievable Being _______

66.  Wrong Source _______

67.  Incorrect Origin _______

68.  From Wrong Place _______

69.  From Wrong Person _______

70.  Wrong Authority _______

71.  False Source _______

72.  Conflicting Data _______

73.  Contrary Facts _______

74.  Impossible Situation _______

75.  Not Matching Reality _______

76.  Added In-Applicable Data _______

77.  Added In-Applicable Facts _______

78.  Added In-Applicable Terminals _______

79.  Added In-Applicable Matter _______

80.  Added In-Applicable Energy _______

81.  Added In-Applicable Space _______

82.  Added In-Applicable Form _______

				PLUS-POINT LIST

1.   Knowing something is right _______

2.   Knowing a datum is correct _______

3.   A known being _______

4.   A correct location _______

5.   A known form _______

6.   Something about which all data is known _______

7.   Events in correct sequence _______

8.   Things in proper order _______

9.   Actions done in the right way _______

10.  Data in proper alignment _______

11.  People in the right places _______

12.  Things correctly counted _______

13.  A known time _______

14.  A correct time _______

15.  An exact time _______

16.  A proper time _______

16a. Expected time _______

16b. Adequate time _______

17.  Known times _______

18.  Something correctly located in time _______

19.  A past time _______

20.  A well timed action _______

21.  A person at the right time _______

				      135



22.  A truth _______

23.  Something that is true _______

24.  A factual location _______

25.  Telling the truth _______

26.  The true facts _______

27.  A true object _______

28.  A truthful being _______

29.  Knowing the truth _______

30.  The correct importance _______

31.  Something that was really important _______

32.  Something that was unimportant _______

33.  Knowing what was and what wasn't important _______

34.  Things more important than others _______

35.  Things less important than others _______

36.  Knowing the relative importance of things _______

37.  Things alike _______

38.  Things similar _______

39.  Things different _______

40.  The right answer _______

41.  The right target _______

42.  The correct goal _______

43.  The correct person _______

44.  The right direction _______

45.  The correct objective _______

46.  The right intention _______

47.  Something believable _______

48.  A credible fact _______

49.  Something you knew was plausible _______

50.  Obviously factual _______

51.  Acceptable datum _______

52.  An acceptable person _______

53.  A believable location _______

54.  A believable form _______

55.  Acceptable energy _______

56.  Acceptable sensation _______

57.  A feeling of rightness _______

58.  Correct Source _______

59.  Correct Origin _______

60.  From Right Place _______

61.  From Right Person _______

62.  Correct Authority _______

63.  True Source _______

64.  Data in Agreement _______

65.  Facts Align _______

66.  Possible Situation _______

67.  Matching Data _______

68.  Matching Reality _______

				      136



69.  Adequate Data _______

70.  Adequate Terminals _______

71.  Adequate Matter _______

72.  Adequate Energy _______

73.  Adequate Space _______

74.  Adequate Form _______

75.  Applicable Data _______

76.  Applicable Facts _______

77.  Applicable Terminals _______

78.  Applicable Matter _______

79.  Applicable Energy _______

80.  Applicable Space _______

81.  Applicable Form _______

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1970, 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[The 30 May 1973 revision numbered the points and added points 66-75 on the
Out-Point List and points 58-68 on the Plus-Point List. The revisions of 9
October 1974 are in this type style.]

				      137





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 21
iDate=8/9/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=24/10/75
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

EXAMINER'S 24 HOUR RULE


Remimeo
Qual Div
Dept 15
Examiner's Hat
E/O Hat
Dept 3 Hat

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

		    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1970RA
			    REVISED 18 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo 		    REVISED 24 OCTOBER 1975
Qual Div		  (In the second revision the
Dept 15 		   signature has been changed.)
Examiner's Hat
E/O Hat
Dept 3 Hat
			    EXAMINER'S 24 HOUR RULE

     A flubbed session is visible at the Examiner.

     Regardless of the worksheet or report, any session ending with Bad
Indicators, above 3.0 TA or below 2.0 with no F/N or an ARC Break needle, a
Stage 4 needle, a rock slam, a stuck needle, still or a dirty needle
independent of TA position indicates a non-optimum session.

     When an Examiner sees any one of these following four manifestations in a
pc after a session:

     1.  Non-optimum TA position (above 3, below 2).

     2.  Non-optimum needle (ARC Brk needle, Stage 4, rock slam, stuck, still
	 or dirty).

     3.  Bad Indicators as per HCOB on BIs.

     4.  Non-optimum statement from pc, critical, hostile, belittling, sad,
	 etc.

     The Examiner applies the 24 Hour Rule.

     This Rule is:

     ANY GOOFED SESSION MUST BE REPAIRED WITHIN 24 HOURS.

     The reason for the rule is that occasionally, particularly when a person
has had a sickly life, physical illness will key in after a session goof.

     Such are purely C/S or auditing flubs.

     A C/S flub consists of gross violations of case programming.

     Auditing flubs consist of corny things like running a Rud but no F/N,
failure to flatten a Chain, bad TRs, auditing over out-ruds, chopping the pc
before full End Phenomena is attained.

     Evaluation or even chatter after the session can upset a pc that ended
session on F/N VGIs.

     IN ALL CASES as per 1 to 4 above the EXAMINER paper clips a RED CARD on
the outside of the FRONT COVER OF THE FOLDER and marks on it THE DATE
AND HOUR of the Examination as well as places the EXAM REPORT in the folder,
the Examiner logs it in his log in RED BALLPOINT.

     The EXAMINER must see that the C/S receives this folder as soon as
possible.

     The C/S gives total priority to C/Sing it and it is given priority in
auditing that C/S.

				      138



     The pc may even be asked to wait if it can be done in the next hour or
two.

     THE FASTER THE FLUBBED SESSION IS REPAIRED THE EASIER IT IS TO REPAIR.

     Sessions which are left unrepaired for more than 24 hours occasionally
find the pc physically ill. If repaired quickly or at least within 24 hours no
physical reaction results.

     The illness will be a key-in of illnesses the pc often had before any
auditing. All the flubbed auditing does is key it in, it itself makes no one
ill.

     If you check folders of ill pcs you will find usually a long period of no-
auditing or a flubbed session a few days before the onset of the illness.

     Pcs who have not been properly programmed but have been audited on random
this or that instead of Progress, Advance and Class and Grade Chart to fully
completed grades are the most likely to become ill.

     Penalty for violation of the 24 Hour Rule is loss of a day's stats for
the division, the day being that day when the unrepaired flub occurred and
subtracted at the time the flub is found.

     If a flubbed session is found hidden and not disclosed the division loses
all its stats for that week.

     This action is important.

     If C/Ses and auditors made no flubs whatever they would really be getting
top results on pcs.

LRH:mg.jh
Copyright $c 1970, 1973, 1975				     L. Ron Hubbard
by L. Ron Hubbard					     Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


L. Ron Hubbard
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=11/9/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 18
CHRONIC SOMATIC,
DIANETIC HANDLING OF


Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class II
Class VI
Class VIII
C/S Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo 	       HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1970
Dn Checksheet
Class II
Class VI			 C/S Series 18
Class VIII
C/S Checksheet
				CHRONIC SOMATIC,
			      DIANETIC HANDLING OF

     The full Dianetic handling of the pc who has a chronic somatic is given
in the HCO B C/S Series No. 15, of 16 August 1970, "Getting the F/N to
Examiner".

     This HCO B calls the fact to attention. It could get overlooked or be
hard to find again as the title of HCO B 16 August does not indicate it
directly.

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970					L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard					Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				      139





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=21/9/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

Study Series 1
STUDY DEFINITIONS


Remimeo
Student Hat
All Courses
HC Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo 	       HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1970
Student Hat
All Courses			Study Series 1
HC Checksheet
			       STUDY DEFINITIONS

     The following definitions are applicable to Scientology study technology:

     CHECKSHEET:  A list of materials, often divided into sections, that give
the theory and practical steps which, when completed, give one a study
completion. The items are selected to add up to the required knowledge of the
subject. They are arranged in the sequence necessary to a gradient of
increasing knowledge of the subject. After each item there is a place for the
initial of the student or the person checking the student out. When the
checksheet is fully initialed it is complete, meaning the student may now take
an exam and be granted the award for completion. Some checksheets are required
to be gone through twice before completion is granted.

     CHECKLIST:  A list of actions or inspections to ready an activity or
machinery or object for use or estimate the needful repairs or corrections.
This is erroneously sometimes called a "checksheet", but that word is reserved
for study steps.

     CHECKOUT:	The action of verifying a student's knowledge of an item given
on a checksheet.

     TWIN CHECKOUT:  When two students are paired they check each other out.
This is different than a Supervisor checkout.

     SUPERVISOR CHECKOUT:  A checkout done by the Supervisor of a course or
his assistants.

     THEORY:  The data part of a course where the data as in books, tapes and
manuals is given.

     PRACTICAL:  The drills which permit the student to associate and
coordinate theory with the actual items and objects to which the theory
applies. Practical is application of what one knows to what one is being
taught to understand, handle or control.

     TWIN:  The study partner with whom one is paired. Two students studying
the same subject who are paired to check out or help each other are said to be
"Twinned".

     TWO-WAY COMM:  The precise technology of a process used to clarify data
with another for the other. It is not chatter. It is governed by the rules of
auditing. It is used by Supervisors to clear up blocks to a person's progress
in study, on post, in life or in auditing. It is governed by the communication
cycle as discovered in Scientology.

     METER CHECK:  The action of checking the reaction of a student to subject
matter, words or other things, isolating blocks to study, interpersonal
relations or life. It is done with an E-Meter.

     COURSE SUPERVISOR:  The instructor in charge of a course and its students.

     COURSE ADMINISTRATOR:  The course staff member in charge of the course
materials and records.

     TECH SERVICES:  The activity which enrolls, routes, schedules,
distributes the mail of and assists the housing of students.

     STARRATE CHECKOUT:  A very exact checkout which verifies the full and
minute knowledge of the student of a portion of study materials and tests his
full understanding of the data and ability to apply it.

     ZERO RATE:  Material which is only checked out on the basis of general
understanding.

				      140



     BLOW:  Unauthorized departure from an area, usually caused by
misunderstood data or overts.

     LEAVE OF ABSENCE:	An authorized period of absence from a course granted
in writing by a Course Supervisor and entered in the student's study folder.

     ROLL BOOK:  The master record of a course giving the student's name, local
and permanent address and the date of enrollment and departure or completion.

     QUAL:  The Qualifications Division (Division V of an org) where the
student is examined and where he may receive cramming or special assistance
and where he is awarded completions and certificates and where his
qualifications as attained on courses or in auditing are made a permanent
record.

     CRAMMING:	A section in the Qualifications Div where a student is given
high pressure instruction at his own cost after being found slow in study or
when failing his exams.

     PROGRAMMING:  The overall planning for a person of the courses, auditing
and study he should follow for the next extended time period.

     STUDENT CONSULTATION:  The personal handling of student problems or
progress by a qualified consultant.

     HC:  A HUBBARD CONSULTANT is skilled in testing, two-way comm,
consultation, programming and interpersonal relations. This is the certificate
especially awarded to persons trained to handle personnel, students and staff.
These technologies and special training were developed to apply Scientology
auditing skills to the field of administration especially. An HC is not an
auditor but a consultant. HC is a requisite for Course Supervisors and Student
Consultants.

     SCHEDULING:  The hours of a course or the designation of certain times for
auditing.

     OUT:  Things which should be there and aren't or should be done and
aren't are said to be "Out", i.e. "Enrollment Books are out."

     IN:  Things which should be there and are or should be done and are, are
said to be "In", i.e. "We got scheduling in."

     PACK:  A pack is a collection of written materials which match a
checksheet. It is variously constituted -- such as loose leaf or a cardboard
folder or bulletins in a cover stapled together. A pack does not necessarily
include a booklet or hardcover book that may be called for as part of a
checksheet.

     MANUAL:  A booklet of instruction for a certain object or procedure or
practice.

     POINTS:  The arbitrary assignment of a credit value to a part of study
materials. "One page equals one point." "That drill is worth 25 points."

     POINT SYSTEM:  The system of assigning and counting up points for studies
and drills that give the progress of a student and measure his speed of study.
They are kept track of by the student and Course Administrator and added up
each week as the student's statistic. The statistic of the course is the
combined study points of the class.

     COMPLETION:  A "completion" is the completing of a specific course or an
auditing grade, meaning it has been started, worked through and has
successfully ended with an award in Qual.

     SUCCESS STORY:  The statement of benefit or gains or wins made by a
student or a preclear or pre-OT to the Success Officer or someone holding that
post in an org.

LRH:rr.rd						L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1970					Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      141





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=6/10/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 19
FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES


Remimeo
C/S Hats
C/S Checksheets
Class VIIIs

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1970
Remimeo
C/S Hats
C/S Checksheets
Class VIIIs			 C/S Series 19
			    FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES

     A folder error summary, (FES) is usually done by a student especially an
interne well taught, learning his practical tech or by an auditor especially
hired to do FESs.

     It requires many hours to put a folder in sequence and then to list all
errors in it.

     It should NEVER be done by a working C/S who is responsible for an org's
delivery flow.

				      COST

     It is costly to do an FES and where possible the cost, duly consulting
the pc, should be borne by the pc as a special service.

     It can be directly paid for or simply deducted from auditing hours
purchased.

				   NECESSITY

     A good C/S looking over a folder usually goes back to the last time the
pc was doing really well and notes actions necessary from that point.

     Programs of a lengthily audited case (fat folder) usually cover L1B, L3A,
L4A lists and usually take up 2-way comm on earliest sessions and earliest
auditing ever given (for auditors). Thus an FES is not vital in all cases.

     I like to have an FES done so I can compare areas covered by the pc in 2-
way comm and be sure they come up in subsequent repair sessions.

     Also where I can see a lot of bad lists existed, I want to be able to
assure they get handled.

     Thus an FES is useful.

     On Flag, an FES is carefully done so as to detect areas of out tech in
the world. This is called "the Flub Catch System".

     Auditors and C/Ses so detected are sent to cramming in their areas to
smooth out their tech knowledge or TRs, all to improve delivery of tech.

     Flub Catch makes an FES vital on Flag.

     Higher orgs have a similar interest in an FES.

				HALTING DELIVERY

     To halt delivery because of a missing folder or to do a long time-
consuming FES is of course contrary to the need to deliver auditing and can
result in a no-auditing situation worse than a Blind Repair.

				      142



				  BLIND REPAIR

     When no FES is done, one is doing a Blind Repair. The Progress Pgm and
Advance Pgm may have holes in them.

     However there are only five areas of danger:

     1.  Flubbed lists.

     2.  A bad series of evaluative sessions should be detected and directly
	 handled.

     3.  Flubbed Power.

     4.  Extended or flubbed Interiorization.

     5.  Missed grades.

     If a C/S doesn't know about these it may be that the case will not
properly repair and he also does not know what Advance Program to do.

     But as these are specific areas they can be done on a Blind Repair by
making them into a list and getting them meter checked.

     Example: Pc has lost his folder. Has been audited for several years on
and off. One can clear the idea of lists "Someone written down items you say
to a question" and see if it gets a read and if so do L4A Method Three "On
Lists". One can ask if any auditor ever told the pc what to think and if that
reads 2-way comm or prepcheck those sessions by that auditor. Power can be
checked by rehab unless the person has gone Clear on the Clearing Course since
at which time Power will not need repair. The commands of Interiorization
Rundown can be checked with 2-way comm or rehabbed. What won't rehab you run.
Missed Grades can be checked, rehabbed or run including any Expanded Grades.
The pc usually recognizes the process if it has been run.

     Thus one can wander through a Blind Repair without fouling up the case
and add to it the inevitable actions common to all Progress Pgms.

				    SUMMARY

     An FES has value. It is valuable to the pc to get one done. It is a long
and extensive action. It can be sold directly or removed from hours bought. It
is of vast interest in training auditors and should be done by already trained
internes or specially hired auditors. It is NOT done by a C/S and it is NOT
used to halt all delivery of auditing and jam up the C/S lines. A lost or
delayed folder is not a barrier to a very well trained C/S who has starrated a
C/S Course. An FES is very useful and tends to eradicate any mystery for a C/S.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      143





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=8/10/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 20
PERSISTENT F/N


Remimeo
C/Ses
All Auditors
Level 0
HGC Checksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 8 OCTOBER 1970
Remimeo
C/Ses
All Auditors
Level 0 			 C/S Series 20
HGC Checksheet

				 PERSISTENT F/N

     A FLOATING NEEDLE can persist.

     This fact tells you at once why you cannot do three major actions in a
row in the same ten minutes.

     This was the bug behind "Quickie Grades" (0 to IV in one session. This
also occurred in Power when it was run all in one day). The auditor would
attain a bona fide full dial F/N. The pc was still cogniting, still in a big
win. The auditor would "clear the next process command", he would see an F/N.
He would "clear the next process command", and see an F/N.

     BUT IT WAS THE SAME F/N!

     Result was that processes 2 and 3 WERE NEVER RUN ON THE CASE.

     This is really what is meant by "Quickie Grades".

     In 1958 we got real Releases. You could not kill the F/N for days, weeks.

     Several processes had this effect. Today's real Clear also goes this way.
You couldn't kill the F/N with an axe.

     By running a lot of Level Zero processes, for instance, you can get a
real swinging unkillable F/N.

     It not only gets to the Examiner, it comes in at the start of the next
day's session!

     Now if in one session you ran all of Level Zero and went on up to Level
One, you would just be auditing a persistent F/N. The pc would get no benefit
at all from Level One. He's still going "Wow" on Level Zero.

     If you ran Level Zero with one process that got a big wide floating F/N
and then "ran" Level I, II, III and IV, you would have just a Level Zero
Release. The pc's bank was nowhere to be found. So next week he has problems
(Level I) or a Service Fac (Level IV) and he is only a Grade Zero yet it says
right there in Certs and Awards log he's a Grade IV. So now we have a "Grade
IV" who has Level I, II, III and IV troubles!

     A session that tries to go beyond a big dial-wide drifting floating F/N
only distracts the pc from his win. BIG WIN.

     Any big win (F/N dial-wide, Cog, VGIs) gives you this kind of persistent
F/N.

     You at least have to let it go until tomorrow and let the pc have his win.

     That is what is meant by letting the pc have his win. When you get one of
these dial-wide F/Ns, Cog, VGIs WOW you may as well pack it up for the day.

				GRADUAL WIDENING

     In running a Dianetic chain to basic in triple you will sometimes see in
one session a half dial on Flow 1, 3/4 of a dial on Flow 2, a full dial on
Flow 3.

     Or you may have 4 subjects to two-way comm or prepcheck in one session.
First action 1/3 dial F/N. Then no F/N, TA up. Second action 1/2 dial F/N.
Then no F/N. Third action 3/4 dial F/N. Fourth action full dial-wide floating
swinging idling F/N.

				      144



     You will also notice in the same session -- long time for 1st action,
shorter, shorter, shorter for the next three actions.

     Now you have an F/N that anything you try to clear and run will just F/N
WITHOUT AFFECTING THE CASE AT ALL.

     If you audit past that you are wasting your time and processes.

     You have hit an "unkillable F/N", properly called a persistent F/N. It's
persistent at least for that day. Do any more and it's wasted.

     If an auditor has never seen this he had better get his TR0 bullbait flat
for 2 hours at one unflunked go and his other TRs in and drill out his flubs.
For that's what's supposed to happen.

     F/Ns on pcs audited up to (for that session) a persistent F/N always get
to the Examiner.

     If you only have a "small F/N" it won't get to the Examiner. However, on
some pcs maybe that's good enough. May take him several sessions, each one
getting a final session F/N a bit wider. Then he gets an F/N that gets to the
Examiner. After that, well audited on a continuing basis, the F/N lasts longer
and longer.

     One day the pc comes into session with a dial-wide floating swinging F/N
and anything you say or do does nothing whatever to disturb that F/N.

     It's a real Release man. It may last weeks, months, years.

     Tell him to come back when he feels he needs some auditing and chalk up
the remaining hours (if sold by the hour) as undelivered. Or if sold by
result, chalk up the result.

     If the F/N is truly persistent he will have no objections. If it isn't,
he will object. So have him come back tomorrow and carry on whatever you were
doing.

				    SUMMARY

     The technical bug back of Quickie Grades or Quickie Power was the
Persistent F/N.

     This is not to be confused with a Stage 4 (sweep, stick, sweep, stick) or
an ARC Broke needle (pc Bad Indicators while F/Ning).

     This is not to be used to refuse all further auditing to a pc.

     It is to be used to determine when to end a series of major actions in a
session.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:rr.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      145





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=13/10/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTIONS


Remimeo
Cse Super Ch/sht

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 13 OCTOBER 1970
Remimeo
Cse Super Ch/sht
			 COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTIONS

     When a Course Supervisor sees a student doping off, looking upset or
blowing he acts to clear the matter up with the student with 2 way comm.

     Two way comm is actually a process. It is not just talking to someone.

     There is a two way comm checksheet. It can be done with or without a
meter.

     When there is nothing wrong and the student is going along well, the
Course Supervisor does not act to correct.

     The comparable action in auditing would be: when the pc is doing all
right you let him carry on with regular auditing; when he isn't doing all
right you take a corrective action such as a Review. It is a serious error in
auditing to correct a pc who needs no correction.

     In Course Supervision it is a serious error to correct a student who is
doing all right.

     For example, one sees a student busily checking out another and they are
both doing fine. To interrupt or correct these two students would be a
supervision error.

     Reversely, to see a student frowning or a coaching session bugged and NOT
get in and straighten it out would be a supervisor error.

				    INTEREST

     A Supervisor must show that he is interested in the progress of his
students.

     This comes about by noting their advances and achievements or helping
them over rough spots.

     Interest is vital. It does not include interruption.

				   CONCLUSION

     The Course Supervisor assists a student when and as it is visible by
stats or expression or demeanor that the student needs assistance.

     The Course Supervisor does not interrupt a student's progress or correct
when there is nothing to correct.

     The action of the Course Supervisor is two way comm. This is a process.
When the student cannot locate what is wrong or what he passed over, a meter
is used with the two way comm.

     Violations of this technology of instruction give one slower students and
greatly reduced statistics and completions.

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard					 L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED					 Founder

				      146





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=18/10/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

AUDITOR'S STATS ON F/N VGI


Remimeo
Dept 3 Hats
HGC Hats

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 18 OCTOBER 1970
Remimeo
Dept 3 Hats
HGC Hats
			   AUDITOR'S STATS ON F/N VGI

     An auditor's stats are computed on the Examiner's report. The auditor is
credited for his stat on hours that F/N VGI at the Examiner's.

     In Dianetic Auditing it often occurs that the first few sessions F/N VGI
at the End of Session but do not F/N VGI at the Examiner's, the TA being high
at Examiner's. This situation gradually works off and soon the well audited pc
attains F/N VGIs at both the end of session and also at the Examiner's. This
shows the progress of the case. This is also true of Scientology auditing.

     Therefore WHEN AN AUDITOR HAS SEVERAL SESSIONS THAT F/N VGI AT SESSION
END BUT NOT AT EXAMINER'S ON THE SAME PC, AND WHEN THE PC THEN THROUGH GOOD
FLUBLESS AUDITING THEN F/N VGIs AT THE EXAMINER'S THE AUDITOR MAY CREDIT THOSE
PREVIOUS HOURS TO HIS STAT.

     Example:  Pc has 7 sessions that F/N at End of Session but do not F/N at
the Examiner's. Finally the pc F/Ns VGIs at the Examiner on the 8th session.
The auditor may credit the earlier time (7 sessions) to his stat PROVIDING
THERE HAS BEEN NO FLUB.

     The situation where the auditor was credited only with F/N VGIs at the
Examiner, the phenomenon that the pc would F/N VGI at Examiner eventually if
well audited was not taken into account and caused some auditors to avoid
auditing pcs who did not F/N easily.

				   FES CREDIT

     An auditor may also credit on his stat 1/2 hour for every hour spent
doing Folder Error Summaries. A C/S should not be doing FESes and they are
best done by an interne C/S In Training or an Advanced student as they are
very instructive.

     There are times when a pc backlog occurs due to no FESes being done. They
take a long time very often as they involve putting the folder in sequence and
spotting and listing every auditing error in the folder. Thus it is in such
cases only fair to give some stat credit if an auditor has to do them.

							 L. RON HUBBARD
							 Founder
LRH:sb.ka.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      147





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=26/10/70
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

OBNOSIS AND THE TONE SCALE


Remimeo
Students
Course Super's
Hat
Auditor's Hat

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 26 OCTOBER 1970
				   Issue III
			   REISSUED 19 SEPTEMBER 1974

Remimeo 		   (Only change is signature)
Students
Course Super's
Hat
Auditor's Hat
			   OBNOSIS AND THE TONE SCALE

     The following is extracted from the Advanced Clinical Course Preparatory
Manual for Advanced Students in Scientology. It was published in 1957.

			   OBNOSIS AND THE TONE SCALE

     Somewhere in your possession, in your desk, or tucked into a bookcase,
are two large pieces of paper. They are covered closely with data invaluable
to an Auditor. You have pored over them, and quoted from them many, many
times. They are, of course, the Chart of Human Evaluation and the Chart of
Attitudes. The data in them is a large part of an Auditor's stock in trade,
and every Auditor in the world is, in some degree, familiar with them.

     But how about getting the data off the charts and applying it to life, to
some real person? It's not hard to do casually, for some acute tone. "Joe was
on a 1.5 kick list night." Sure, he turned red as a beet, and threw a book at
your head. Simple. Mary breaks into sobs, and grabs for the Kleenex. Couple of
Auditors on the scene exchange looks, nod sagely. "Hmm. Grief!" But how about
chronic tone, with that thin, shiny veneer of social tone slicked over it? How
sharp and how certain are you about that? Now, take a pc that you are familiar
with. What, exactly, is his chronic tone? If you don't know, you had better
read on. If you do, read on, and learn more about it.

     The title of this article starts with an odd word: obnosis. It's been put
together from the phrase, "observing the obvious". The art of observing the
obvious is strenuously neglected in our society at this time. Pity. It's the
only way you ever see anything; you observe the obvious. You look at the
isness of something, at what is actually there. Fortunately for us, the
ability to obnose is not in any sense "inborn" or mystical. But it is being
taught that way by people outside of Scientology.

     How do you teach somebody to see what is there? Well, you put up
something for him to look at, and have him tell you what he sees. That is what
is done in an ACC class, the earlier in the course, the better. A student is
asked to stand up in the front of the classroom and be looked at by the rest
of the students. An instructor stands by, and keeps asking, "What do you see?"
The first responses run about like this: "Well, I can see he's had a lot of
experience." "Oh, can you? Can you really see his experience? What do you see
there?" "Well, I can tell from the wrinkles around his eyes and mouth that
he's had lots of experience." "All right, but what do you see?" "Oh, I get
you. I see wrinkles around his eyes and mouth." "Good!" The instructor accepts
nothing that isn't plainly visible. A student starts to catch on and says,
"Well, I can really see he's got ears." "All right, but from where you're
sitting can you see both ears right now as you're looking at him?" "Well, no."
"Okay. What do you see?" "I see he's got a left ear." "Fine!" No conjectures,
no tacit assumptions will do. Nor are the students permitted to wander in the
bank. For example, "He's got good posture." "Good posture by comparison with
what?" "Well, he's standing straighter than most people I've seen." "Are they
here now?" "Well, no, but I've got pictures of them." "Come on. Good posture
in relation to what, that you can see right now." "Well, he's standing
straighter than you are. You're a little slouched." "Right this minute?"
"Yes." "Very good." You see what the goal of this is? It is to get a student
to the point where he can look at another person, or an object, and see
exactly what is there. Not a deduction of

				      148



what might be there from what he does see there. Not something the bank says
ought to go in company with what is there. Just what is there, visible and
plain to the eye. It's so simple, it hurts.

     Along with this practice in observing the obvious about people, the
students receive a lot of information about particular physical and verbal
indications of tone level. Things very easy to see and hear, by looking at a
person's body and listening to his words. "Thetan-watching" has no part in
obnosis. Look at the terminal, the body, and listen to what's coming out of
it. You don't want to get mystical about this, and start relying on
"intuition". Just look at what's there.

     As examples: You can get a good tip on chronic tone from what a person
does with his eyes. At apathy, he will give the appearance of looking fixedly,
for minutes on end, at a particular object. Only thing is, he doesn't see it.
He isn't aware of the object at all. If you dropped a bag over his head, the
focus of his eyes would probably remain the same. Moving up to grief, the
person does look "downcast". A person in chronic grief tends to focus his eyes
down in the direction of the floor a good bit. In the lower ranges of grief,
his attention will be fairly fixed, as in apathy. As he starts moving up into
the fear band, you get the focus shifting around, but still directed downward.
At fear itself, the very obvious characteristic is that the person can't look
at you. Terminals are too dangerous to look at. He's supposedly talking to
you, but he's looking over in left field. Then he glances at your feet
briefly, then over your head (you get the impression a plane's passing over),
but now he's looking back over his shoulder. Flick, flick, flick. In short,
he'll look anywhere but at you. Then, in the lower band of anger, he will look
away from you, deliberately. You know, he looks away from you; it's an overt
communication break. A little further up the line, and he'll look directly at
you all right, but not very pleasantly. He wants to locate you -- as a target.
Then, at boredom, you get the eyes wandering around again, but not frantically
as in fear. Also, he won't be avoiding looking at you. He'll include you among
the things he looks at.

     Equipped with data of this sort, and having gained some proficiency in
looking at the isness of people, the ACC students are sent out into the public
to talk to strangers and to spot them on the tone scale. Usually, but only as
a slight crutch in approaching people, they are given a series of questions to
ask each person, and a clipboard for jotting down the answers, notes, etc.
They are public-opinion poll-takers from the Hubbard Research Foundation. The
real purpose of their talking to people at all is to spot them on the tone
scale, chronic tone and social tone. They are given questions calculated to
produce lags and break through social machinery, so that the chronic tone juts
out. Here are some sample questions, actually used: "What's the most obvious
thing about me?" "When was the last time you had your hair cut?" "Do you think
people do as much work now as they did fifty years ago?" At first, the
students merely spot the tone of the person they are interviewing -- and many
and various are the adventures they have while doing this! Later, as they gain
some assurance about stopping strangers and plying them with questions, these
instructions are added: "Interview at least 15 people. With the first five,
match their tone, as soon as you've spotted it. The next five, you drop below
their chronic tone, and see what happens. For the last five, put on a higher
tone than theirs."

      What does an ACC student gain from these exercises? A willingness to
communicate with anyone, for one thing. To begin with, students are highly
selective about the sort of people they stop. Only old ladies. No one who
looks angry. Or only people who look clean. Finally, they just stop the next
person who comes along, even though he looks leprous and armed to the teeth.
Confrontingness has come 'way up, and he's just somebody else to talk to. They
become willing to pinpoint a person on the scale, without shilly-shallying.
They say, "He's a chronic 1.1. Social tone 3.5, but real phony." That's the
way it is, and they can see it. They also become quite gifted and flexible at
assuming tones at will, and putting them across convincingly. Very useful in
many situations, and lots of fun to do. They grow adept at punching through a
comm lag in an informal situation. At sorting out apparencies from realities.
The rise in certainty of communication, and in ease and relaxation of manner
while handling people, in the students who have been run through this mill, is
something which must

				      149



be seen or experienced to be believed. The one most often repeated request in
every ACC Unit is: "Can't we please have some more obnosis this week? We
haven't had enough of it yet." (This statement is very funny to the ACC
instructors, because these same students said at the beginning, "If you make
me go out there, I'll walk out on the course.") Obnosis is quite important,
and should be learned as thoroughly as possible by all Scientologists.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1957, 1970, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				      150





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=10/11/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 21
C/S RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING


URGENT
Remimeo
All Class VIIIs
Class VIII Checksheet
C/S Checksheet
ADD TO CKSHTS

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 10 NOVEMBER 1970
Remimeo
All Class VIIIs
Class VIII Checksheet
C/S Checksheet
ADD TO CKSHTS			     URGENT

				 C/S Series 21

			C/S RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING

     The C/S is fully and entirely responsible for the ability of his auditors
to audit. This has been true for 20 years but it gets neglected. This neglect
gives us (a) Flubby Auditing (b) Fad tech.

     If auditing is flubby it is the C/S who is responsible. In the first
place he permitted bad course training without screaming. In the second place
he does not persuade or force auditors to correct their tech in cramming after
flubs.

     Since flubby auditing is the primary reason for no results, an area where
tech is bad tends to ride fads or grab "the newest and latest" and hope it
will crack cases whereas doing the usual without flubs is what cracks the
cases.

     If I find an auditor whose sessions I am C/Sing has failed to flatten a
chain, I assume not that the pc is difficult but that the auditor does not
know about (1) Only running items that read, (2) Multiple somatics, (3)
Narrative chains and that his TRs are bad. I spot what it is from the session
worksheet and say what it is and order the auditor to cramming (or to be
crammed if there is no cramming) on the materials and on TRs always.

     I cannot C/S with flubby auditors. The pile of C/S folders grows. Any
review has to be reviewed and my C/Ses just aren't getting done. If auditors I
am C/Sing for are green I can count on a 4+ times increase in my C/Sing time.
If my auditors are flubby C/Sing that should require 1 1/2 hours takes 6 1/2
hours. This is by actual timing.

     I have no objection to working with green or newly trained auditors. BUT
IF I DO I RETRAIN THEM.

     The C/S who accepts an auditor from any course as a trained auditor is an
optimist.

     There are three training stages.

     A.  Course Study, theory and practical.

     B.  Student Auditing.

     C.  Professional Auditing.

     The C/S has to do with C. When A and B are very poor the job at C is much
harder so the C/S should call it forcefully to attention of Course
Supervisors. And then get a fast retrain going under himself.

     Retraining is an inevitable part of a C/S's job. No matter how good the
course may have been the actual practice of auditing gives the new auditor
different importance values. Also his hat has changed from a student hat to a
real auditor's hat.

				      152



     As a C/S works with an auditor he trains him. He also may order the new
auditor audited.

     Essentially the C/S has to shift the new auditor's hat from a "What's it
say?" to a "Now I do."

     With a whole green crew of auditors I give as a C/S a daily auditors'
conference. I make sure my Tech Services is on the ball so auditors get in 5
or 6 hours in 5 or 6 hours, not in 10 or 12 hours while they wait for pcs or
go find them. That gives them auditor admin and study time. Then I can have a
conference. This conference does not violate any ivory tower as I don't C/S on
their data of pcs. I find their questions and get them answered and I give
them the reasons behind certain C/Ses.

     Then daily daily daily I meet any flub with an order to cramming on the
material flubbed and on TRs. And I keep their overts pulled.

     A green auditor with me as a C/S has a very arduous time of it. There is
no invalidation. Quite the contrary. The message is YOU CAN AUDIT. YOU CAN GET
RESULTS. GET WISED UP AND GET ON WITH IT.

     One flub, one retrain in cramming.

     A lot of auditors are around who learned to audit with me as a C/S after
their training. In the majority of cases they became fantastic auditors. In
some few cases they went elsewhere before they could be fully trained.

     The magic of it all is simply:  1 flub, 1 retrain in cramming on that
point.

     Mostly I didn't even pull them off the pc.

     The fuzzy muzzy state of most graduated students needs handling. It is
handled by the C/S.

     The object of a C/S is to handle and improve cases. He can't do that with
flubby auditors. So he has to make auditors out of students. If he does he can
then achieve his object.

     If the C/S wears this part of his hat he really wins. He seldom has to
unravel anything tough. He just C/Ses and the auditors audit EVENTUALLY. But
every new auditor he gets is certain to lengthen the C/S's working day and
lessen his results unless the C/S realizes that there is ON THE JOB TRAINING
and gets it done.

     Training includes the auditor's staff hat and his knowledge of Tech and
Qual Divisions. This would be true even in a Franchise or the field. They
might not have the divisions but they have all the functions!

     Recently a C/S had to get about 60 people audited fast. She had seven
auditors assigned. She did not assure that these auditors were knowledgeable
on the courses they had had and she did not wear the training hat of a C/S.
She wound up with herself and one auditor doing the whole 60. The excuse was,
the other auditors "couldn't audit".

     It would have been far faster in terms of audited pc-hours to have rapidly
crash-programmed the seven auditors through a refresher, cleaned up their
misunderstoods and overts in a co-audit and then, using them, to shove them
into cramming on the materials of any flub and TRs for each goof. She would
have made seven auditors into stars and she would have gotten the 60 pcs fully
audited completely and rapidly with minimal flubs. She would have had 60
Dianetic and Expanded Grade completions, 60 terrific beings AND IN LESS TIME.

     Morale goes to pot only when auditors do not get results.

				      153



     Her basic error was assuming auditors should be able to audit. This isn't
true of any auditor who has not served an apprenticeship under a competent C/S.

     An auditor who has been auditing 10 years, when he starts to audit for me
the first time, I put on my C/S training hat and no matter how good or how
poor he was when he began I make him a better auditor.

     A C/S who doesn't do this is letting the team down and badly.

     A C/S who doesn't do this will spend hours daily trying to puzzle out the
solution to messes made.

     A C/S who doesn't do this fills up a field with flubbed cases regardless
of his own skill in C/Sing. He is liable to sink into doubt, then treason and
blow.

     The C/S who wears his training hat and does do this leads a smooth life,
is respected by his auditors and is valuable beyond gold.

     To do this a C/S must himself be able to audit and to know his materials
well enough to state which ones have to be crammed and never introduce strange
ideas.

     Such a C/S will never have a revolt and will never have to dream
something up or ride new fads because he is getting excellent results straight
along for a happy org and public.

     I trust a C/S to do this.

							L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:sb.rd						Founder
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      154





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=28/11/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 22
PSYCHOSIS


Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Class VIII Chksheet

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 28 NOVEMBER 1970
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Class VIII Chksheet
				 C/S Series 22

				   PSYCHOSIS

     Through a slight change of procedure on certain preclears I have been
able to view the underlying motives and mechanisms of psychosis.

     Very possibly this is the first time the mechanisms which bring about
insanity have been fully viewed. I must say that it requires a bit of
confronting.

     The alleviation of the condition of insanity has also been accomplished
now and the footnote in Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health
concerning future research into this field can be considered fulfilled.

     The things a C/S should know about insanity are as follows:

				 HIGHER PERCENT

     About 15% to 20% of the human race apparently is insane or certainly a
much higher percent than was estimated.

     The truly insane do not necessarily act insane visibly. They are not the
psychiatric obvious cases who go rigid for years or scream for days. This is
observed only in the last stages or during temporary stress.

     Under apparent social behavior the continual crimes knowingly committed
by the insane are much more vicious than ever has been catalogued in
psychiatric texts.

     The actions of the insane are not "unconscious". They are completely
aware of what they are doing.

     All insane actions are entirely justified and seem wholly rational to
them. As they have no reality on the harmful and irrational nature of their
conduct it does not often register on an E-Meter.

     The product of their post duties is destructive but is excused as
ignorance or errors.

     As cases in normal processing they roller coaster continually.

     They nearly always have a fixed emotional tone. It does not vary in
nearly all insane people. In a very few it is cyclic, high then low.

     All characteristics classified as those of the "suppressive person" are
in fact those of an insane person.

     The easiest ways for a C/S to detect the insane are:

     1.   Pretending to do a post or duties, the real consistent result is
	  destructive to the group in terms of breakage, lost items, injured
	  business, etc.

     2.   The case is no case gain or roller coaster and is covered under "PTS
	  symptoms".

				      155



     3.   They are usually chronically physically ill.

     4.   They have a deep but carefully masked hatred of anyone who seeks to
	  help them.

     5.   The result of their "help" is actually injurious.

     6.   They often seek transfers or wish to leave.

     7.   They are involved in warfare with conflicts around them which are
	  invisible to others. One wonders how they can be so involved or get
	  so involved in so much hostility.

				     TYPES

     The German psychiatric 1500 or so "different types of insanity" are just
different symptoms of the same cause. There is only one insanity and from it
springs different manifestations. Psychiatry erred in calling these different
types and trying to invent different treatments.

				   DEFINITION

     Insanity can now be precisely defined.

     The definition is:

	       INSANITY IS THE OVERT OR COVERT BUT ALWAYS COMPLEX
	       AND CONTINUOUS DETERMINATION TO HARM OR DESTROY.

     Possibly the only frightening thing about it is the cleverness with which
it can be hidden.

     Whereas a sane person can become angry or upset and a bit destructive for
short periods, he or she recovers. The insane mask it, are misemotional
continuously and do not recover. (Except by modern processing.)

			       THE NATURE OF MAN

     Man is basically good. This is obvious. For when he begins to do evil he
seeks to destroy his memory in order to change and seeks to destroy his body.
He seeks to check his evil impulses by inhibiting his own skill and strength.

     He can act in a very evil fashion but his basic nature then makes it
mandatory that he lessens himself in many ways.

     The towering "strength" of a madman is a rarity and is compensated by
efforts at self-destruction.

     Man's mortality, his "one life" fixation, all stem from his efforts to
check himself, obliterate his memory in a fruitless effort to change his
conduct and his self-destructive habits and impulses and losses of skills and
abilities.

     As this rationale proves out completely in processing and fits all cases
observed, we have for the first time proof of his actual nature.

     As only around 20% are insane, and as those who previously worked in the
mental field were themselves mainly insane, Man as a whole has been assigned
an evil repute. Governments, where such personalities exist, listen to the
opinion of the insane and apply the characteristic of 20% to the entire
hundred percent.

     This gives an 80% wrong diagnosis. Which is why mental science itself was
destructive when used by states.

				      156



				   TECHNIQUES

     The only technique available at this writing which will benefit the
insane is contained in all the overt-motivator sequences and Grade II
technology.

     At Flag at this writing new improvement on this exists but it is so
powerful that slight errors in use can cause a psychotic break in the insane.
It therefore will only be exported for use by specially trained persons and
this programming will require quite a while.

     MEANWHILE it helps the C/S to know and use these firm rules:

     ALWAYS RUN DIANETIC TRIPLES.

     Never run Singles. The overt side (Flow 2) is vital. If you only run Flow
1 Motivators, the pc will not recover fully. Further running Flow 1 (Motivator
only) any psychotic being processed will not recover but may even trigger into
a psychotic break. If one never ran anything but motivators, psychotic
manifestations would not erase.

     DEPEND ON EXPANDED GRADE II TECHNOLOGY TO EASE OFF OR HANDLE THE INSANE.

     Don't keep asking what's been done to him as he'll trigger.

     A new discovery on this is that when you run out the motivator the person
gets a higher reality on his overts. If you ran out all his motivators he
would have no reason for his overts. If these are not then run out he might
cave himself in.

			      PATTERN OF BEHAVIOR

     The APPARENT pattern of insane behavior is to come in (ask for
processing, go on staff, etc) with the advertised intention of being helped or
helping, then mess up either as a pc or on post, then state how bad it all is
and leave. It looks obvious enough. He came, found it bad, left.

     That is only the APPARENT behavior. APPARENT REASONS.

     Based on numerous cases, this is the real cycle. Hearing of something
good that might help these hateful awful rotten nasty people, the psycho comes
in, wrecks this, upsets that, caves in this one, chops up that one and WHEN
SOMEBODY SAYS "NO!" the psychotic either

     (a) Caves himself in physically or

     (b) Runs away.

     The psychotic is motivated by intent to harm.

     If he realizes he is harming things he shouldn't, he caves himself in. If
he is afraid he will be found out, he runs.

     In the psychotic the impulse is quite conscious.

				   CONCLUSION

     None of this is very nice. It is hard to confront. Even I find it so.

     Freud thought all men had a hidden monster in them for he dealt mainly
with the psychotic and their behavior was what he saw.

     All men are not like this. The percentage that are is greater than I
supposed but is a long way from all men.

				      157



     Sometimes one only becomes aware of these when things are getting worked
on and improved. They stay on as long as it can be made bad or there is hope
it can be destroyed. Then when attention is given to improvement they blow.

     Artists, writers often have these types hanging around them as there is
someone or something there to be destroyed. When success or failure to destroy
or possible detection appears on the scene they blow, often as destructively
as possible.

     Orgs are subjected to a lot of this. A psychotic sometimes succeeds in
blowing off good staff. And then sooner or later realizes how evil he is
acting and sickens or leaves.

     The society is not geared to any of this at all. The insane walk around
wrecking the place and decent people think it's "human nature" or "inevitable"
or a "bad childhood".

     As of this writing the insane can be handled. The proof of any pudding is
the processing. And this is successful. It is also rather swift. But, as I
say, it is so swift the special technique has to be done by the specially
trained flubless auditor.

     For a long while I've realized that we would have to be able to handle
insane people as the psychiatrist is fading. I have had opportunity to work on
the problem. And have it handled. Until it is fully released, the C/S will
benefit greatly from knowing the above as these come on his lines far more
often than he has suspected.

     The insane can be helped. They are not hopeless.

     I trust this data will be of use.

							     L. RON HUBBARD
							     Founder
LRH:rr.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Referred to by HCO B 10 May 1972, Robotism, Volume VIII, page 127.]

				      158





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=2/12/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

C/S Series 23
EXTERIORIZATION
SUMMARY


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 2 DECEMBER 1970

	      (REVISED -- see HCO B 17 Dec 71R Volume VIII -- 279)

Remimeo
				 C/S Series 23

				EXTERIORIZATION
				    SUMMARY

     EXTERIORIZATION CAN BE BADLY MISRUN.

     The following HCOBs cover Exteriorization Rundowns.

	      HCOB 22 Mar 1970

		   Exteriorization and High TA

	      HCOB 11 April 1970

		   Auditing Past Exterior

	      HCOB 6 May 1970

		   Blows -- Auditing Past Exterior

	      HCOB 30 May 1970

		   Interiorization Intensive -- 2-Way Comm

	      HCOB 10 July 1970

		   Interiorization Intensive Goof

	      HCOB 28 July 1970

		   An Exteriorization Intensive Flub and False Declares

	      HCOB 20 Aug 1970

		   Exteriorization Rundown Musts

	      HCOB 2 Dec 1970

		   Exteriorization Summary (this HCOB).

     The examination of Exteriorization Rundowns done in the field discloses
that some auditors engaged in running it have not been fully checked out on
it. HCO PL 26 Aug 1965 gives the correct way to do a starrate checkout. Clay
demos must also be correctly done. These are covered in HCOB 11 Oct 1967 and
HCOB 30 Oct 1970. These HCOBs on Ext Rundown, Starrates and Clay Demos plus
HCO PL 20 July 1970, Issue III, 2-WC as below, make the necessary pack for
checking out an auditor before letting him near an Ext Rundown. And all
Exteriorization materials as above MUST BE CHECKED OUT STARRATE AND IN CLAY
before a C/S permits one of his auditors to run it on a pc.

				  TWO-WAY COMM

     There is a two-way comm step that follows a day or so after an
Exteriorization Rundown.

     An auditor doing this step, preferably the same auditor, MUST BE CHECKED
OUT ON TWO-WAY COMM.

     No C/S should permit any auditor to do any 2-way comm until the auditor
has

				      159



been checked out on HCO PL 20 July 1970, Issue III, "Two-Way Comm Checksheet".
One can obtain these tapes easily from Pubs (as the Sea Org has recently
forced in this line and quality and delivery). Pending such tapes one can
certainly get the rest of the materials on the checksheet done by the auditor
and let him do 2-way comm while being very watchful as a C/S.

				  C/SING EXT

     The correcting of an Exteriorization Rundown is far harder than making
sure that auditors can do the usual in the first place.

     Nearly all a C/S's hard work comes from auditors not well trained on
courses (indifferent courses) and failing to check auditors out well on the
materials before permitting them to deliver a new rundown.

     The correction of Ext is hard since until it is complete, other auditing
is inadvisable. One, however, gets the Ext Rundown done.

				EXT IS A REMEDY

     The Exteriorization Rundown is a REMEDY designed to permit the pc to be
further audited after he has gone exterior.

     The Ext Rundown is NOT meant to be sold or passed off as a method of
exteriorizing a pc. This is very important.

     It is general auditing on usual Dianetics and Scientology actions that
brings about Exteriorization.

     When the pc goes or is found to be exterior one then orders the
Exteriorization Rundown. Otherwise the TA will misbehave.

     The rundown is a REMEDY USED AFTER EXTERIORIZATION HAS OCCURRED BY REASON
OF GENERAL AUDITING.

     Anxiety to get exterior will prompt a pc to buy and a registrar to sell an
Exteriorization Rundown. It is in effect just more auditing as far as the
registrar is concerned. When a pc has gone exterior the registrar can insist
on his buying enough hours for the remedy.

     The Ext Rundown stabilizes the exteriorization and makes it possible to
audit the pc further.

     The pc is most likely to exteriorize doing Dianetic Triples or Grade II
as it is overts and withholds that keep him interiorized.

     A really bad off pc can be compulsively exterior, (a) gets audited, (b)
interiorizes, (c) then exteriorizes again cleanly. This is when you use the
Ext Rundown -- at (c).

     Drug users get blown out of their heads and bog, TA up. Sometimes their TA
problem is such that you have to begin with an Ext Rundown before you can run
out the drug engrams.

     Sometimes (rarely) a pc can't run engrams but has gone exterior. Such a
case invariably is engaged in heavy present time overts. In such a case one
runs the 3 Ext recalls and Grade II. (There is a better specific rundown on
this but it cannot be released until Quals are functioning fully and training
is excellent.)

				   END RESULT

     The end result of an Ext Rundown is a pc who, having been exterior, can
now be audited further.

				      160



    Without an Ext Rundown a pc who has gone exterior in auditing will
thereafter not be auditable until the Ext Rundown has been done.

				   DISABILITY

    If an auditor can't smoothly audit a rundown as simple as an Ext Rundown,
then he is exposed as being unable to run standard Dianetics and should be
cleared of his misunderstoods and overts and retrained.

    The only real trouble one gets into on an Ext Rundown stems from the
inability of the auditor to run a smooth, good TRed R3R session. Pcs are not
hard to run on it.

				    C/S WINS

    A C/S cannot win at all if he is continually having to make up for flubby
auditing by the auditor.

    Therefore the C/S must be very sure his auditors are fully checked out on
things they are to run before running them.

    If there is no Qual Staff Training Officer or no cramming, a C/S can fully
afford to do the training and cramming himself. Otherwise he will lose far
more than that time in C/Sing for auditors not checked out.

    By the skill of his auditors you know the C/S. Not by his unusual
solutions after flubs.

    The Ext Rundown is too easy to do to have any trouble -- the trouble comes
when the auditors are not checked out beforehand, starrate and in clay, on new
things they are to run.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:rr.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      161





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=10/12/70
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

CLAY TABLE WORK IN TRAINING


Remimeo
All Levels
Training

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 10 DECEMBER 1970
				    Issue I
Remimeo
All Levels
Training
			  CLAY TABLE WORK IN TRAINING

	       (This is a verbatim re-issue of the full training
		section of HCO B 17 Aug '64, "Clay Table Work in
		Training and Processing". It is re-issued for
		Students' use in Training on Courses. Those Sections
		not relating to Training can be found in the
		original HCO B.)

     THE ONLY REASON ANY STUDENT IS SLOW OR BLOWS LIES IN FAILURE TO
UNDERSTAND THE WORDS USED IN HIS OR HER TRAINING.

     You will find that students at any level in any course will benefit
greatly from Clay Table work on definitions.

     The importance of this will become apparent as you study our new
educational technology, now mainly to be found on the tapes of the few weeks
before this date.

     A Clay Table is any platform at which a student, standing or sitting, can
work comfortably. In an Academy it may be 3 feet by 3 feet or 5 feet by 3 feet
or any larger size. Smaller sizes are not useful. In the HGC it is about 2 1/2
feet by 4 feet.

     The surface must be smooth. A table built of rough timber will serve but
the top surface where the work is done should be oilcloth or linoleum.
Otherwise the clay sticks to it and it cannot be cleaned and will soon lead to
an inability to see clearly what is being done because it is stained with clay
leavings.

     In the Academy castors (wheels) can be put on the legs of both the clay
table and the clay container where they will be moved a lot.

     Several different colors of clay should be procured. The best source is
a school supply house where educational supplies are sold. Artists' clay is
not as good as the school type. (Ask for kindergarten clay.)

     A receptacle, also of wood or metal and having a separate stand of its
own of any type, is also valuable. It should have subdivisions in it for the
different colored clays.

     The amount of each color is not important so long as there is at least a
pound or two of each color in a small class or an auditing room.

     In the Academy colors are only used to make a student see the difference
between one object and another and have no other significance as the objects
in the mind are not uniformly colored. While "ridges" are black, they can
become white. Engrams may be a number of colors all in one engram, just as
Technicolor is a colored motion picture. However, some persons see engrams
only in black and white. So the color in the Academy is for instruction only,
assisting to tell the difference between one object or another. (In the HGC it
may be very significant to the pc, as covered later.)

     The instructor works with the table before classes at times, so it is of
benefit to have a table so arranged that it will tilt toward the class at
about a 30;dg angle with the floor. This can be done as easily as putting the
back legs of the table on temporary wooden blocks or as complicatedly as using
a large engineer's drawing table which tilts its whole top. If a table is to
tilt, the lower edge during the tilt must have a one or two inch guard board
to keep the covering or the clay from falling to the floor if it slips. It

				      162



doesn't slip, usually, on a linoleum table surface but sometimes a bit is
dropped and an instructor can more gracefully recover it if it hasn't rolled
off on the floor. A loose linoleum top is also prevented from sliding off by a
guard board.

     Any part of the mind can be represented by a piece of clay or a white
card. The mass parts are done by clay, the significance or thought parts by
label.

     A piece of clay and a label are usually both used for any part of the
mind. A thin-edged ring of clay with a large hole in it is usually used to
signify a pure significance.

     The labels used by instructors (but not by students) are done on white
cards, inked with a heavy black inking means such as a china marking pencil or
a "Gem-Marker" where a metal cylinder holds ink and the point is made of felt.
The inked label is mounted on a small stick two to four inches long of the
kind used by nurses for swabs or metal ones used to hold meat together. Scotch
tape or Sellotape will bind a label to a stick.

     Everything is labelled that is made on the clay table, no matter how
crude the label is. Students usually do labels with scraps of paper written on
with a ball-point. An instructor would use the fancier kind so that these
would easily be visible to others.

     The main clay table and its clay container is set up in the lecture room
of a course in such a way so that it can be moved up in front of a class, or
over in the corner out of the way, or to an area in the room where two or
three students can gather around it or work. More than one clay table must be
made for large classes but the additional tables need not tilt. In the HGC a
clay table is narrower and longer and one is placed in each auditing room. Any
HGC clay table can be used to train staff auditors. The clay tables in
auditing rooms are used for processing. In the HGC there is not just one table
for everyone's use. There is one in each auditing room.

				 USE ON COURSES

     Any part of the mind or any term in Scientology can be demonstrated on a
Clay Table.

     This is an important point to grasp. The use of the table is not just for
a few terms. It can be used for all definitions.

     The ingenuity of the instructor or the student and their understanding of
the terms being demonstrated are the only limits on a Clay Table.

     Simplicity is the keynote.  Nothing is too insignificant or unimportant to
demonstrate on a clay table. The first mistake is to believe that only R6, for
which the lower grade student is not ready, can be demonstrated on a clay
table.

     Anything can be so demonstrated if you work at it. And just by working on
how to demonstrate it or make it into clay and labels brings about renewed
understanding.

     In the phrase "how do I represent it in clay" is contained the secret of
the teaching. If one can represent it in clay one understands it. If one
can't, one really doesn't understand what it is. So clay and labels work only
if the term or things are truly understood. And working them out in clay
brings about an understanding of them.

     Therefore one can predict that the clay table will be most used in a
practice or organization which understands the most and will be least used in
an organization that understands the least (and is least successful).

     Let us look over the level of simplicity of the terms to be used in a
course of instruction.

     Let us take BODY. All right, make a few lumps and call it a body and put
a sign on it "BODY".

     Now that doesn't seem to be much to do. But it is a lot to do to forward
understanding.

				      163



     Let us make a yellow ring of clay beside the body or on it or in it and
label it "A Thetan".

     We can thereupon see the relationship between the two most used terms in
Scientology, "Body" and "Thetan". And cognitions will result. The student's
attention is brought right to the room and the subject.

     Getting the student to do this by himself, even when he's seen it done by
the Instructor, produces a new result. Getting the student to do it 25 times
with his own hands almost exteriorizes him. Getting the student to contrive
how it can be done better in clay or how many ways it can be done in clay
drives home the whole idea of the location of the thetan in the body.

     ART is no object in clay table work. The forms are crude.

     Take a large lump of clay of any color, and cover up both "thetan" and
"body" with it and you have MIND.

     Take every part of the mind and make it in clay by making a thetan,
making a body and making one or more parts of the mind (Machine, facsimile,
ridge, engram, lock, what have you -- all Scientology terms) and get the
student to explain what it is and we begin to clarify what we're about.

     Get a student to make a Present Time Problem. Make him put in all its
parts represented in clay (boss, mother, self) and have each one done with a
body, a thetan and a mind and some rather remarkable insights begin to occur.

     The quantity of things that can be made has no limit.

     The principal thing is to GET EVERY SCIENTOLOGY TERM MADE IN CLAY AND
LABELS by the individual student.

     You will see a new era dawn in training. You will see Academy blows
vanish and time on course cut to one fifth in many instances. These are
desirable attainments in any course so Clay Table work is serious Academy
business.

     Ingenuity and understanding are the only limits on the use of the clay
table and the attainment of excellent results with it.

     Additional HCO Bs on Clay Table Training:

	  HCO B   11 Oct 67	 Clay Table Training

	  HCO B   22 Apr 70	 Clay Table Demo Checkouts

	  HCO B   30 Oct 70	 Clay Demo

							     L. RON HUBBARD
							     Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1964, 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      164





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=23/12/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

FAST COURSES


Remimeo
Applies to AOs
Info to all orgs

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 23 DECEMBER 1970
Remimeo
Applies to AOs
Info to all orgs
				  FAST COURSES

     We should end off fast grades and slow courses. What we want is thorough
grades and fast courses.

     Speed-up of HDCs, Class IV, VI, VII, VIII and "HGC Auditor" Courses at
all orgs, AOs (and SHs) would encourage more students. My time for it is 3
weeks. This was up to 5 and even 11 to 13 weeks at once by illegal checksheet
increases. Class VIII material ended with HCO Bs at the end of 1968. The 1969 -
- mid-1970 HCO Bs and materials are Class IX and we are currently about to
prepare orgs for Class X delivery WHEN ORGS CAN USE WHAT THEY HAVE.

     No Retread of IV, VI or VII may be given at AO expense. IT IS ILLEGAL TO
GIVE A RETREAD COURSE AWAY.

     A person who has to be retreaded on Academy and SHSBC to receive a Class
VIII Course is of course a false attest. Further the full expense of the
Course would be at the cost of the Academy or the SH that gave it.

     Normally speaking a retread requirement would be too unwieldy if the
student were sent back to an Academy or an SHSBC. A more practical solution
would be to form a retread course from the HGC Auditor Checksheet and give it
and send the offending org that gave the Course a bill for it. Teach it to the
student. Then put the student on the Class VIII Course. The Class VIII Course
has been slowed by:

     (a) Attempting to use it as a free retread IV and VI Course instead of
	 just teaching Class VIII.

     (b) Adding what will be Class IX to the 1968 HCO Bs thus tangling up the
	 Course design and extending its checksheet to triple length.

     (c) Incompetent or unalert Supervision.

     The Class VIII Course is 3 weeks long. Period.

     Counter policy has been for the Supervisor to set the Course length, to
add to the Course, to give away free retread and to give away the 1969-mid-70
materials training.

     The auditing skill and type of 1969-mid-70 is different. The C/S Series
and type is different and is Class IX. But has even been shoved into
Academies!! where they really flub Exteriorization Rundowns.

     A Class VIII has an HDC requisite. If they can't cleanly audit pure
Dianetics to a result they'll never be able to audit Scientology. We learned
in 1969 that the Class VIII failures were due to HDC inabilities!

     Class VIII had its own C/Sing, its own remedies, its own skills. They are
important. Now do we tell students "they're all old now, we have a C/S Series,
etc, etc." Or do we teach Class VIII?

     On Flag a Class IV or VI just can't keep up with the C/Sing. Until he's a
VII and

				      165



then an VIII. We are auditing IX and X on Flag. That does not mean Class IV,
VI, VII and VIII aren't done!

    We'll never get Class IX into the field. Ext Rundown flubs in the field are
gruesome. That's because Ext we find is a Class IX process! Only a person who
has been an HDC, a IV, a VI and an VIII can be taught what we're doing.

    Throwing an out of sequence into training in orgs is defeating good
auditing.

    This HCO B gives you the answers on how to get training back into sequence.
Class VIIIs got results they were trained to get. That's all the result any
auditor can get.

    So speed up your courses by wiping out the counter policy.

    Fast training gets students in. Slow training messes up the whole field
and denies enrollments.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				      166





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=2/1/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

ILLEGAL AUDITING


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JANUARY 1971
Remimeo
				ILLEGAL AUDITING

     Lists of withholds required of a crew member or staff member without
proper sessioning are now illegal.

     Confessionals which do not F/N must be reported to Qual as a failed
session.

     An Exam report is required after any Confessional.

     Any auditing outside of sessions must be reported and if failed may become
actionable.

     Challenging people out of session as "having withholds" is illegal.

     Auditing is done by auditors who are trained and is done on regular lines.

     Contact Assists and Touch Assists are not only legal, they are mandatory
when any injury occurs.

     They must be followed by Exam reports.

							    L. RON HUBBARD
							    Founder

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      167





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=4/1/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA


Remimeo
HGC Auditors
Scn Checksheets
AOs
Class VIII
Checksheets

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			 HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JANUARY 1971
Remimeo
HGC Auditors	     (Reissued and Corrected 3 October 71.
Scn Checksheets  Correction in No. 8, EF 1 in this type style.).
AOs
Class VIII
Checksheets
			  EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA

	     (Revises and replaces HCO B 22 March 70 of same title
		  by changing clearing of commands and wording
		   of commands in Exteriorization Intensive)

     For a long while we have known that if you audit a person after he or she
has exteriorized, you often get a high Tone Arm, somatics and an upset case.

     The answer has been to cease to audit a person after exteriorization has
occurred.

     This is so much a fact that five out of five "in trouble" cases I
recently examined had every one of them been audited for some time after they
exteriorized. The TA had or had not gone high but the cases were bogged. They
revived at once when the fact of exteriorization was located. F/N, VGIs and
when rehabbed (by counting number of times) somatics ceased.

     The rule has been -- don't audit after a pc has exteriorized.

     This is one of those very fundamental things that seems to defy research
and yet if not solved will keep things messed up. Persons who exteriorize on
lower grades need their upper grades and yet if audited further may mess up.
This places a limit on auditing and yet the person may still have aberrations
and somatics. But the fact of having exteriorized bars the road.

     So I got to work and made a breakthrough on it. Hurrah!

     It has now been fully vindicated by long tests and is now released for
general use.

				EXTERIORIZATION

     Exteriorization is defined as the act of moving out of the body with or
without full perception.

     It is the fact of this act which proves that the individual is not a body
but an individual. This discovery in 1952 proved beyond any question the
existence of a thetan, that the individual was a thetan, not a body, and
disproved that man was an animal, and that he was a spiritual being timeless
and deathless.

     Techniques have existed since 1952 that exteriorize a person. These are
not now used because the person (a) still being aberrated and not Clear, soon
returns to his body and (b) when audited thereafter has trouble.

     This is a major problem a thetan sometimes has at death. How to
exteriorize? He makes it eventually of course but he should be able to do so
at once.

     But, in my research, I found it unreasonable that a person would be hard
to audit just because he had exteriorized and had reinteriorized. For he has
obviously done just that at every death and birth and must have done so
hundreds of billions of times. So why should a recent exteriorization then
make him hard to audit? Yet it did.

				      168



     My asking of that question was the first breakthrough. The rest soon
followed.

				ENGRAM BEHAVIOR

     We know in Dianetics that if you continue to run the last part of an
engram which has in fact an earlier beginning which isn't being run and is
ignored the TA will go up.

     The reason for this is that the first of a chain or the first part of an
experience or a first experience (basic on a chain of incidents) has to be run
for the chain or incident to erase.

     If you only ran the end of incidents you would get a high TA and no
erasure.

     If you only ran incidents late on the chain you would get a high TA.

     Pcs are uncomfortable, feel under pressure, when their TA is high (above
3.5 or up).

     If you don't erase incidents or chains of incidents when auditing (or key
them out as in release) you get a perpetually high TA.

     High TA cases have been "overrun" on something.	That however is a very
oversimplified explanation. The truth is that they have been run on something
that didn't erase. The something has an earlier beginning than was detected or
an earlier incident. In life one, having engrams about it, adds new incidents
in living until something is "overrun" or done too often. The TA is therefore
high.

     A TA records MASS. Mental mass has a higher electrical resistance and so
measures more "ohms" of resistance, an electrical term for the trouble
electricity has in passing through something. The more resistance the more
units of resistance are recorded on the meter. The TA actually measures
resistance. Thus, the end of an incident can be restimulated. If the beginning
of it is never touched then one will just accumulate more and more mass.

			      THE MISSED BEGINNING

     What has happened here, as regards exteriorization is that we have
concentrated on EXTERIORIZATION.

     If one is IN something, he must have gotten into it.

     Therefore the beginning of an exteriorization is the INTERIORIZATION.

     The being went into something before he went out of it.

     Exteriorization occurs at death. That's an engram. Interiorization occurs
at birth, that's an engram.

     So when somebody goes Exterior he is actually liable to key in having gone
interior in the first place.

     Get it?

     So when you exteriorize somebody or he exteriorizes during auditing he
gets keyed in a bit and without having audited earlier INTERIORIZATIONS, he
has been put in the last part (exteriorization) of an incident which began
with Interiorization.

     Not only are you touching on something (exteriorization) late on a chain
(which has hundreds of billions of like incidents ahead of it), you are also
touching something

				      169



which is late in the incident (which began with interiorization).

     On both counts then, the TA may go high.

				   THE REMEDY

     The remedy is to audit out Interiorizations (i.e: times the person went
in).

     If this is done, then the pc can be audited all you want after
Exteriorization.

     Auditing the Interiorizations by recall, secondaries, engrams, triple
flow on each, restores the possibility of auditing a pc after an
exteriorization has occurred in auditing.

				  THE PROCESS

     The Case Supervision directions for Interiorization are to be done by a
Scientology Auditor. They can be done purely in Dianetics by using only steps
5, 7 and 8. It is more effective when done by an Scn Auditor who is also HDC.

     1.   Omit ruds but if pc upset you can do a rapid L-1B. Grab first BD
	  item or big read. Indicate any charge.

     2.   Clear EXTERIORIZATION with pc (per definition given earlier).

     3.   Check for having been audited after exteriorization. (TA should come
	  down and F/N, Cog and VGIs.)

     4.   Rehab (rehabilitate) condition by getting or counting number of times
	  exteriorized. You should get F/N, Cog and VGIs.

     5.   (a) Clear INTERIORIZATION as the state or condition of being
	      interiorized.

	  (b) Carefully clear TO GO IN as the act of the verb Interiorizing.

	  (c) Carefully clear WENT IN (past tense of the verb "to go in") as
	      the past tense of the act of Interiorizing.

     It is very important to clear these three steps carefully so that the pc
understands that what you will be auditing is times the PC WENT IN or others
were caused TO GO IN -- and NOT "was in" or "was stuck in" or "sat in", but
the actual times when the action of going in occurred.

     6.   Run 3-way Recall on WENT IN.

	  RF 1 -- Recall a time you went in. (To F/N, Cog, VGIs.)

	  RF 2 -- Recall a time you caused another to go in. (To F/N, Cog,
		  VGIs.)

	  RF 3 -- Recall a time others (or another) caused others to go in.
		  (To F/N, Cog, VGIs.)

     7.   Run 3-way Secondaries.

	  SF 1 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when you went in. (R3R
		  to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure.)

	  SF 2 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when you caused
		  another to go in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs,
		  Erasure.)

				      170



	  SF 3 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when others caused
		  others to go in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs,
		  Erasure.)

     8.   Run 3-way Engrams.

	  EF 1 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when
		  you went in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure.)

	  EF 2 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when
		  you caused another to go in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog,
		  VGIs, Erasure.)

	  EF 3 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when
		  others caused others to go in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog,
		  VGIs, Erasure.)

    Note:  All steps and flows as above given to end with F/N, Cog, and VGIs.
Don't chop the F/N by indicating until pc has had his cognition and VGIs.

    CAUTION:  THIS INTENSIVE MUST BE DONE IN ONE SESSION.

    It will be seen that Recall and R3R steps and procedure are standard
except they address the subject "Interiorization" (expressed as WENT IN or TO
GO IN).

				FUTURE AUDITING

    One should now be able to audit the pc even after exteriorization.

				    WARNING

    This is a major case action and should only be run when the pc is rested
and in good physical shape.

				    SUMMARY

    If a pc goes exterior on Dianetics, Scientology lower grades or at OT
levels, one at once audits out the chain of Interiorizations, using the above
C/S. With this done the pc or Pre OT can go on being audited.

    The way is open to more powerful OTs.

    All fundamental discoveries are essentially simple ones.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:JR:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[For further data on the Interiorization Rundown, see HCO B 11 April 1970,
Auditing Past Exterior, page 36; HCO B 6 May 1970, Blows -- Auditing Past
Exterior, page 42; HCO B 30 May 1970, Interiorization Intensive -- 2 Way Comm,
page 52; and HCO B 20 August 1970, Exteriorization Rundown Musts, page 125.]

				      171





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 11
iDate=13/1/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=23/1/71
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

EXTERIORIZATION


Remimeo

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

			HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JANUARY 1971
Remimeo 	       (Reissued & Corrected 23 Jan '71)

				EXTERIORIZATION

     On reviews of field-given Exteriorization intensives during the past
year, I found many cases had been flubbed.

     On researching this I found the following:

1.   The Remedy was being used as an effort to Exteriorize people. People
     exteriorize in any normal auditing. What was needed was a remedy to be
     able to audit them thereafter without driving their TAs up.

2.   Auditors evidently skimped their HDC Courses and did not know WHY one went
     to an earlier beginning or earlier incident. Thus they didn't know why
     you had to run Interiorization.

3.   HCO B 22 Mar 70, "Exteriorization and High TA", must have been studied
     only for the rote commands. The theory of it was not studied.

4.   Common Dianetic goofs got in the road of the rundown, the auditor failing
     to repeat the chain in asking for an earlier incident, i.e. "Is there an
     earlier incident containing a head pain?"

5.   The Exteriorization intensive was being stretched over several sessions.
     As only it can be audited, between sessions PTPs, etc, would intervene.
     So it had to be done in one session.

6.   Clearing the command was flubby and the pc often thought Interiorization
     meant "being in and trying to get out" and so the wrong end of the
     incident (the end) was being run.

7.   People who hadn't been exterior at all and whose TAs were normal -- not
     high -- were being run on it.

8.   It was being sold as a special rundown to exteriorize people, not just to
     enable them to go on being audited.

     The number of Exteriorization Rundown flubs is excessive.

     Therefore new HCO Bs and a new pack have been issued. These include:

     HCO B 4 Jan 71, "Exteriorization and High TA" REVISED, which contains the
theory and NEW COMMANDS nobody can goof.

     HCO B 6 Jan 71, "Starrate Checkouts for Exteriorization Intensive".

     HCO B 5 Jan 71, "Going Earlier in R3R and Exteriorization Intensives".

     The glaring outness is Dianetic R3R skill. An HDC who can't run a flubless
Dianetic session and get all three flows down to F/N studied in doubt, audits
in doubt and ought to be in a condition of doubt until he retreads and
actually reads the text and does the drills. Dianetic R3R is just too easy to
be flubbed.

				      172



    After patching up many of these done in the field I became very alert to
the state of training. A new Course Supervisor Course has been done and is
being issued.

    Obviously, auditors are no longer required to be starrated on new
materials before they audit them. This omission must be remedied at once. NO
AUDITOR MAY AUDIT MATERIALS OR APPLY HCO Bs ON WHICH HE HAS NOT BEEN
STARRATED.

    No HGC or C/S may order an auditor to run a process if that auditor has
not been starrated on its theory and practical first.

    As for Dianetics, an auditor who cannot routinely carry a chain to an F/N
VGI Cog and erasure running R3R may not retain his certificate unless
retreaded and his HDC is suspended until he is retreaded.

    For people to goof up using these clean positive tools is inexcusable.

    The results are there to be obtained. WE OBTAIN SPECTACULAR POSITIVE
RESULTS WITH THESE SAME MATERIALS DAILY WHEREVER THEY ARE ACTUALLY STUDIED AND
APPLIED.

    Please correct flubby auditing wherever you find it. Auditors must be
checked out and drilled on new materials. Courses must be precisely taught.
People who flub must be crammed until they don't. And those who still flub
must be retreaded.

    The materials when applied produce great results. When they are not
applied they don't.

    SO APPLY THEM!

    CORRECTLY.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
				      173





L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


Type = 21
iDate=13/1/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0

EXAM 24 HOUR RULE


Remimeo
Qual Div
Dept 15
Examiner's Hat
E/O Hat
Dept 3 Hat

			 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
		    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

		      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 JANUARY 1971
Remimeo
Qual Div
Dept 15
Examiner's Hat
E/O Hat
Dept 3 Hat
			       EXAM 24 HOUR RULE

			    (Additional Information)

     When it comes to light that a pc has roller coastered despite an F/N at
session end and at Examiner's and if neither Tech nor Qual makes any effort to
remedy, then the matter becomes a High Crime.

     Example:  If a pc at the Examiner's F/Ns and yet within a few hours
returns for a second Examination with a complaint which does not F/N, then the
24 hour rule applies.

     If the Tech C/S ignores it and no repair is done within 24 hours by Tech
or Qual, both lose their stats for that day.

     If the matter continues unhandled the matter becomes a High Crime.

				HIDDEN FAILURES

     If due to failure to repair or handle session errors or failure to
complete a major action, a pc becomes ill or unable to work, and if no effort
is made by Tech or Qual to handle, the matter becomes a High Crime under

     HCO PL 7 Feb 65, reissued 15 June 1970, "Keeping Scientology Working" (see
Note at the beginning of that Policy Letter), and

     HCO PL 7 Mar 65, OEC Volume 1, page 550, No. 3 Crimes: Placing Scientology
or Scientologists at risk.

     In such a case a Comm Ev must be convened and having fixed the cause of
neglect and the persons responsible may, in addition to any fines or
penalties, cost Tech and Qual all stats and bonuses for a reasonable period
following the occurrence as set by the Comm Ev and as refundable by the
divisional personnel from future pay.

							L. RON HUBBARD
							Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

				      174


L. RON HUBBARD
Founder